Bioequivalence study of levothyroxine tablets compared to reference tablets and an oral solution.

PubMed

Koytchev, Rossen; Lauschner, Reinhard

2004-01-01

The study was designed to evaluate the bioequivalence of three levothyroxine sodium (CAS 51-48-9) formulations, i.e. a test and a reference tablet and an oral solution. A bioequivalence study was carried out in 25 healthy volunteers, who were administered a single dose of 600 microg levothyroxine in the form of the test formulation (levothyroxine sodium tablets 200 microg; Eferox), the originator product, and an oral solution. The trial was performed in one study center according to an open, randomized, three-way cross-over design with wash-out periods of 35 days between administration. Blood samples were taken up to 48 h post dose, the plasma was separated and the concentrations of levothyroxine and triiodothyronine were determined by radioimmunoassay with I125 labeling method. The levothyroxine mean Cmax were 112.0+/-17.3 ng/ml, 113.4+/-18.5 ng/ ml and 111.3+/-15.1 ng/ml, while the mean AUC0-24 were 2263.7+/-332.8 ng x h/ ml, 2307.3+/-351.3 ng x h/ml and 2286.1+/-331.0 ng x h/ml for the test and reference tablets as well as for the oral solution, respectively. No significant differences were found of principal pharmacokinetic parameters between the studied formulations. The 90%-confidence interval for the primary target parameters, intra-individual ratios of AUC0-24 and Cmax of levothyroxine were within the acceptance ranges for bioequivalence trials, i.e. AUC0-24 0.954-1.016 and 0.966-1.011 as well as Cmax 0.948-1.027 and 0.968-1.032 for test tablets versus reference tablets and the oral solution, respectively. Similar results were observed for triiodothyronine. In the light of the present study it can be concluded that the levothyroxine test tablet is bioequivalent to the reference formulation in respect of extent and rate of absorption. The results of the present trial confirm the findings of a previous study, performed under steady-state conditions with Eferox tablets 100 microg in patients without thyroid function.

Evaluating bioequivalence of meloxicam tablets: is in-vitro dissolution test overdiscriminating?

PubMed

Jin, Chan; Zhao, Chenyao; Shen, Dachao; Dong, Wenxiang; Liu, Hongzhuo; He, Zhonggui

2018-02-01

The aim of the study was to assess the impact of the differences in dissolution profiles of meloxicam tablets on the in-vivo bioavailability parameters after oral administration. Compare in-vitro dissolution testing in the recommended media to evaluate in-vivo bioequivalence outcomes for the Biopharmaceutics Classification System Class II weak acidic drugs. Nine Beagle dogs received a single oral administration of each formulation (7.5 mg) in a three-way crossover design. The dissolution of meloxicam from both test products showed marked differences with that from the reference tablet in pH 1.0, 4.5 and 6.8 media at 50 or 75 rpm. Both formulations exhibiting slow or fast dissolution were then compared with the reference product for in-vivo bioequivalence study. Both products were bioequivalent with the reference tablet in either extent or rate of oral absorption. It indicated that the dissolution profiles which discriminated between the formulations in vitro did not accurately predict the in-vivo bioequivalence outcomes. Comparative dissolution profiles using similarity factor (f 2 ) in the recommended media should be relaxed to fulfil the requirements for the development, scale-up and postapproval changes to immediate release oral solid dosage forms of meloxicam. © 2017 Royal Pharmaceutical Society.

Bioequivalence of ciprofloxacin tablet formulations assessed in Indonesian volunteers.

PubMed

Harahap, Y; Prasaja, B; Indriati, E; Lusthom, W; Lipin

2007-06-01

Determination of the bioequivalence of two ciprofloxacin tablet formulations (test formulation manufactured by Novell Pharmaceutical Laboratories, Indonesia, reference formulation from Quimica Farmaceutica Bayer, Spain). 24 healthy volunteers received each of the two ciprofloxacin formulations at a dose of 500 mg in a 2-way crossover design. Blood samples were obtained prior to dosing and at 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 and24h after drug administration. Plasma concentrations of ciprofloxacin were monitored using high-performance liquid chromatography over a period of 24 h after administration. The pharmacokinetics parameter AUC0-24h, AUC0-infinity and Cmax were tested for bioequivalence after log-transformation of data and ratios of tmax were evaluated non-parametrically. The point estimates and 90% confidence intervals for AUC0-24h, AUC0-infinity and Cmax were 97.55% (92.71 - 102.6%), 97.63% (92.90 - 102.59%) and 95.84% (89.95 - 102.10%), respectively, satisfying the bioequivalence criteria of the European Committee for Proprietary Medicinal Products and the US Food and Drug Administration guidelines. These results indicate that two medications of ciprofloxacin are bioequivalent and, thus, may be prescribed interchangeably.

Bioequivalence Study of Rivastigmine 6 mg Capsules (Single Dose) in Healthy Volunteers.

PubMed

Abhyankar, Dhiraj; Shedage, Ashish; Gole, Milind; Raut, Preeti

2017-09-01

To assess the bioequivalence of generic formulation of rivastigmine (test) and Exelon (reference). This randomized, open-label, 2-period, single-dose, 2-treatment, 2-sequence, crossover study was conducted in 40 healthy men under fed condition. Participants were randomized to receive a single dose of Exelon or rivastigmine capsule. A total of 31 participants completed the study. Area under the concentration-time curve from time zero to time t (AUC 0- t ) and area under the concentration-time curve from time zero to infinity (AUC 0-∞ ) for Exelon (mean [standard deviation], h·ng/mL) were 126.40 (56.95) and 129.46 (59.94), respectively, while they were 122.73 (43.46) and 125.08 (45.39) for rivastigmine. Geometric mean ratios of rivastigmine/Exelon were 99.17% for AUC 0- t , 98.81% for AUC 0-∞ , and 105% for maximum observed plasma concentration ( C max ). The 90% confidence intervals (CIs) were 94.14% to 104.46%, 93.77% to 104.12%, and 93.08% to 118.44%, respectively. Both formulations were well tolerated. The generic and reference formulations were bioequivalent, as the 90% CIs for C max , AUC 0- t , and AUC 0-∞ were within the range of 80% to 125%.

Bioequivalence of generic lamotrigine 100-mg tablets in healthy Thai male volunteers: a randomized, single-dose, two-period, two-sequence crossover study.

PubMed

Srichaiya, Arunee; Longchoopol, Chaowanee; Oo-Puthinan, Sarawut; Sayasathid, Jarun; Sripalakit, Pattana; Viyoch, Jarupa

2008-10-01

Lamotrigine is an antiepileptic drug which has been used in the treatment of epilepsy and bipolar disorder. A search of the literature did not find previously published bioequivalence and pharmacokinetic evaluations of lamotrigine in healthy Thai male volunteers. The aim of this study was to compare the pharmacokinetic parameters between 2 brands of lamotrigine in healthy Thai male volunteers. A randomized, single-dose, 2-period, 2-sequence, crossover study design with a 2-week washout period was conducted in healthy Thai males. Subjects were randomized to receive either the test or reference formulation in the first period. All subjects were required to be nonsmokers and without a history of alcohol or drug abuse. Plasma samples were collected over a 120-hour period after 100-mg lamotrigine administration in each period. A validated high-performance liquid chromatography ultraviolet method was used to analyze lamotrigine concentration in plasma. Pharmacokinetic parameters were determined using a noncompartmental method. Bioequivalence between the test and reference products, as defined by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA), is determined when the ratio for the 90% CIs of the difference in the means of the log-transformed AUC(0-t), AUC(0-infinity), and C(max) of the 2 products are within 0.80 and 1.25. Adverse events were determined by measuring vital signs after dosing. Subjects were also asked if they suffered from undesirable effects such as nausea, vomiting, dizziness, and headache. This bioequivalence study was performed in 24 healthy Thai males (mean [SD] age, 20.5 [1.3] years; range, 19-24 years; weight, 62.5 [7.4] kg; height, 172.8 [6.9] cm; body mass index, 20.9 [2.0] kg/m(2)). The mean (SD) C(max) and T(max) of the test formulation of lamotrigine were 1.7 (0.3) microg/mL and 1.2 (0.9) hours, respectively. The mean (SD) C(max) and T(max) of the reference formulation of lamotrigine were 1.7 (0.3) microg/mL and 1.4 (1.0) hours, respectively. The mean

Effect of the Wetting Agent Sodium Lauryl Sulfate on the Pharmacokinetics of Alectinib: Results From a Bioequivalence Study in Healthy Subjects.

PubMed

Morcos, Peter N; Parrott, Neil; Banken, Ludger; Timpe, Carsten; Lindenberg, Marc; Guerini, Elena; Dall, Georgina; Bogman, Katrijn; Sturm, Carolina; Zeaiter, Ali; Martin-Facklam, Meret; Phipps, Alex

2017-05-01

The anaplastic lymphoma kinase (ALK) inhibitor alectinib is an effective treatment for ALK-positive non-small-cell lung cancer. This bioequivalence study evaluated the in vivo performance of test 3 formulations with the reduced wetting agent sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS) content. This randomized, 4-period, 4-sequence, crossover study compared alectinib (600 mg) as 25%, 12.5%, and 3% SLS hard capsule formulations with the reference 50% SLS clinical formulation in healthy subjects under fasted conditions (n = 49), and following a high-fat meal (n = 48). Geometric mean ratios and 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for C max , AUC 0-last , and AUC 0-∞ of alectinib, its major active metabolite, M4, and alectinib plus M4 were determined for the test formulations versus the reference formulation. Bioequivalence was concluded if the 90%CIs were within the 80% to 125% boundaries. The 25% SLS formulation demonstrated bioequivalence to the reference 50% SLS formulation for C max , AUC 0-last , and AUC 0-∞ of alectinib, M4, and alectinib plus M4 under both fasted and fed conditions. Further reductions in SLS content (12.5% and 3% SLS) did not meet the bioequivalence criteria. Cross-group comparisons showed an approximately 3-fold positive food effect. Reducing SLS to 25% resulted in a formulation that is bioequivalent to the current 50% SLS formulation used in alectinib pivotal trials. © 2016, The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

Pharmacokinetics and bioequivalence evaluation of two different atorvastatin calcium 10-mg tablets: A single-dose, randomized-sequence, open-label, two-period crossover study in healthy fasted Chinese adult males.

PubMed

Liu, Yan-Mei; Pu, Hua-Hua; Liu, Gang-Yi; Jia, Jing-Ying; Weng, Li-Ping; Xu, Rong-Jing; Li, Guo-Xiu; Wang, Wei; Zhang, Meng-Qi; Lu, Chuan; Yu, Chen

2010-07-01

Atorvastatin calcium is a 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coenzyme A reductase inhibitor indicated for the prevention of cardiovascular disease and for the treatment of dyslipidemia. Information on the pharmacokinetics of atorvastatin in a Chinese population is lacking, and regulatory requirements necessitate a bioequivalence study for the marketing of a generic product in China. The aim of the present study was to assess the pharmacokinetics and bioequivalence of a test and branded reference formulation of atorvastatin calcium 10-mg tablets in healthy fasted Chinese male volunteers. This was a single-dose, randomized-sequence, open-label, 2-period crossover study with a 2-week washout period between doses. Healthy Chinese males were randomly assigned to receive 20 mg of either the test or reference formulation, and 13 blood samples were obtained over a 48-hour interval. Plasma concentrations of parent atorvastatin and ortho-hydroxy-atorvastatin (primary active metabolite) were simultaneously determined using a validated liquid chromatography-isotopic dilution mass spectrometry method. Pharmacokinetic parameters, including C(max), T(max), t((1/2)), AUC(0-t), and AUC(0-infinity)), were calculated. The 2 formulations were to be considered bioequivalent if 90% CIs for the log transformed ratios of AUC and C(max) of atorvastatin were within the predetermined bioequivalence range (0.80-1.25 for AUC and 0.70-1.43 for C(max)) as established by the State Food and Drug Administration of China. Tolerability was evaluated throughout the study by vital signs monitoring, physical examinations, 12-lead ECGs, and subject interviews on adverse events (AEs). A total of 66 subjects were assessed for inclusion; 20 were excluded prior to study initiation. Of the 46 healthy subjects (mean [SD] age, 24.1 [2.5] years; height, 170.8 [5.1] cm; weight, 64.6 [6.4] kg; body mass index (BMI), 22.1 [1.7] kg/m(2)) who completed the study, 45 subjects (mean [SD] age, 24.1 [2.5] years; height, 171.1 [4

Bioequivalence of generic and branded amoxicillin capsules in healthy human volunteers

PubMed Central

Pathak, Priyanka; Pandit, Vijaya A.; Dhande, Priti P.

2017-01-01

CONTEXT: The Medical Council of India urges doctors to prescribe generic drugs as far as possible. The Indian Medical Association had responded earlier saying that it requires guarantees on the quality of generic forms of drugs. Although no published scientific reports are available on the issue of therapeutic inequivalence, unconfirmed clinician accounts and newspaper reports of therapeutic inequivalence exist. AIM: This study was planned to ascertain whether bioequivalence of branded and generic amoxicillin capsule is comparable. SETTINGS AND DESIGN: An open-label, randomized, single-dose, two-treatment, two-sequence, two-period crossover oral bioequivalence study was conducted in 12 healthy, adult human subjects under fasting condition. MATERIALS AND METHODS: Serum samples, collected at 8 time points, were analyzed by a validated ultraviolet spectrophotometer method. Pharmacokinetic (PK) parameters such as area under the curve (AUC)0–t, AUC0–∞, Cmax, and Tmax were determined along with time above minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC). STATISTICAL ANALYSIS USED: The log-transformed PK parameters (Cmax, AUC0–t, AUC0–∞) were analyzed using a Two One-Sided Test ANOVA in SAS for each parameter. Tmax and MIC were analyzed by Wilcoxon rank-sum test in GraphPad Prism. RESULTS: Geometric mean ratio of Cmax fell within bioequivalence criteria. The upper and lower confidence limits of both AUC0–t and AUC0–∞ geometric mean ratio fell below bioequivalence criteria. Time above MIC of generic preparation was significantly lower than that of branded version. CONCLUSIONS: The generic capsule was not bioequivalent to the branded amoxicillin capsule. PMID:28706331

Bioequivalence of progesterone sustained release suppository in rabbits.

PubMed

Long, Lihong; Huang, Qun; Wu, Minghui; Hou, Shuxian; Dai, Zongshun

2005-01-01

To study the bioequivalence of a kind of progesterone sustained release suppository, a randomized cross-over study was conducted in 12 rabbits. A single rectal dose of 2.75 mg/kg progesterone sustained released suppository (tested formulation, T) and progesterone suppository (reference formulation, R) was administered; a multiple dose of 2.75 mg/kg was given up to seven times with an interval of 8 h. Concentrations in serum were determined by a competitive enzyme immunoassay. The main parameters of T were: for single and multiple doses, Cmax was 48.8 +/- 11.8 ng/mL and 43.5 +/- 9.4 ng/mL, Tmax was 0.5 +/- 0.3 h and 0.4 +/- 0.3 h, AUC(0-24 h) was 362.4 +/- 143 ng x h x mL(-1) and 310.6 +/- 70.3 ng x h x mL(-1), respectively. The relative bioavailability of T to R were (104.2 +/- 13.4)% and (111.4 +/- 19.1)%, respectively. Statistical analysis showed that the two formulations were bioequivalent and T had sustained released feature.

Bioequivalence and Safety of Twice-Daily Sustained-Release Paracetamol (Acetaminophen) Compared With 3- and 4-Times-Daily Paracetamol: A Repeat-Dose, Crossover Pharmacokinetic Study in Healthy Volunteers.

PubMed

Liu, Dongzhou J; Collaku, Agron

2018-01-01

Twice-daily sustained-release (SR) paracetamol (acetaminophen) offers convenient administration to chronic users. This study investigated at steady state (during the last 24 hours of a 3-day dosing period) the pharmacokinetics, bioequivalence, and safety of twice-daily SR paracetamol compared with extended-release (ER) and immediate-release (IR) paracetamol. In this open-label, randomized, multidose, 3-way crossover study, 28 healthy subjects received paracetamol SR (2 × 1000 mg twice daily), ER (2 × 665 mg 3 times daily), and IR (2 × 500 mg 4 times daily). At steady state, twice-daily SR paracetamol was bioequivalent to ER and IR paracetamol. The 90% confidence intervals for the ratios of geometric means were within the acceptance interval for SR/ER paracetamol (AUC 0-t , 0.973-1.033; AUC 0-24 , 0.974-1.034; AUC 0-∞ , 0.948-1.011; C max , 1.082-1.212; C av , 1.011-1.106) and SR/IR paracetamol (AUC 0-t , 0.969-1.029; AUC 0-24 , 0.968-1.027; AUC 0-∞ , 0.963-1.026; C max , 0.902-1.010; C av , 1.004-1.098). Given twice daily, the SR formulation demonstrated SR properties as expected. Mean time at or above a 4 μg/mL plasma concentration of paracetamol from 2 daily doses of the SR formulation was significantly longer than that from 4 daily doses of IR paracetamol. SR formulation also had a greater T max , a longer half-life, and lower C min compared with ER and IR paracetamol. All formulations were well tolerated. © 2017, The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

Quantitative analysis of valsartan by two-dimensional liquid chromatography (2D-HPLC) and its application in a bioequivalence study in Chinese volunteers
.

PubMed

Zhang, Min; Deng, Yang; Cai, Hua-Lin; Fang, Ping-Fei; Yan, Miao; Zhang, Bi-Kui; Wu, Yan-Qin

2017-04-01

To develop a sensitive, two-dimensional liquid chromatography (2D-LC) method for determination of valsartan, applied to investigate bioequivalence of two valsartan tablets in Chinese volunteers under fasting condition. A full automatic 2D-HPLC system was used to quantify valsartan in human plasma. The analytes were extracted by protein precipitation, using telmisartan as internal standard. The analytical method was applied in a randomized, crossover bioequivalence study of valsartan tablets; the study enrolled 18 Chinese volunteers (12 were men and 6 were women). The subjects received a single 160-mg dose of test or reference preparation with 7-days of washout under fasting state. Plasma samples were collected, pharmacokinetic parameters were obtained and the bioequivalence was evaluated. The calibration range was 9.2 - 4213.8 ng×mL-1. Inter- and intraprecision was less than 7.0%, and accuracies ranged from 99.5 to 103.8%. The extraction recovery for valsartan varied between 89.3 and 97.8%, and the stability in all conditions was excellent. The 90% CI of AUC_0→36h and C_max were 96.5 - 109.4% and 94.2 - 108.6%, respectively. The relative bioavailability was 103.9 ± 15.7%. No gender difference was observed in pharmacokinetic parameters. A sensitive 2D-HPLC method was established for the estimation of valsartan in human plasma and successfully applied in a bioequivalence study of valsartan, which suggests that these two formulations can be assumed to be bioequivalent.
.

Bioequivalence study of an oral contraceptive containing ethinylestradiol/drospirenone/levomefolate calcium relative to ethinylestradiol/drospirenone and to levomefolate calcium alone.

PubMed

Blode, Hartmut; Klipping, Christine; Richard, Frank; Trummer, Dietmar; Rohde, Beate; Diefenbach, Konstanze

2012-02-01

A new tablet formulation containing 0.02 mg ethinylestradiol/3 mg drospirenone/0.451 mg levomefolate calcium (calcium salt containing 0.416 mg L-5-methyltetrahydrofolate) was assessed for bioequivalence compared to the approved oral contraceptive (OC) tablet containing identical amounts of ethinylestradiol and drospirenone and to a tablet containing 0.451 mg levomefolate calcium. Forty-four subjects received in an intraindividual crossover design single doses of the new tablet formulation or the established ethinylestradiol/drospirenone tablet or the levomefolate calcium tablet. Bioequivalence was demonstrated for ethinylestradiol, drospirenone and L-5-methyltetrahydrofolate (active moiety of levomefolate calcium) between the investigated tablet formulations. The geometric mean ratios of the AUC((0-tlast)) and C(max) values for all three compounds and their 90% confidence intervals were well within the 80%-125% range generally accepted to demonstrate bioequivalence. The rate and extent of absorption of ethinylestradiol and drospirenone were not affected by the concomitant administration of levomefolate calcium and vice versa. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Inflation of the type I error: investigations on regulatory recommendations for bioequivalence of highly variable drugs.

PubMed

Wonnemann, Meinolf; Frömke, Cornelia; Koch, Armin

2015-01-01

We investigated different evaluation strategies for bioequivalence trials with highly variable drugs on their resulting empirical type I error and empirical power. The classical 'unscaled' crossover design with average bioequivalence evaluation, the Add-on concept of the Japanese guideline, and the current 'scaling' approach of EMA were compared. Simulation studies were performed based on the assumption of a single dose drug administration while changing the underlying intra-individual variability. Inclusion of Add-on subjects following the Japanese concept led to slight increases of the empirical α-error (≈7.5%). For the approach of EMA we noted an unexpected tremendous increase of the rejection rate at a geometric mean ratio of 1.25. Moreover, we detected error rates slightly above the pre-set limit of 5% even at the proposed 'scaled' bioequivalence limits. With the classical 'unscaled' approach and the Japanese guideline concept the goal of reduced subject numbers in bioequivalence trials of HVDs cannot be achieved. On the other hand, widening the acceptance range comes at the price that quite a number of products will be accepted bioequivalent that had not been accepted in the past. A two-stage design with control of the global α therefore seems the better alternative.

Comparative bioequivalence study of rifampicin and isoniazid combinations in healthy volunteers.

PubMed

Padgaonkar, K A; Revankar, S N; Bhatt, A D; Vaz, J A; Desai, N D; D'Sa, S; Shah, V; Gandewar, K

1999-07-01

To assess the bioavailability of rifampicin (RMP) in three brands of combination formulations of anti-tuberculosis drugs. A three-way double-blind, cross-over bioavailability study of RMP and isoniazid (INH), consisting of a comparison of a two-drug combination of tablets of RMP and INH each separately (reference brand R) and a tablet of RMP + INH (brand N), and a capsule of RMP + INH (brand L) was carried out in 12 healthy male volunteers. Coded plasma samples were analysed for levels of RMP as well as INH and acetylisoniazid (ACINH) by two high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) methods. The mean values of RMP in brand N (Cmax 6.49+/-0.52 microg/mL, Tmax 2.33+/-0.18 h, AUC(0-24h) 39.83+/-3.44 microg/mL.h) were comparable with those obtained with brand R (Cmax 5.22+/-0.59 microg/mL, Tmax 2.50+/-0.12 h, AUC(0-24h) 33.33+/-3.47 microg/mL.h). The mean values of RMP in brand L (Cmax 3.05+/-0.52 microg/ mL, Tmax 3.79+/-0.57 h and AUC(0-24h) 21.78+/-3.67 microg/ mL.h) were significantly different from those in brand R. Nevertheless, all of the pharmacokinetic parameters obtained for INH and ACINH in all three brands were comparable. Using brand R as a comparison, brand N was bioequivalent and brand L was not bioequivalent.

Bioequivalence study of two losartan tablet formulations with special emphasis on cardiac safety.

PubMed

Khandave, Suhas S; Sawant, Satish V; Sahane, Rakhi V; Murthi, Vivekanand; Dhanure, Shivanand S; Surve, Pradeep G

2012-05-01

To study the bioequivalence of Losartan Potassium Tablets 50 mg manufactured by Micro Labs Ltd. India to Cozaar® Tablets 50 mg, manufactured by Merck Sharp and Dohme Ltd., UK in normal healthy adult subjects under fasting condition along with the comparative safety evaluation of both treatments. The in vitro dissolution studies were carried out on 12 units each of test and reference products using the paddle method and dissolution media like water, 0.1 N hydrochloric acid with pH 1.2, pH 4.5 acetate buffer and pH 6.8 phosphate buffer. An open label, randomized, two-treatment, two-period, two-sequence, crossover bioequivalence study with a washout period of 7 days was conducted in 60 healthy Indian male subjects. Serial blood samples were collected after drug administration in each study period. Plasma concentrations of losartan and losartan acid were determined using a validated LC-MS-MS method. The pharmacokinetic parameters of losartan and losartan acid were determined using a non compartmental model. Occurrence of adverse events, change in systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure, heart rate and QT interval from the baseline to 3.50 h post dose were studied and compared between the two treatments as safety parameters. The in vitro study proved the essential similarity of both the formulations as evident from the similarity factor of > 50% in all the dissolution media. The ratios for geometric least square means and 90% confidence intervals were within the acceptance criteria of 80% to 125% for log transformed C(max), AUC(0-t) and AUC(0-∞) for losartan. No statistically significant difference between the two treatments was observed for either of the safety parameters. The test product Losartan Potassium tablets 50 mg manufactured by Micro Labs Limited, India was bioequivalent to Cozaar® tablets 50 mg, manufactured by Merck Sharp and Dohme Ltd., UK in terms of rate and extent of absorption. Both treatments were well tolerated and had similar non

Bioequivalence of fixed-dose combination RIN®-150 to each reference drug in loose combination.

PubMed

Wang, H F; Wang, R; O'Gorman, M; Crownover, P; Damle, B

2015-03-01

RIN(®)-150 is a fixed-dose combination (FDC) tablet containing rifampicin (RMP, 150 mg) and isoniazid (INH, 75 mg) developed for the treatment of tuberculosis. This study was conducted at a single center: the Pfizer Clinical Research Unit in Singapore. To demonstrate bioequivalence of each drug component between RIN-150 and individual products in a loose combination. This was a randomized, open-label, single-dose, two-way crossover study. Subjects received single doses of RIN-150 or two individual reference products under fasting conditions in a crossover fashion, with at least 7 days washout between doses. The primary measures for comparison were peak plasma concentration (Cmax) and the area under plasma concentration-time curve (AUC). Of 28 subjects enrolled, 26 completed the study. The adjusted geometric mean ratios of Cmax and AUClast between the FDC and single-drug references and 90% confidence intervals were respectively 91.63% (90%CI 83.13-101.01) and 95.45% (90%CI 92.07-98.94) for RMP, and 107.58% (90%CI 96.07-120.47) and 103.45% (90%CI 99.33-107.75) for INH. Both formulations were generally well tolerated in this study. The RIN-150 FDC tablet formulation is bioequivalent to the two single-drug references for RMP and INH at equivalent doses.

An approach for sample size determination of average bioequivalence based on interval estimation.

PubMed

Chiang, Chieh; Hsiao, Chin-Fu

2017-03-30

In 1992, the US Food and Drug Administration declared that two drugs demonstrate average bioequivalence (ABE) if the log-transformed mean difference of pharmacokinetic responses lies in (-0.223, 0.223). The most widely used approach for assessing ABE is the two one-sided tests procedure. More specifically, ABE is concluded when a 100(1 - 2α) % confidence interval for mean difference falls within (-0.223, 0.223). As known, bioequivalent studies are usually conducted by crossover design. However, in the case that the half-life of a drug is long, a parallel design for the bioequivalent study may be preferred. In this study, a two-sided interval estimation - such as Satterthwaite's, Cochran-Cox's, or Howe's approximations - is used for assessing parallel ABE. We show that the asymptotic joint distribution of the lower and upper confidence limits is bivariate normal, and thus the sample size can be calculated based on the asymptotic power so that the confidence interval falls within (-0.223, 0.223). Simulation studies also show that the proposed method achieves sufficient empirical power. A real example is provided to illustrate the proposed method. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Bioequivalence of two levothyroxine tablet formulations without and with mathematical adjustment for basal thyroxine levels in healthy Argentinian volunteers: a single-dose, randomized, open-label, crossover study.

PubMed

Di Girolamo, Guillermo; Keller, Guillermo A; de Los Santos, Antonio R; Schere, Daniel; Gonzalez, Claudio D

2008-11-01

Levothyroxine has a narrow therapeutic index; therefore, precise and accurate assessment of the bioequivalence of different levothyroxine products is critical. Bioavailability estimates of levothyroxine formulations might be affected by baseline concentrations of the hormone. The aim of this study was to assess the bioequivalence of 100 microg of a test (T4 Montpellier 100, Química Montpellier S.A., Buenos Aires, Argentina) and reference (Synthroid, Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, Illinois) formulation of levothyroxine. We also compared 2 methods of levothyroxine measurements: without and with baseline correction for endogenous levothyroxine. This randomized, open-label, 2-sequence, crossover study with a 65-day washout period was carried out in healthy, white, euthyroid volunteers following a single dose of sodium levothyroxine 600 microg. Blood samples were collected at 30 and 15 minutes prior to administration, and 0 (baseline), 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 24, and 48 hours to determine thyroxine; serum thyrotropin (TSH) concentrations were determined 30 minutes before administration and 48 hours after administration. Serum concentrations of thyroxine were determined through radioimmunoassay and serum TSH concentrations were determined by a validated 2-site immunoradiometric assay. The formulations are considered to be equivalent if the 90% CI ratios for C(max) and AUC(0-last) are within 80% to 125%, per the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Adverse event monitoring was performed throughout the study by assessing clinical parameters (eg, blood pressure, electrocardiogram) and patient reports. A total of 24 volunteers (16 male, 8 female; mean [SD] age, 30.2 [4.6] years [range, 21-40 years]; mean [SD] weight, 71.71 [7.52] kg [range, 58-83 kg]) were included in the study. Without adjustment for baseline levels of endogenous levothyroxine, geometric mean C(max) for the test and reference formulations were 8.92 and 9.39 microg/dL, respectively

Integrating In Vitro, Modeling, and In Vivo Approaches to Investigate Warfarin Bioequivalence

PubMed Central

Wen, H; Fan, J; Vince, B; Li, T; Gao, W; Kinjo, M; Brown, J; Sun, W; Jiang, W; Lionberger, R

2017-01-01

We demonstrate the use of modeling and simulation to investigate bioequivalence (BE) concerns raised about generic warfarin products. To test the hypothesis that the loss of isopropyl alcohol and slow dissolution in acidic pH has significant impact on the pharmacokinetics of warfarin sodium tablets, we conducted physiologically based pharmacokinetic absorption modeling and simulation using formulation factors or in vitro dissolution profiles as input parameters. Sensitivity analyses indicated that warfarin pharmacokinetics was not sensitive to solubility, particle size, density, or dissolution rate in pH 4.5, but was affected by dissolution rate in pH 6.8 and potency. Virtual BE studies suggested that stressed warfarin sodium tablets with slow dissolution rate in pH 4.5 but having similar dissolution rate in pH 6.8 would be bioequivalent to the unstressed warfarin sodium tablets. A four‐way, crossover, single‐dose BE study in healthy subjects was conducted to test the same hypothesis and confirmed the simulation conclusion. PMID:28379643

Advantage of population pharmacokinetic method for evaluating the bioequivalence and accuracy of parameter estimation of pidotimod.

PubMed

Huang, Jihan; Li, Mengying; Lv, Yinghua; Yang, Juan; Xu, Ling; Wang, Jingjing; Chen, Junchao; Wang, Kun; He, Yingchun; Zheng, Qingshan

2016-09-01

This study was aimed at exploring the accuracy of population pharmacokinetic method in evaluating the bioequivalence of pidotimod with sparse data profiles and whether this method is suitable for bioequivalence evaluation in special populations such as children with fewer samplings. Methods In this single-dose, two-period crossover study, 20 healthy male Chinese volunteers were randomized 1 : 1 to receive either the test or reference formulation, with a 1-week washout before receiving the alternative formulation. Noncompartmental and population compartmental pharmacokinetic analyses were conducted. Simulated data were analyzed to graphically evaluate the model and the pharmacokinetic characteristics of the two pidotimod formulations. Various sparse sampling scenarios were generated from the real bioequivalence clinical trial data and evaluated by population pharmacokinetic method. The 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for AUC0-12h, AUC0-∞, and Cmax were 97.3 - 118.7%, 96.9 - 118.7%, and 95.1 - 109.8%, respectively, within the 80 - 125% range for bioequivalence using noncompartmental analysis. The population compartmental pharmacokinetics of pidotimod were described using a one-compartment model with first-order absorption and lag time. In the comparison of estimations in different dataset, the estimation of random three- and< fixed four-point sampling strategies can provide results similar to those obtained through rich sampling. The nonlinear mixed-effects model requires fewer data points. Moreover, compared with the noncompartmental analysis method, the pharmacokinetic parameters can be more accurately estimated using nonlinear mixed-effects model. The population pharmacokinetic modeling method was used to assess the bioequivalence of two pidotimod formulations with relatively few sampling points and further validated the bioequivalence of the two formulations. This method may provide useful information for regulating bioequivalence evaluation in special

Single-center, single-dose, open-label, randomized, two-period crossover study on the bioavailability of methotrexate administered using a novel prefilled, needle-free delivery system.

PubMed

Bienvenu, Boris; Aouba, Achille; Gottenberg, Jacques-Eric; Verstuyft, Celine

2017-04-01

Zeneo 1 is a needle-free injection device. We performed a pharmacokinetic study to investigate the bioequivalence of methotrexate administered subcutaneously using either the needle-free injection device or a conventional needle and syringe. This was a single-dose, open-label, laboratory-blind, randomized crossover study performed in adult healthy volunteers. Each participant received two methotrexate injections (each 25 mg), one via needle-free injection device and one via conventional injection, with a 21-28 day wash-out interval between dosing. For each participant, the administration site for both injections was either the abdomen or the thigh. The primary pharmacokinetic outcome parameters were AUC (0- t ) and C max . Bioequivalence was assessed by standard criteria: whether 90% confidence intervals of geometric mean ratios for the two administration methods were within 80-125%. Fifty-two individuals completed the study. Bioequivalence criteria were met for AUC (0- t ) , for the overall analysis (both injection sites: 90% confidence interval: 99.4-103.1%), and for each injection site separately. Bioequivalence was similarly demonstrated with AUC (0-∞) . Bioequivalence criteria for C max were fulfilled for abdominal administration but not for the overall analysis. Injection via the needle-free injection device was well tolerated. Limitations include conducting the study in healthy volunteers and the relatively small subject number (albeit satisfactory for bioequivalence). This study shows that methotrexate injection via needle-free injection device is bioequivalent to a conventional needle and syringe in relation to AUC (0- t ) and AUC (0-∞) . Studies of needle-free injection device use in patients requiring methotrexate therapy are planned.

A randomized, open-label 3-way crossover study to investigate the relative bioavailability and bioequivalence of crushed sildenafil 20 mg tablets mixed with apple sauce, extemporaneously prepared suspension (EP), and intact sildenafil 20 mg tablets in healthy volunteers under fasting conditions.

PubMed

Gao, Xiang; Ndongo, Marie-Noella; Checchio, Tina M; Cook, Jack; Duncan, Barbara; LaBadie, Robert R

2015-01-01

The relative bioavailability and bioequivalence of 20-mg doses of a pediatric formulation of sildenafil extemporaneous preparation suspension (EP; 10 mg/mL), the sildenafil 20-mg intact tablet and the crushed sildenafil 20-mg tablet mixed with apple sauce were assessed in a single-dose, randomized, open-label, 3-way crossover study with 18 healthy adult volunteers. Blood samples were collected at predefined times and analyzed for sildenafil plasma concentrations. Natural log-transformed sildenafil pharmacokinetic parameters (Cmax , AUClast , and AUCinf ) were used to estimate relative bioavailability and construct 90% confidence intervals (CI) using a mixed-effects model. Bioequivalence was concluded among the three formulations with one exception, in which the EP suspension showed a 15% decrease in Cmax with a lower 90% CI of 76% compared with the intact tablet. The 15% decrease in sildenafil Cmax is not considered to be clinically relevant. Therefore, the EP suspension is considered to be an appropriate pediatric formulation. All 3 formulations were well tolerated in healthy adult volunteers. © 2014, The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

Bioequivalence study between two formulations of ciclosporin A (Cyclavance® oral solution and Atopica® soft capsules) following a single oral administration to dogs.

PubMed

Navarro, C; Séguy, L; Vila, M; Birckel, P

2016-03-12

Ciclosporin is a selective immunomodulator used for the treatment of atopic dermatitis in dogs. A new 100 mg/ml oral solution formulation (Cyclavance®, Virbac) was developed as a pharmaceutical equivalent to the marketed capsule formulations (Atopica®, Novartis Animal Health) containing 25, 50 mg, or 100 mg of ciclosporin A. The aim of this study was to assess and compare the pharmacokinetic profiles and bioequivalence of the two formulations following a single oral administration to dogs. This randomised, two-period, two-sequence, crossover bioequivalence study was conducted in 40 healthy dogs under fasting conditions. Each dog received either one 50 mg capsule of Atopica® or 0.5 ml of Cyclavance®. After dosing, blood samples were collected during a 48-h time period at 0, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 12, 24, 36 and 48 h. Blood ciclosporin A concentrations were measured by using an HPLC-MS/MS method. Cmax, Tmax, t1/2, AUC0-t, AUC0-∞ and Kel were determined for the two ciclosporin formulations. Bioequivalence was to be concluded if the 90% confidence intervals were within the range of 80% to 125% for Cmax and AUC0-t. Dogs were monitored once daily throughout the study period for adverse effects. The 90% confidence intervals for Cyclavance®/Atopica® mean ratios of the log-transformed pharmacokinetic variables Cmax and AUC0-t were within the conventional bioequivalence range of 80% to 125% (Point estimate: 101.2% and 101.4% respectively). Except for salivation reported after administration of both products, or vomiting and diarrhoea reported after Atopica® administration, both formulations were well tolerated in the 40 healthy dogs over the 48-h study period. The two ciclosporin oral formulations demonstrated similar pharmacokinetic profiles and were found to be bioequivalent, and therefore, interchangeable.

Bioequivalence of clavulanate potassium and amoxicillin (1:7) dispersible tablets in healthy volunteers.

PubMed

Hu, Guoxin; Dai, Zongshun; Long, Lihong; Han, Ying; Hou, Shuxian; Wu, Li

2002-01-01

To study the bioequivalence of Clavulanate Potassium and Amoxicillin (1:7) dispersible tablets, a randomized cross-over study was conducted in 18 healthy volunteers. A single oral dose of 1,000 mg Clavulanate Potassium and Amoxicillin (1:7) dispersible tablets (Tested formulation, T) or Augmentin syrup (Reference formulation, R). Concentrations in plasma were determined with high-performance liquid chromatography. The main parameters of T were: for Clavulanate Potassium and Amoxicillin, Cmax: 2.46 +/- 1.11 micrograms/ml and 18.81 +/- 7.26 micrograms/ml, Tmax: 1.12 +/- 0.23 h and 1.30 +/- 0.34 h, AUC(0-6 h): 5.18 +/- 2.24 micrograms.h/ml and 45.09 +/- 14.53 micrograms.h/ml, t1/2: 1.43 +/- 0.44 h and 1.09 +/- 0.22 h., respectively. The relative bioavailability of T to R were 96.5 +/- 19.2% and 98.4 +/- 26.1%, respectively. Statistical analysis showed that the two formulations were bioequivalent.

Two Formulations of Venlafaxine are Bioequivalent when Administered as Open Capsule Mixed with Applesauce to Healthy Subjects.

PubMed

Jain, Renu T; Panda, J; Srivastava, A

2011-09-01

Venlafaxine is a unique antidepressant approved for treatment of various depressive disorders. A single dose, cross-over bioequivalence study was performed with two different formulations of venlafaxine 150 mg extended-release capsules in which the contents of capsule were mixed with applesauce and administered to healthy subjects under fed condition. A total of 24 healthy adult male subjects participated in this randomized, single-dose, non-blinded, two-way crossover study conducted at a single centre and 23 subjects completed the study as per the study protocol. After an overnight fast of 10 h, a high-fat and high-calorie breakfast was served 30 min before dosing. The subjects then received a single dose of either formulation administered with apple sauce followed by 240 ml of water as per randomized schedule in each period separated by a washout period of 7 days. A series of blood samples were collected upto 72 h for estimation of venlafaxine and its active metabolite, O-desmethylvenlafaxine. The quantification of venlafaxine and O-desmethylvenlafaxine was done by LC-MS/MS method and pharmacokinetic and statistical analysis by WinNonlin(®) 5.2 and SAS(®) 9.1.3. The results of the study demonstrated bioequivalence of two formulations as the 90% confidence interval for the intra-individual mean ratio of log-transformed C(max), AUC(0-t) and AUC(0-inf) of the test to the reference formulation were found within the defined bioequivalence range of 80.00%-125.00%. Both the formulations were well tolerated. This alternative mode of administration may provide benefits to patients who have difficulty in swallowing the capsule as a whole.

Two Formulations of Venlafaxine are Bioequivalent when Administered as Open Capsule Mixed with Applesauce to Healthy Subjects

PubMed Central

Jain, Renu T.; Panda, J.; Srivastava, A.

2011-01-01

Venlafaxine is a unique antidepressant approved for treatment of various depressive disorders. A single dose, cross-over bioequivalence study was performed with two different formulations of venlafaxine 150 mg extended-release capsules in which the contents of capsule were mixed with applesauce and administered to healthy subjects under fed condition. A total of 24 healthy adult male subjects participated in this randomized, single-dose, non-blinded, two-way crossover study conducted at a single centre and 23 subjects completed the study as per the study protocol. After an overnight fast of 10 h, a high-fat and high-calorie breakfast was served 30 min before dosing. The subjects then received a single dose of either formulation administered with apple sauce followed by 240 ml of water as per randomized schedule in each period separated by a washout period of 7 days. A series of blood samples were collected upto 72 h for estimation of venlafaxine and its active metabolite, O-desmethylvenlafaxine. The quantification of venlafaxine and O-desmethylvenlafaxine was done by LC-MS/MS method and pharmacokinetic and statistical analysis by WinNonlin® 5.2 and SAS® 9.1.3. The results of the study demonstrated bioequivalence of two formulations as the 90% confidence interval for the intra-individual mean ratio of log-transformed Cmax, AUC0-t and AUC0-inf of the test to the reference formulation were found within the defined bioequivalence range of 80.00%-125.00%. Both the formulations were well tolerated. This alternative mode of administration may provide benefits to patients who have difficulty in swallowing the capsule as a whole. PMID:22923863

Bioequivalence and pharmacokinetic evaluation of two formulations of risperidone 2 mg : an open-label, single-dose, fasting, randomized-sequence, two-way crossover study in healthy male Chinese volunteers.

PubMed

Liu, Yun; Zhang, Meng-qi; Jia, Jing-ying; Liu, Yan-mei; Liu, Gang-yi; Li, Shui-jun; Wang, Wei; Weng, Li-ping; Yu, Chen

2013-03-01

Risperidone is a benzisoxazole derivate and is effective in the treatment of schizophrenia and other psychiatric illnesses in adults and children. Although there are a few reports in the literature regarding the pharmacokinetic characteristics of risperidone, insufficient data on its pharmacokinetic properties in a Chinese population are available. To meet the requirements for marketing a new generic product, this study was designed to compare the pharmacokinetic properties and bioequivalence of two 2 mg tablet formulations of risperidone: a newly developed generic formulation (test) and a branded formulation (reference) in healthy adult male Chinese volunteers. A single-dose, open-label, randomized-sequence, 2 × 2 crossover study was conducted in fasted healthy male Chinese volunteers. Eligible participants were randomly assigned in a 1:1 ratio to receive 1 tablet (2 mg each) of the test formulation (Risperidone tablet; Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd., Hyderabad, India) or the reference formulation (Risperdal(®) tablet; Xian-Janssen Pharmaceutical Ltd., Xi-an, China), followed by a 2-week washout period and subsequent administration of the alternate formulation. The study drugs were administered after a 10-hour overnight fast. Plasma samples were collected over 96 hours. Plasma concentrations of the parent drug, risperidone, and its active metabolite, 9-hydroxy-risperidone, were analyzed by a liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method. The formulations would be considered bioequivalent if the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) of the natural log-transformed values were within the predetermined 80-125% equivalence range for the maximum plasma drug concentration (Cmax) and the area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC), in accordance with guidelines issued by the US Food and Drug Administration. Assessment of tolerability was based on recording of adverse events (AEs), monitoring of vital signs, electrocardiograms, and laboratory tests at baseline

Bioequivalence studies for 2 different strengths of irbesartan/hydrochlorothiazide combination in healthy volunteers: 300/25 mg and 300/12.5 mg film-coated tablets.

PubMed

Cánovas, M; Cabré, F; Polonio, F

2014-05-01

Two bioequivalence studies of irbesartan (CAS 138402-11-6) and hydrochlorothiazide (CAS 58-93-5) combination at 300/12.5 mg and 300/25 mg strengths were carried out in order to assess the bioequivalence of these film-coated tablet formulations in comparison with the marketed reference formulations.Both studies were performed with 30 healthy volunteers according to an open label, randomized, 2-period, 2-sequence, crossover, single dose and fasting conditions design. In each study, test and reference formulations were administered in 2 treatment days, separated by a washout period of 7 days. Blood samples were drawn up to 72 h following drug administration in case of irbesartan and up to 24 h in case of hydrochlorothiazide. Plasma concentrations of both analytes were obtained by a validated HPLC method using MS/MS detection. Log-transformed AUC0-t and Cmax values were tested for bioequivalence based on the ratios of the geometric LSmeans (test/reference).For both studies, the 90% confidence intervals of the geometric LSmean values for the test/reference ratios for AUC0-t [(irbesartan: 300/12.5 mgstrength: 95.33-111.74%. 300/25 mg strength: 91.27-103.93%) (hydrochlorothiazide: 300/12.5 mg strength: 99.63-107.50%. 300/25 mg strength: 95.72-102.24%)] and Cmax [(irbesartan: 300/12.5 mg strength: 98.73-115.03%. 300/25 mg strength: 97.27-112.12%) (hydrochlorothiazide: 300/12.5 mg strength: 97.34-112.06%. 300/25 mg strength: 93.29-106.38%)] were within the bio-equivalence acceptance range of 80-125%.According to the European Guideline on the Investigation of Bioequivalence it may be therefore concluded that both test formulations are bioequivalent to the corresponding reference formulations. Overall, it was judged that both studies were conducted with a good tolerance of the subjects to study drugs. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

The bioequivalence of the contraceptive steroids ethinylestradiol and drospirenone is not affected by co-administration of dehydroepiandrosterone.

PubMed

Zimmerman, Yvette; Wouters, Wout; Coelingh Bennink, Herjan J T

2013-06-01

To study the effect of co-administration of 50 mg dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) on the bioequivalence of ethinylestradiol (EE) and drospirenone (DRSP) in women who were using a combined oral contraceptive (COC) containing 30 μg EE and 3 mg DRSP, and to estimate whether the addition of DHEA to this COC affects the serum levels and the bioequivalence of the synthetic contraceptive steroids. This was a randomised, double-blind, two-period crossover study. Participants received two EE/DRSP COC treatment cycles in random order, one with and one without daily 50 mg DHEA , separated by a 28-day wash-out cycle during which the subjects used an EE/levonorgestrel (LNG) COC without DHEA. Serum levels of EE and DRSP were measured according to a sampling scheme allowing pharmacokinetic evaluations. Addition of DHEA to an EE/DRSP COC had no effect on serum levels of EE and DRSP. The COC regimens with and without DHEA were bioequivalent. Oestradiol levels were equally suppressed during pill intake, whether with placebo or DHEA. Adding DHEA to a COC containing EE and DRSP does not affect the pharmacokinetic properties of EE and DRSP. Therefore, it will most likely not affect its contraceptive efficacy.

Bioequivalence among three methods of administering pantoprazole granules in healthy subjects.

PubMed

Tammara, Brinda; Weisel, Kathy; Katz, Arie; Meng, Xu

2009-11-01

The bioequivalence among three methods of administering pantoprazole granules was studied in healthy subjects. In this randomized, open-label, three-period, crossover study, 25 healthy adults received a single 40-mg dose of pantoprazole granules with applesauce orally, with apple juice orally, and with apple juice administered via a nasogastric tube. Subjects were randomly assigned to one of six treatment sequences. Blood samples were collected within 2 hours before treatment administration on study day 1 and at 0.33, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, and 24 hours after treatment administration. Plasma pantoprazole concentrations were analyzed by a validated liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method. The plasma pantoprazole concentration-time data for each subject were analyzed using noncompartmental methods. The 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for the test:reference geometric mean ratio were calculated for the peak pantoprazole concentration (C(max) ) and area under the concentration-time curve (AUC). Of the 25 subjects enrolled, 100% completed the study. The mean C(max) and AUC values were similar for the three administration methods. The 90% CIs for the ratios of the geometric means of the granules in apple juice orally (92.4-112.5%) and in apple juice administered through a nasogastric tube (102.7-125.2%), relative to the granules administered with applesauce orally, were essentially within the bioequivalent limits of 80-125%. No serious adverse events or study discontinuations occurred. Three methods of administering pantoprazole delayed-release granules for oral suspension-with apple juice orally, with applesauce orally, and with apple juice through a nasogastric tube--were bioequivalent in healthy subjects.

Bioequivalence of two omega-3 fatty acid ethyl ester formulations: a case of clinical pharmacology of dietary supplements

PubMed Central

Galli, Claudio; Maggi, Franco M; Risé, Patrizia; Sirtori, Cesare R

2012-01-01

AIM To evaluate the bioequivalence of two omega-3 long chain polyunsaturated fatty acid (n-3 LC-PUFA) ethyl ester preparations, previously shown not to be bioequivalent in healthy subjects, with the objective of providing a guideline for future work in this area. METHOD A randomized double-blind crossover protocol was chosen. Volunteers with the lowest blood concentrations of n-3 LC-PUFA were selected. They received the ethyl esters in a single high dose (12 g) and eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA) and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) blood concentrations were analyzed after fingerprick collection at intervals up to 24 h. RESULTS Differently from a prior study, the pharmacokinetic analysis indicated a satisfactory bioequivalence: for the AUC(0,24 h) 90% CI of the ratio between the two formulations were in the range for bioequivalence (for EPA 0.98, 1.04 and for DHA 0.99, 1.04) and the same was true for Cmax and tmax (90% CI were 0.95, 1.14 and 1.10, 1.25 for EPA and 0.88, 1.02 and 0.84, 1.24 for DHA). CONCLUSION This study shows that, in order to obtain reliable bioequivalence data of products present in the daily diet, certain conditions should be met. Subjects should have low, homogeneous baseline concentrations and not be exposed to food items containing the product under evaluation, e.g. fish. Finally, as in the case of omega-3 fatty acids, selected doses should be high, eventually with appropriate conditions of intake. PMID:22242645

Between-Batch Pharmacokinetic Variability Inflates Type I Error Rate in Conventional Bioequivalence Trials: A Randomized Advair Diskus Clinical Trial.

PubMed

Burmeister Getz, E; Carroll, K J; Mielke, J; Benet, L Z; Jones, B

2017-03-01

We previously demonstrated pharmacokinetic differences among manufacturing batches of a US Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved dry powder inhalation product (Advair Diskus 100/50) large enough to establish between-batch bio-inequivalence. Here, we provide independent confirmation of pharmacokinetic bio-inequivalence among Advair Diskus 100/50 batches, and quantify residual and between-batch variance component magnitudes. These variance estimates are used to consider the type I error rate of the FDA's current two-way crossover design recommendation. When between-batch pharmacokinetic variability is substantial, the conventional two-way crossover design cannot accomplish the objectives of FDA's statistical bioequivalence test (i.e., cannot accurately estimate the test/reference ratio and associated confidence interval). The two-way crossover, which ignores between-batch pharmacokinetic variability, yields an artificially narrow confidence interval on the product comparison. The unavoidable consequence is type I error rate inflation, to ∼25%, when between-batch pharmacokinetic variability is nonzero. This risk of a false bioequivalence conclusion is substantially higher than asserted by regulators as acceptable consumer risk (5%). © 2016 The Authors Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of The American Society for Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics.

The steady-state pharmacokinetics and bioequivalence of carprofen administered orally and subcutaneously in dogs.

PubMed

Clark, T P; Chieffo, C; Huhn, J C; Nimz, E L; Wang, C; Boy, M G

2003-06-01

Eighteen male Beagle dogs were randomized to oral (p.o.) or subcutaneous (s.c.) carprofen administration in a two-sequence, two-period crossover design with a 10-day washout between periods. Twenty-five milligrams of carprofen was administered p.o. or s.c. every 12 h for 7 days. Plasma concentrations of carprofen collected after the first and last treatments were determined by high-performance liquid chromatography. Carprofen concentration data were natural log transformed and geometric means were calculated for maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) and area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC0--12) following the first dose and Cmax and AUC0--12 following administration of the last dose. Formulations were considered bioequivalent if the 90% confidence interval (CI) of the mean difference for each variable between formulations were within -20% and 25% of the oral formulation. The mean Cmax and AUC0--12 were 16.9 microg/mL and 73.1 microg. h/mL, respectively, following a single oral dose and 8.0 microg/mL and 64.3 microg x h/mL, respectively, following a single s.c. injection. The 90% CI for Cmax (-56.8 to -48.7%) was outside of the bioequivalence criteria whereas the 90% CI for AUC0--12 (-16.3 to -7.5%) was within the bioequivalence criteria. At steady-state, the mean Cmax and AUC0--12 were 18.7 microg/mL and 101.9 microg x h/mL, respectively, following p.o. administration and 14.7 microg/mL and 111.0 microg x h/mL, respectively, following s.c. injection. The 90% CI was outside the bioequivalence criteria for Cmax (-30.8 to -10.8) but within the bioequivalence criteria for AUC0--12 (2.3-15.9%). The results of this study indicate that peak plasma concentrations of carprofen differ when administered p.o. and s.c., but that total drug exposure following a single dose and at steady-state are bioequivalent.

Pharmacogenetic Selection of Volunteers Increases Stringency of Bioequivalence Studies; The Case of Clopidogrel

PubMed Central

Garcés-Eisele, J.; Ruiz-Argüelles, A.; Estrada-Marín, Larisa; Reyes-Núñez, Virginia; Vázquez-Pérez, R.; Guzmán-García, Olga; Coutiño-Medina, R.; Acosta-Sandria, Leticia; Cedillo-Carvallo, Beatriz

2014-01-01

Clinical response to clopidogrel varies widely due to under-dosing, drug interactions and intrinsic interindividual differences resulting from genetic polymorphisms. Cytochrome P450-2C19 is the principal enzyme involved in the activation of the prodrug and loss-of-function alleles have been described. Upon expiration of the pharmaceutical patent of clopidogrel, generic manufacturers have started to subject interchangeable formulations to bioequivalence studies. The purpose of the current investigation was to study the effect of selection of volunteers homozygous for the CYP2C19*1 haplotype on the bioavailability of clopidogrel. A regular 2×2 bioequivalence study between two formulations of clopidogrel was performed in volunteers selected and unselected for relevant CYP2C19 haplotypes for the Mexican population. It was found that selection of volunteers homozygous for the CYP2C19*1 haplotype, increased the stringency of bioequivalence statistics and resulted in bioinequivalence of a generic clopidogrel compound that otherwise proved equivalent when tested in an open unselected population. Augmentation of bioequivalence strictness is expected to result from pharmacogenetic selection of volunteers. PMID:25284925

Pharmacokinetics and bioequivalence study of a fixed dose combination of rabeprazole and itopride in healthy Indian volunteers.

PubMed

Sahoo, Bijay Kumar; Das, Ayan; Agarwal, Sangita; Bhaumik, Uttam; Bose, Anirbandeep; Ghosh, Debotri; Roy, Bikash; Pal, Tapan Kumar

2009-01-01

The aim of the present study was to compare the pharmacokinetics of rabeprazole (CAS 117976-89-3) and itopride (CAS 122898-67-3) after oral administration of a rabeprazole (20 mg)-itopride (150 mg) fixed dose combination (FDC) in healthy human volunteers. The bioequivalence of two formulations (test and reference) was determined in 12 healthy Indian male volunteers (age: 25.25 +/- 4.69 years; weight: 60.50 +/- 5.04 kg) in a randomized, single-dose, two-period, two-treatment crossover study. Both formulations were administered orally as a single dose, with the treatments separated by a washout period of 1 week. Rabeprazole and itopride plasma levels were determined by a validated HPLC method using UV detection. The formulations were compared using the pharmacokinetic parameters area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC(0-t)), area under the plasma concentration-time curve from zero to infinity (AUC(0-infinity)) and peak plasma concentration (Cmax). General linear model (GLM) procedures were used in which sources of variation were subject, treatment and period. The results indicated that there were no statistically significant differences (P > 0.05) between the logarithmically transformed AUC(0-infinity) and Cmax values between test and reference formulation. The 90% confidence interval for the ratio of the logarithmically transformed AUC(0-t), AUC(0-infinity) and Cmax were within the bioequivalence limits of 0.8-1.25 and the relative bioavailability of rabeprazole and itopride test and reference formulations was 98.24 and 93.65%, respectively.

Effect of Different Sampling Schedules on Results of Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Studies: Evaluation by Means of Monte Carlo Simulations.

PubMed

Kano, Eunice Kazue; Chiann, Chang; Fukuda, Kazuo; Porta, Valentina

2017-08-01

Bioavailability and bioequivalence study is one of the most frequently performed investigations in clinical trials. Bioequivalence testing is based on the assumption that 2 drug products will be therapeutically equivalent when they are equivalent in the rate and extent to which the active drug ingredient or therapeutic moiety is absorbed and becomes available at the site of drug action. In recent years there has been a significant growth in published papers that use in silico studies based on mathematical simulations to analyze pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties of drugs, including bioavailability and bioequivalence aspects. The goal of this study is to evaluate the usefulness of in silico studies as a tool in the planning of bioequivalence, bioavailability and other pharmacokinetic assays, e.g., to determine an appropriate sampling schedule. Monte Carlo simulations were used to define adequate blood sampling schedules for a bioequivalence assay comparing 2 different formulations of cefadroxil oral suspensions. In silico bioequivalence studies comparing different formulation of cefadroxil oral suspensions using various sampling schedules were performed using models. An in vivo study was conducted to confirm in silico results. The results of in silico and in vivo bioequivalence studies demonstrated that schedules with fewer sampling times are as efficient as schedules with larger numbers of sampling times in the assessment of bioequivalence, but only if T max is included as a sampling time. It was also concluded that in silico studies are useful tools in the planning of bioequivalence, bioavailability and other pharmacokinetic in vivo assays. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

Evaluation of Bioequivalence Between the New Procaterol Hydrochloride Hydrate Dry Powder Inhaler and the Approved Dry Powder Inhaler in Patients With Asthma in a Randomized, Double-Blind, Double-Dummy, Crossover Comparison Study: A Phase 3 Study.

PubMed

Shirai, Ryo; Suzaki, Yuki; Sato, Kyoko; Takeuchi, Yuko; Tokimatsu, Issei; Koga, Nobuyuki; Kadota, Junichi; Ohashi, Kyoichi

2018-05-01

Procaterol hydrochloride hydrate (procaterol) is a β 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist that induces a strong bronchodilatory effect. The procaterol dry powder inhaler (DPI) has been frequently used in patients with bronchial asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. We evaluated the bioequivalence and safety between the new procaterol DPI (new DPI) and the approved procaterol DPI (approved DPI). This study was a randomized, double-blind, double-dummy, crossover comparison to evaluate the pharmacodynamic equivalence of the new DPI and the approved DPI in patients with bronchial asthma. Primary efficacy variables were area under the concentration-time curve (AUC) forced expiratory volume in the first second (FEV 1 )/h and maximum FEV 1 during the 480-minute measurement period. Patients were divided into 2 groups, New-DPI-First (n = 8) and Approved-DPI-First (n = 8), according to the investigational medical product that was administered first. Patients inhaled 20 μg of procaterol in each period. FEV 1 was measured by a spirometer at predose and at 15, 30, 60, 90, 120, 180, 240, 360, and 480 minutes after each investigational medical product administration. Equivalence was evaluated by confirming that the 2-sided 90%CIs for the difference between the new and the approved DPI in means of AUC (FEV 1 )/h and maximum FEV 1 were within the acceptance criteria of -0.15 to 0.15 L. The difference in means of AUC (FEV 1 )/h and maximum FEV 1 was 0.041 L and 0.033 L, respectively, and the 90%CI was 0.004 to 0.078 L and -0.008 to 0.074 L, respectively. These CIs were both within the acceptance criteria. The new DPI was assessed as being bioequivalent to the approved DPI. © 2017 The Authors. Clinical Pharmacology in Drug Development Published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

Bioavailability, Bioequivalence and Therapeutic Equivalence: Concepts and Issues for Pharmacy Students.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Edwards, David J.

1990-01-01

A lecture given in courses in applied pharmacokinetics at Wayne State University, Michigan, is presented. The definition of bioavailability is reviewed along with methods of calculation, bioequivalence, criteria for establishing bioequivalence of a new product, essentials of a bioequivalence study, and the relationship between bioequivalence and…

Using a single tablet daily to treat latent tuberculosis infection in Brazil: bioequivalence of two different isoniazid formulations (300 mg and 100 mg) demonstrated by a sensitive and rapid high-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method in a randomised, crossover study

PubMed Central

Daher, André; Pitta, Luciana; Santos, Tereza; Barreira, Draurio; Pinto, Douglas

2015-01-01

The recommended treatment for latent tuberculosis (TB) infection in adults is a daily dose of isoniazid (INH) 300 mg for six months. In Brazil, INH was formulated as 100 mg tablets. The treatment duration and the high pill burden compromised patient adherence to the treatment. The Brazilian National Programme for Tuberculosis requested a new 300 mg INH formulation. The aim of our study was to compare the bioavailability of the new INH 300 mg formulation and three 100 mg tablets of the reference formulation. We conducted a randomised, single dose, open label, two-phase crossover bioequivalence study in 28 healthy human volunteers. The 90% confidence interval for the INH maximum concentration of drug observed in plasma and area under the plasma concentration vs. time curve from time zero to the last measurable concentration “time t” was 89.61-115.92 and 94.82-119.44, respectively. The main limitation of our study was that neither adherence nor the safety profile of multiple doses was evaluated. To determine the level of INH in human plasma, we developed and validated a sensitive, simple and rapid high-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method. Our results showed that the new formulation was bioequivalent to the 100 mg reference product. This finding supports the use of a single 300 mg tablet daily strategy to treat latent TB. This new formulation may increase patients’ adherence to the treatment and quality of life. PMID:26038960

Using a single tablet daily to treat latent tuberculosis infection in Brazil: bioequivalence of two different isoniazid formulations (300 mg and 100 mg) demonstrated by a sensitive and rapid high-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method in a randomised, crossover study.

PubMed

Daher, André; Pitta, Luciana; Santos, Tereza; Barreira, Draurio; Pinto, Douglas

2015-06-01

The recommended treatment for latent tuberculosis (TB) infection in adults is a daily dose of isoniazid (INH) 300 mg for six months. In Brazil, INH was formulated as 100 mg tablets. The treatment duration and the high pill burden compromised patient adherence to the treatment. The Brazilian National Programme for Tuberculosis requested a new 300 mg INH formulation. The aim of our study was to compare the bioavailability of the new INH 300 mg formulation and three 100 mg tablets of the reference formulation. We conducted a randomised, single dose, open label, two-phase crossover bioequivalence study in 28 healthy human volunteers. The 90% confidence interval for the INH maximum concentration of drug observed in plasma and area under the plasma concentration vs. time curve from time zero to the last measurable concentration "time t" was 89.61-115.92 and 94.82-119.44, respectively. The main limitation of our study was that neither adherence nor the safety profile of multiple doses was evaluated. To determine the level of INH in human plasma, we developed and validated a sensitive, simple and rapid high-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method. Our results showed that the new formulation was bioequivalent to the 100 mg reference product. This finding supports the use of a single 300 mg tablet daily strategy to treat latent TB. This new formulation may increase patients' adherence to the treatment and quality of life.

Bioequivalence Between Generic and Branded Lamotrigine in People With Epilepsy: The EQUIGEN Randomized Clinical Trial.

PubMed

Berg, Michel; Welty, Timothy E; Gidal, Barry E; Diaz, Francisco J; Krebill, Ron; Szaflarski, Jerzy P; Dworetzky, Barbara A; Pollard, John R; Elder, Edmund J; Jiang, Wenlei; Jiang, Xiaohui; Switzer, Regina D; Privitera, Michael D

2017-08-01

Switching between generic antiepileptic drugs is a highly debated issue that affects both clinical care and overall health care costs. To evaluate the single-dose pharmacokinetic bioequivalence of 3 (1 branded and 2 generic drugs) on-market, immediate-release lamotrigine drug products. The Equivalence Among Antiepileptic Drug Generic and Brand Products in People With Epilepsy (EQUIGEN) single-dose study is a crossover, prospective, sequence-randomized, replicate pharmacokinetic study conducted at 5 US academic epilepsy centers. Fifty adults (≥18 years) with epilepsy who were taking concomitant antiepileptic drugs and not currently receiving lamotrigine were enrolled between July 18, 2013, and January 19, 2015. Every participant was randomly assigned to 1 of 3 equivalent sequences, each comprising 6 study periods, during which they had blood draws before and after medication administration. Forty-nine participants were included in intention-to-treat analyses. Participants received a single 25-mg dose of immediate-release lamotrigine at the start of each period, with the branded and the 2 most disparate generic products each studied twice. Lamotrigine was selected as the antiepileptic drug of interest because of its wide use, publications indicating problems with generic switches, and complaints to the US Food and Drug Administration regarding generic products. Both participants and study personnel were blinded to the specific generic products selected. The primary outcome was bioequivalence between products. Maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) and area under the concentration-time curve (AUC) were compared, and average bioequivalence (ABE) was established if the 90% CIs of the ratios of the 2 products were within equivalence limits (80%-125%). Of the 50 randomized participants, 49 (98%) received all 3 lamotrigine products and completed at least 3 pharmacokinetic assessments and 46 (92%) completed all 6 pharmacokinetic assessments. Among the 49 participants, 28 (57

Bioequivalence of Dapagliflozin/Metformin Extended-release Fixed-combination Drug Product and Single-component Dapagliflozin and Metformin Extended-release Tablets in Healthy Russian Subjects.

PubMed

Khomitskaya, Yunona; Tikhonova, Nadezhda; Gudkov, Konstantin; Erofeeva, Svetlana; Holmes, Victoria; Dayton, Brian; Davies, Nigel; Boulton, David W; Tang, Weifeng

2018-04-01

Fixed-combination drug products (FCDPs) combining dapagliflozin and metformin extended release (XR) may provide patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus with an alternative antihyperglycemic treatment, which could improve adherence by reducing tablet burden. This study evaluated the bioequivalence of dapagliflozin/metformin XR FCDP versus the co-administration of the individual monotherapy tablets currently available for use in the Russian Federation. Healthy subjects aged 18 to 45 years were enrolled in this randomized, open-label, 2-period crossover study, conducted in a single Russian center. Pharmacokinetic parameters (AUC 0-t , C max , and C max /AUC 0-t ) were used to assess bioequivalence of dapagliflozin/metformin XR (10/1000 mg) FCDP to the individual component tablets (dapagliflozin [10 mg] plus metformin XR [2 × 500 mg]) under standard fed conditions. Safety and tolerability were also assessed. Forty healthy subjects were included (47.5% male; mean age, 30 years; and mean body mass index, 24.2 kg/m 2 ). Dapagliflozin and metformin XR in the FCDP were bioequivalent to the individual component tablets marketed in the Russian Federation, with the 90% CIs of the geometric least-squares mean ratios for all key pharmacokinetic parameters being contained within the 80% to 125% bioequivalence limits. Both FCDP and the individual component formulations were well tolerated, with no serious adverse events. Bioequivalence of dapagliflozin/metformin XR FCDP and the individual components was established without any new safety concerns, presenting a safe alternative for patients currently receiving regimens including each component individually. ClinicalTrials.gov identifier: NCT02722239. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier HS Journals, Inc. All rights reserved.

Evaluation of two novel tablet formulations of artemether-lumefantrine (Coartem) for bioequivalence in a randomized, open-label, two-period study.

PubMed

Lefèvre, Gilbert; Bhad, Prafulla; Jain, Jay Prakash; Kalluri, Sampath; Cheng, Yi; Dave, Hardik; Stein, Daniel S

2013-09-08

Artemether-lumefantrine (Coartem; AL) is a standard of care for malaria treatment as an oral six-dose regimen, given twice daily over three days with one to four tablets (20/120 mg) per dose, depending on patient body weight. In order to reduce the pill burden at each dose and potentially enhance compliance, two novel fixed-dose tablet formulations (80/480 mg and 60/360 mg) have been developed and tested in this study for bioequivalence with their respective number of standard tablets. A randomized, open-label, two-period, single-dose, within formulation crossover bioequivalence study comparing artemether and lumefantrine exposure between the novel 80/480 mg tablet and four standard tablets, and the novel 60/360 mg tablet and three standard tablets, was conducted in 120 healthy subjects under fed conditions. Artemether, dihydroartemisinin, and lumefantrine were measured in plasma by HPLC/UPLC-MS/MS. Pharmacokinetic (PK) parameters were determined by non-compartmental analyses. Adjusted geometric mean AUClast for artemether were 345 and 364 ng·h/mL (geometric mean ratio (GMR) 0.95; 90% CI 0.89-1.01) and for lumefantrine were 219 and 218 μg·h/mL (GMR 1.00; 90% CI 0.93-1.08) for 80/480 mg tablet versus four standard tablets, respectively. Corresponding Cmax for artemether were 96.8 and 99.7 ng/mL (GMR 0.97; 90% CI 0.89-1.06) and for lumefantrine were 8.42 and 8.71 μg/mL (GMR 0.97; 90% CI 0.89-1.05). For the 60/360 mg tablet versus three standard tablets, adjusted geometric mean AUClast for artemether were 235 and 231 ng·h/mL (GMR 1.02; 90% CI 0.94-1.10), and for lumefantrine were 160 and 180 μg·h/mL (GMR 0.89; 90% CI 0.83-0.96), respectively. Corresponding Cmax for artemether were 75.5 and 71.5 ng/mL (GMR 1.06; 90% CI 0.95-1.18), and for lumefantrine were 6.64 and 7.61 μg/mL (GMR 0.87; 90% CI 0.81-0.94), respectively. GMR for Cmax and AUClast for artemether and lumefantrine for all primary comparisons were within the bioequivalence acceptance criteria (0

Pharmacokinetics and bioequivalence study of aniracetam after single-dose administration in healthy Chinese male volunteers.

PubMed

Tian, Yuan; Zhang, Jing-Jing; Feng, Shu-Dan; Zhang, Zun-Jian; Chen, Yun

2008-01-01

The pharmacokinetics of aniracetam (CAS 72432-10-1) in Chinese healthy male volunteers was investigated for the first time. Twenty male volunteers were enrolled into this open, randomized, single blind two-sequence, two-period crossover study. Under fasting conditions, each subject received a single oral dose of 400 mg (2 x 200 mg/capsule) aniracetam as a test or reference formulation with a 3-day washout period between the two preparations. The plasma concentrations of aniracetam were analyzed by a sensitive liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) method. The pharmacokinetic parameters of the test and reference formulations were estimated as follows: The maximum plasma concentrations (Cmax) were 8.75 +/- 7.82 and 8.65 +/- 8.70 ng/mL, Tmax were 0.4 +/- 0.1 and 0.4 +/- 0.1 h, and plasma elimination half-lives (t(1/2)) were 0.47 +/- 0.16 and 0.49 +/- 0.24 h, respectively. The AUC(0-t) values demonstrated nearly identical bioavailability of aniracetam from the examined formulations. AUC(0-2.5) values were 4.53 +/- 6.62 and 4.76 +/- 6.65 ng h/mL, the areas under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC(0-infinity) were 4.62 +/- 6.66 and 4.85 +/- 6.71 ng h/mL for the test and reference formulation, respectively. No statistical differences were observed for Cmax, and AUC(0-infinity) for aniracetam. The 90% confidence limits calculated for AUC and Cmax of aniracetam were within the standard bioequivalence range (80%-125% for AUC and Cmax). Therefore, the aniracetam test formulation can be regarded as bioequivalent to the aniracetam reference formulation.

Are bioequivalence studies of levothyroxine sodium formulations in euthyroid volunteers reliable?

PubMed

Blakesley, Vicky; Awni, Walid; Locke, Charles; Ludden, Thomas; Granneman, G Richard; Braverman, Lewis E

2004-03-01

Levothyroxine (LT4) has a narrow therapeutic index. Consequently, precise standards for assessing the bioequivalence of different LT4 products are vital. We examined the methodology that the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) recommends for comparing the bioavailability of LT4 products, as well as three modifications to correct for endogenous, thyroxine (T4) levels, to determine if the methodology could distinguish LT4 products that differ by 12.5%, 25%, or 33%. With no baseline correction for the endogenous T4 pool, differences in administered LT4 doses that differed by 25%-33% could not be detected (450 microg and 400 microg doses versus 600 microg dose, respectively). The three mathematical correction methods could distinguish the doses that differed by 25% and 33%. None of the correction methods could distinguish dosage strengths that differed by 12.5% (450 microg versus 400 microg). Dose differences within this range are known to result in clinically relevant differences in safety and effectiveness. Methods of analysis of bioequivalence data that do not consider endogenous T4 concentrations confound accurate quantitation and interpretation of LT4 bioavailability. As a result, products inappropriately deemed bioequivalent may put patients at risk for iatrogenic hyperthyroidism or hypothyroidism. More precise methods for defining bioequivalence are required in order to ensure that LT4 products accepted as bioequivalent will perform equivalently in patients without the need for further monitoring and retitration of their dose.

Bioequivalence of saxagliptin/dapagliflozin fixed-dose combination tablets compared with coadministration of the individual tablets to healthy subjects.

PubMed

Vakkalagadda, Blisse; Vetter, Marion L; Rana, Jignasa; Smith, Charles H; Huang, Jian; Karkas, Jennifer; Boulton, David W; LaCreta, Frank

2015-12-01

Saxagliptin and dapagliflozin are individually indicated as an adjunct to diet and exercise to improve glycemic control in adults with type 2 diabetes mellitus. The bioequivalence of saxagliptin/dapagliflozin 2.5/5 mg and 5/10 mg fixed-dose combination (FDC) tablets compared with coadministration of the individual tablets and the food effect on both strengths of saxagliptin/dapagliflozin FDCs were evaluated in this open-label, randomized, single-dose crossover study. Healthy subjects were randomized to saxagliptin 2.5 mg + dapagliflozin 5 mg fasted, 2.5/5 mg FDC fasted, 2.5/5 mg FDC fed (Cohort 1) or saxagliptin 5 mg + dapagliflozin 10 mg fasted, 5/10 mg FDC fasted, 5/10 mg FDC fed (Cohort 2). Serial blood samples for pharmacokinetics of saxagliptin and dapagliflozin were obtained predose and up to 60 h postdose. Bioequivalence of FDC tablets versus individual components was concluded if the 90% CIs for FDC to individual component geometric mean ratios of C max, AUC 0-T, and AUC inf of both analytes were between 0.80 and 1.25. Seventy-two subjects were randomized; 71 (98.6%) completed the study. Saxagliptin/dapagliflozin 2.5/5 mg and 5/10 mg FDC tablets were bioequivalent to the individual tablets administered concomitantly. Food had no clinically meaningful effect on saxagliptin or dapagliflozin overall systemic exposure. Saxagliptin/dapagliflozin FDC tablets were bioequivalent to coadministration of the individual components in healthy subjects under fasted conditions and food had no clinically meaningful effect on bioavailability.

Pharmacokinetics and Bioequivalence Evaluation of 2 Loxoprofen Tablets in Healthy Egyptian Male Volunteers.

PubMed

Helmy, Sally A

2013-04-01

The objective of this study was to assess the in vitro dissolution and to evaluate the bioavailability of two brands of Loxoprofen sodium dihydrate tablets. Loxoprofen tablets (68.1 mg loxoprofen sodium dihydrate equivalent to 60 mg loxoprofen; test) relative to Roxonin tablets (68.1 mg loxoprofen sodium dihydrate equivalent to 60 mg loxoprofen; reference). In vitro study was adopted to determine and compare the dissolution behavior of both products. In vivo study was conducted according to a single-center, randomized, single-dose, and laboratory-blinded, 2-period, 2-sequence, crossover design with a washout period of 1 week. Under fasting conditions, 24 healthy Egyptian adult male volunteers were randomly allocated to receive a single dose of either test or reference product. Blood samples were collected at specified time intervals, and plasma was analyzed for loxoprofen concentrations using a validated high-performance liquid chromatography assay method. The pharmacokinetic parameters Cmax , AUC0-t , AUC0-∞ , tmax , and t1/2 were determined from plasma concentration-time profiles. The 90% confidence intervals for the ratio Cmax , AUC0-t , and AUCt-∞ of the test product over those of reference were within the acceptable range (0.8-1.25) for bioequivalence. On the basis of these results, the two-loxoprofen formulations are considered bioequivalent. © The Author(s) 2013.

Bioequivalence study of a new sildenafil 100 mg orodispersible film compared to the conventional film-coated 100 mg tablet administered to healthy male volunteers

PubMed Central

Radicioni, Milko; Castiglioni, Chiara; Giori, Andrea; Cupone, Irma; Frangione, Valeria; Rovati, Stefano

2017-01-01

A new orodispersible film formulation of the phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitor, sildenafil, has been developed to examine the advantages of an orally disintegrating film formulation and provide an alternative to the current marketed products for the treatment of erectile dysfunction. The pharmacokinetics of the sildenafil 100 mg orodispersible film (IBSA) was compared to that of the conventional marketed 100 mg film-coated tablet (Viagra®) after single-dose administration to 53 healthy male volunteers (aged 18–51 years) in a randomized, open, two-way crossover bioequivalence study. Each subject received a single oral dose of 100 mg of sildenafil as test or reference formulation administered under fasting conditions at each of the two study periods according to a randomized crossover design. There was a washout interval of ≥7 days between the two administrations of the investigational medicinal products. Blood samples for pharmacokinetic analysis were collected up to 24 h post-dosing. The primary objective was to compare the rate (peak plasma concentration; Cmax) and extent (area under the curve [AUC] from administration to last observed concentration time; AUC0–t) of sildenafil absorption after single-dose administration of test and reference. Secondary endpoints were observed to describe the plasma pharmacokinetic profiles of sildenafil and its metabolite N-desmethyl-sildenafil relative bioavailability and safety profile after single-dose administration. The mean sildenafil and N-desmethyl-sildenafil plasma concentration–time profiles up to 24 h after single-dose administration of sildenafil 100 mg orodispersible film and film-coated tablet were nearly superimposable. The bioequivalence test was fully satisfied for sildenafil and N-desmethyl-sildenafil in terms of rate and extent of bioavailability. Adverse events occurred at similar rates for the two formulations and were of mild-to-moderate severity. The results suggest that the new orodispersible film

Bioequivalence study of a new sildenafil 100 mg orodispersible film compared to the conventional film-coated 100 mg tablet administered to healthy male volunteers.

PubMed

Radicioni, Milko; Castiglioni, Chiara; Giori, Andrea; Cupone, Irma; Frangione, Valeria; Rovati, Stefano

2017-01-01

A new orodispersible film formulation of the phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitor, sildenafil, has been developed to examine the advantages of an orally disintegrating film formulation and provide an alternative to the current marketed products for the treatment of erectile dysfunction. The pharmacokinetics of the sildenafil 100 mg orodispersible film (IBSA) was compared to that of the conventional marketed 100 mg film-coated tablet (Viagra ® ) after single-dose administration to 53 healthy male volunteers (aged 18-51 years) in a randomized, open, two-way crossover bioequivalence study. Each subject received a single oral dose of 100 mg of sildenafil as test or reference formulation administered under fasting conditions at each of the two study periods according to a randomized crossover design. There was a washout interval of ≥7 days between the two administrations of the investigational medicinal products. Blood samples for pharmacokinetic analysis were collected up to 24 h post-dosing. The primary objective was to compare the rate (peak plasma concentration; C max ) and extent (area under the curve [AUC] from administration to last observed concentration time; AUC 0-t ) of sildenafil absorption after single-dose administration of test and reference. Secondary endpoints were observed to describe the plasma pharmacokinetic profiles of sildenafil and its metabolite N-desmethyl-sildenafil relative bioavailability and safety profile after single-dose administration. The mean sildenafil and N-desmethyl-sildenafil plasma concentration-time profiles up to 24 h after single-dose administration of sildenafil 100 mg orodispersible film and film-coated tablet were nearly superimposable. The bioequivalence test was fully satisfied for sildenafil and N-desmethyl-sildenafil in terms of rate and extent of bioavailability. Adverse events occurred at similar rates for the two formulations and were of mild-to-moderate severity. The results suggest that the new orodispersible film

Assessment of the bioequivalence of two formulations of clarithromycin extended-release 500-mg tablets under fasting and fed conditions: a single-dose, randomized, open-label, two-period, two-way crossover study in healthy Jordanian male volunteers.

PubMed

Alkhalidi, Bashar A; Tamimi, Jaafar J; Salem, Isam I; Ibrahim, Husain; Sallam, Alsayed Alarabi I

2008-10-01

Clarithromycin extended-release tablets are indicated for the treatment of adults with acute maxillary sinusitis caused by Haemophilus influenzae, Moraxella catarrhalis, or Streptococcus pneumoniae; acute bacterial exacerbation of chronic bronchitis due to H influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, M catarrhalis, or S pneumoniae; or community acquired pneumonia due to H influenzae, H parainfluenzae, M catarrhalis, S pneumoniae, Chlamydia pneumoniae, or Mycoplasma pneumoniae. This study was conducted to assess the bioequivalence of test and reference formulations of clarithromycin extended-release 500-mg tablets under fasting and fed conditions. This was a single-dose, randomized, open-label, 2-period, 2-way crossover study with a 1-week washout period between doses. Separate bioequivalence studies (fasting and fed) were performed in 2 groups of healthy male Jordanian volunteers. Eighteen blood samples were obtained from each volunteer over 38 hours after drug administration. Clarithromycin concentrations were determined in plasma using a validated high-performance liquid chromatography method with electrochemical detection. Pharmacokinetic parameters of clarithromycin (C(max), T(max), AUC(0-t), AUC(0-infinity), lambda(z) [first-order elimination rate constant], and t((1/2))) were calculated and analyzed statistically. Tolerability was assessed based on changes in vital signs and laboratory tests, and by questioning subjects about adverse events. Thirty-eight volunteers each participated in the fasting and fed studies. The mean ages of participants in the fasting and fed studies were 26.7 and 27.6 years, respectively; their mean weight was 71.2 and 70.9 kg and mean height was 171.3 and 179.0 cm. Under fasting conditions, the arithmetic mean (SD) C(max) was 569.4 (189.3) ng/mL for the test formulation and 641.2 (202.0) ng/mL for the reference formulation, with a geometric mean ratio of 0.88. The arithmetic mean AUC(0-t) was 8602.9 (4105.1) and 8245.3 (4122.4) ng . h

Pharmacokinetic comparison and bioequivalence evaluation of losartan/ hydrochlorothiazide tablet between Asian Indian and Japanese volunteers.

PubMed

Kumar, Sudershan; Monif, Tausif; Khuroo, Arshad; Reyar, Simrit; Jain, Rakesh; Singla, Ajay K; Kurachi, Kazuya

2014-01-01

To demonstrate the bioequivalence between the test and reference formulations of losartan/hydrochlorothiazide 50 + 12.5 mg tablet and evaluate the effect of ethnicity on pharmacokinetics properties of losartan, losartan carboxylic acid and hydrochlorothiazide on healthy Asian Indian and Japanese volunteers. Randomized, open-label, crossover, bioavailability studies were conducted separately in healthy Asian Indian and Japanese volunteers. One tablet either of test or of reference product was administered after 10 hours of overnight fasting. After dosing, serial blood samples were collected for a period of 48 hours for both the studies. Plasma samples were analyzed for losartan, losartan carboxylic acid and hydrochlorothiazide by a validated liquid chromatographic and mass spectrometric method (LC-MS/MS). The pharmacokinetic parameters AUC0-t, AUC0-∞, Cmax, tmax, and other pharmacokinetics parameters were determined from plasma concentration-time profiles for both test and reference formulations of losartan/hydrochlorothiazide 50 + 12.5 mg tablets. Statistical evaluations were done to evaluate bioequivalence between generic test formulation (EPR0001) and Japanese reference product (Preminent®). Losartan, losartan carboxylic acid and hydrochlorothiazide were well tolerated by subjects in all periods of each study under fasted conditions. No serious adverse events were observed. The ratios of least square means for AUC0-t and Cmax and the affiliated 90% confidence intervals were within acceptance range recommended by PMDA. Marginal differences were observed in pharmacokinetic values of Asian Indian and Japanese volunteers. The results of these bioavailability studies indicate that the test formulation of losartan/hydrochlorothiazide 50 + 12.5 mg (EPR0001) tablets is bioequivalent to marketed Preminent® reference formulation in Asian Indian and Japanese volunteers, when administered under fasting conditions. Both test and reference formulations were well tolerated

Effect of gastric emptying and entero-hepatic circulation on bioequivalence assessment of ranitidine.

PubMed

Chrenova, J; Durisova, M; Mircioiu, C; Dedik, L

2010-01-01

The aim of study was to compare the bioavailability of ranitidine obtained from either Ranitidine (300 mg tablet; LPH® S.C. LaborMed Pharma S.A. Romania: the test formulation) and Zantac® (300 mg tablet; GlaxoSmithKline, Austria: the reference formulation). Twelve, Romanian, healthy volunteers were enrolled in the study. An open-label, two-period, crossover, randomized design was used. Plasma levels of ranitidine were determined using the validated, high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) method. The physiologically motivated time-delayed model was used for the data evaluation and a paired Student's t-test and Schuirmann's two one-sided tests were carried out to compare parameters. Nonmodeling parameters (AUC(t), AUC, C(max), T(max)) were tested by the paired Student's t-test and the 90 confidence intervals of the geometric mean ratios were determined by Schuirmann's tests. Paired Student's t-test showed no significant differences between nonmodeling and modeling parameters. The results of the Schuirmann's tests however indicated significant statistical differences with reference to AUC(t), AUC, C(max), T(max) and other modeling parameters, especially MT(c) and τ(c). Schuirmann's tests revealed significant bioequivalence between ranitidine formulations using the modeling parameters MRT and n. The presented model can be useful as an additional tool to assess drug bioequivalence, by screening for disruptive parameters. Copyright 2010 Prous Science, S.A.U. or its licensors. All rights reserved.

Bioequivalence assessment of ambroxol tablet after a single oral dose administration to healthy male volunteers.

PubMed

Lee, Hee Joo; Joung, Sun Koung; Kim, Yoon Gyoon; Yoo, Jeong-Yeon; Han, Sang Beom

2004-01-01

A bioequivalence study of the ambroxol hydrochloride tablets was conducted. Twenty-four healthy male Korean volunteers received each medicine at the ambroxol hydrochloride dose of 30 mg in a 2 x 2 cross-over study. There was a 1-week washout period between the doses. Plasma concentrations of ambroxol were monitored by a high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) for over a period of 24h after the administration. AUC(t) (the area under the plasma concentration-time curve from time 0 to last sampling time, 24h) was calculated by the linear-log trapezoidal rule method. C(max) (maximum plasma drug concentration) and T(max) (time to reach C(max)) were compiled from the plasma concentration-time data. Analysis of variance was carried out using logarithmically transformed AUC(t) and C(max), and untransformed T(max). The geometric mean of AUC(t) was 495.8 ng ml(-1)h(-1) (test medication) and 468.3 ng ml(-1)h(-1) (reference medication). C(max) of 61.5 and 57.3 ng ml(-1) were achieved for the test and the reference medication, respectively. The point estimates and 90% confidence intervals for AUC(t) (parametric) and C(max) (parametric) were, in point estimate (90% confidence interval), 1.058 (0.989-1.134) and 1.073 (1.007-1.142), respectively, satisfying the bioequivalence criteria of the European Committee for Proprietary Medicinal Products and the US Food and Drug Administration Guidelines. The corresponding value of T(max) was 0.229 (0.015-0.444). These results indicate that the two medications of ambroxol hydrochloride are bioequivalent and, thus, may be prescribed interchangeably.

78 FR 55263 - Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Fluticasone Propionate...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-09-10

...] Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Fluticasone Propionate; Salmeterol... ``Bioequivalence Recommendations for Fluticasone Propionate; Salmeterol Xinafoate.'' The recommendations provide specific guidance on the design of bioequivalence (BE) studies to support abbreviated new drug applications...

21 CFR 320.63 - Retention of bioequivalence samples.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Retention of bioequivalence samples. 320.63 Section 320.63 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES... the Bioavailability or Bioequivalence of Drug Products § 320.63 Retention of bioequivalence samples...

21 CFR 320.63 - Retention of bioequivalence samples.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Retention of bioequivalence samples. 320.63 Section 320.63 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES... the Bioavailability or Bioequivalence of Drug Products § 320.63 Retention of bioequivalence samples...

Bioequivalence of a methylphenidate hydrochloride extended-release preparation: comparison of an intact capsule and an opened capsule sprinkled on applesauce.

PubMed

Fischer, R; Schütz, H; Grossmann, M; Leis, H J; Ammer, R

2006-03-01

To assess bioequivalence between an intact capsule and the content of a capsule sprinkled on applesauce. Medikinet retard 20 mg capsules were obtained from Medice (Iserlohn, Germany). This was a single-center, completely randomized, open, 2-period, 2-sequence, balanced crossover study with a washout period of 1 week between administrations, in 12 healthy male and female subjects, aged 18-45 years. Blood samples were collected over 24 hours and methylphenidate plasma concentration-time data were used to calculate pharmacokinetic parameters for both administrations. The main parameters were (confirmatory) AUC0-tz (extent of BA), Cmax, tmax (rate of BA) and (descriptively) AUC0-infinity and t1/2. Equivalence was concluded if the 90% confidence interval (CI) for the ratio between test and reference was 0.80-1.25 (AUC0-tz). All 12 dosed subjects finished both treatment periods and were included in pharmacokinetic and safety analyses. 90% geometric confidence intervals for AUC0-tz and Cmax data were well within accepted bioequivalence limits. The study has shown that both treatment modes lead to similar pattern of absorption and elimination following single-dose administration in the fed state. The test treatment (content of capsule sprinkled over 15 ml applesauce) is bioequivalent to the reference treatment (intact capsule) in terms of extent and rate of absorption. Data collected from this study demonstrate that Medikinet retard capsules can be opened and the content sprinkled on a tablespoon of applesauce without influencing the rate and extent of bioavailability.

Acarbose bioequivalence: exploration of new pharmacodynamic parameters.

PubMed

Zhang, Min; Yang, Jin; Tao, Lei; Li, Lingjun; Ma, Pengcheng; Fawcett, John Paul

2012-06-01

To investigate bioequivalence (BE) testing of an acarbose formulation in healthy Chinese volunteers through the use of recommended and innovative pharmacodynamic (PD) parameters. Following the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) guidance, a randomized, cross-over study of acarbose test (T) and reference (R) (Glucobay®) formulations was performed with a 1-week wash-out period. Preliminary pilot studies showed that the appropriate dose of acarbose was 2 × 50 mg, and the required number of subjects was 40. Serum glucose concentrations after sucrose administration (baseline) and co-administration of sucrose/acarbose on the following day were both determined. Three newly defined PD measures of glucose fluctuation (glucose excursion (GE), GE' (glucose excursion without the effect of the homeostatic glucose control), and fAUC (degree of fluctuation of serum glucose based on AUC)), the plateau glucose concentration (C(ss)), and time of maximum reduction in glucose concentration (T (max)) were tested in the evaluation. The adequacy of the two parameters recommended by the FDA, ΔC(SG,max) (maximum reduction in serum glucose concentration) and AUEC((0-4h)) (reduction in the AUC((0-4h)) of glucose between baseline and acarbose formulation) was also evaluated. The T (max) values were comparable, and the 90% confidence intervals of the geometric test/reference ratios (T/R) for ΔC(SG,max), C(ss), GE, and fAUC were all within 80-125%. The parameter GE' was slightly outside the limits, and the parameter AUEC((0-4h)) could not be computed due to the presence of negative values. In acarbose BE evaluation, while the recommended parameter ΔC(SG,max) is valuable, the combination of C(ss) and one of the newly defined glucose fluctuation parameters, GE, GE', and fAUC is preferable than AUEC((0-4h)). The acarbose test formulation can be initially considered to be bioequivalent to Glucobay®.

Bioequivalence of a fixed-dose repaglinide/metformin combination tablet and equivalent doses of repaglinide and metformin tablets
.

PubMed

Cho, Hea-Young; Ngo, Lien; Kim, Sang-Ki; Choi, Yoonho; Lee, Yong-Bok

2018-06-01

This study was conducted to determine whether a fixed-dose combination (FDC) tablet of repaglinide/metformin (2/500 mg) is equivalent to coadministration of equivalent doses of individual (EDI) tablets of repaglinide (2 mg) and metformin (500 mg) in healthy Korean male subjects. This study was conducted as an open-label, randomized, single-dose, two-period, two-sequence crossover design in 50 healthy Korean male subjects who received an FDC tablet or EDI tablets. Plasma concentrations of repaglinide and metformin were determined for up to 24 hours using a validated UPLC-MS/MS method. Bioequivalence was assessed according to current guidelines issued by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and Korean legislation. Tolerability was also evaluated throughout the study via subject interview, vital signs, and blood sampling. Point estimates (90% CIs) for AUC_0-t, AUC_0-∞, and C_max based on EDI tablets were 110.07 (102.25 - 118.49), 109.90 (101.70 - 118.39), and 112.60 (101.49 - 124.85), respectively, for repaglinide. They were 95.18 (89.62 - 101.05), 95.00 (89.74 - 100.65), and 98.44 (92.72 - 104.50), respectively, for metformin. These results satisfied the bioequivalence criteria of 80.00 - 125.00% proposed by the FDA and Korean legislation. Results of pharmacokinetic analysis suggested that repaglinide and metformin in FDC tablets were bioequivalent to EDI tablets of repaglinide (2 mg) and metformin (500 mg) in healthy Korean male subjects. Both formulations appeared to be well tolerated.
.

Generic lamotrigine versus brand-name Lamictal bioequivalence in patients with epilepsy: A field test of the FDA bioequivalence standard.

PubMed

Ting, Tricia Y; Jiang, Wenlei; Lionberger, Robert; Wong, Jessica; Jones, Jace W; Kane, Maureen A; Krumholz, Allan; Temple, Robert; Polli, James E

2015-09-01

To test the current U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) bioequivalence standard in a comparison of generic and brand-name drug pharmacokinetic (PK) performance in "generic-brittle" patients with epilepsy under clinical use conditions. This randomized, double-blind, multiple-dose, steady-state, fully replicated bioequivalence study compared generic lamotrigine to brand-name Lamictal in "generic-brittle" patients with epilepsy (n = 34) who were already taking lamotrigine. Patients were repeatedly switched between masked Lamictal and generic lamotrigine. Intensive PK blood sampling at the end of each 2-week treatment period yielded two 12-h PK profiles for brand-name and generic forms for each patient. Steady-state area under the curve (AUC), peak plasma concentration (Cmax ), and minimum plasma concentration (Cmin ) data were subjected to conventional average bioequivalence (ABE) analysis, reference-scaled ABE analysis, and within-subject variability (WSV) comparisons. In addition, generic-versus-brand comparisons in individual patients were performed. Secondary clinical outcomes included seizure frequency and adverse events. Generic demonstrated bioequivalence to brand. The 90% confidence intervals of the mean for steady-state AUC, Cmax , and Cmin for generic-versus-brand were 97.2-101.6%, 98.8-104.5%, and 93.4-101.0%, respectively. The WSV of generic and brand were also similar. Individual patient PK ratios for generic-versus-brand were similar but not identical, in part because brand-versus-brand profiles were not identical, even though subjects were rechallenged with the same product. Few subjects had seizure exacerbations or tolerability issues with product switching. One subject, however, reported 267 focal motor seizures, primarily on generic, although his brand and generic PK profiles were practically identical. Some neurologists question whether bioequivalence in healthy volunteers ensures therapeutic equivalence of brand and generic antiepileptic drugs

Bioequivalence of azathioprine products.

PubMed

Baker, Daniel E

2003-01-01

All azathioprine oral tablets are considered bioequivalent by the Food and Drug Administration based on traditional testing. However, since these tests were conducted, it has been determined that some patients have a deficiency of the enzyme most responsible for the metabolism of 6-mercaptopurine-thiopurine methyltransferase (TPMT). Azathioprine is rapidly converted to 6-mercaptopurine, its active metabolite. So it is possible that differences in TPMT activity may influence the bioequivalence of azathioprine products among individuals, especially those patients deficient in TPMT enzyme activity. However, this possibility has not been evaluated.

21 CFR 320.29 - Analytical methods for an in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence study.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Analytical methods for an in vivo bioavailability..., DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS FOR HUMAN USE BIOAVAILABILITY AND BIOEQUIVALENCE REQUIREMENTS Procedures for Determining the Bioavailability or Bioequivalence of Drug Products § 320.29...

Amoxicillin/clavulanic acid (875/125): bioequivalence of a novel Solutab tablet and rationale for a twice-daily dosing regimen.

PubMed

Sourgens, H; Bertola, M A; Verschoor, J S C; Kuipers, M; Rayer, B

2004-03-01

A new amoxicillin/clavulanic acid tablet formulation (Solutab tablet, Forcid Solutab) containing amoxicillin/clavulanic acid (875/125) has been developed. The aim of the present study was to demonstrate bioequivalence between the new tablet formulation (test), taken as an intact tablet and after prior dispersal, versus the originator product viz. Augmentan film-coated tablet (875/125) used as reference. The study was performed in 48 healthy volunteers according to an open, single-dose, crossover design. Bioequivalence was demonstrated using Cmax and AUC(0-infinity) as primary parameters of evaluation for both amoxicillin and clavulanic acid with 90% confidence intervals of the ratios Solutab tablet/Augmentan within the range of 0.8-1.25. The duration of the plasma concentration exceeding the amoxicillin minimal inhibitory concentration (MICs) was calculated using individual plasma concentration-time curves and compartmental analysis. The data showed that the bioavailability characteristics of the test tablet, taken intact or in dispersed form, and the reference tablets were very similar. The analysis, moreover, also confirmed the appropriateness of using a b.i.d. dosage regimen for both formulations, taking into account the pharmacodynamic breakpoint values for some major pathogens.

Pharmacokinetics and Bioequivalence of Two Formulations of Febuxostat 40-Mg and 80-Mg Tablets: A Randomized, Open-Label, 4-Way Crossover Study in Healthy Chinese Male Volunteers

PubMed Central

Luo, Zhu; Nan, Feng; Miao, Jia; Chen, Zhihui; Li, Mei; Liang, Maozhi

2016-01-01

The present study aimed to investigate the pharmacokinetic properties of febuxostat in healthy Chinese male volunteers and evaluate whether the two formulations of febuxostat 40-mg and 80-mg tablets are bioequivalent. A randomized, open-label, 4-way crossover study was conducted in healthy Chinese male volunteers under fasting conditions. 24 eligible subjects were randomized in a 1:1:1:1 ratio to receive a single dose of test or reference formulation of febuxostat 40-mg or 80-mg tablet. The washout period between each administration was 1 week. Plasma febuxostat was quantified by a validated liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) method. Tolerability was evaluated by monitoring adverse events, physical examinations, 12-lead ECG and laboratory tests. After single-dosing of 1 tablet of 40-mg febuxostat, the pharmacokinetic parameters of test and reference formulations were: Tmax 1.22±0.87 and 1.85±1.03 h, Cmax 1689.16±461.31 and 1613.80±608.43 ng·mL-1, AUC0-t 5139.87±1349.28 and 5517.91±2024.26 ng·mL-1·h, AUC0−∞ 5263.06±1339.16 and 5640.48±2040.22 ng·mL-1·h, t1/2 4.82±2.61 and 4.85±1.78 h, respectively. After single-dosing of 1 tablet of 80-mg febuxostat, the pharmacokinetic parameters of test and reference formulations were: Tmax 1.71±1.21 and 2.23±1.55 h, Cmax 2744.47±1157.44 and 2998.17±1200.13 ng·mL-1, AUC0-t 9634.03±2768.25 and 10467.95±3501.65 ng·mL-1·h, AUC0−∞ 9834.32±2730.51 and 10626.63±3504.08 ng·mL-1·h, t1/2 6.25±2.44 and 5.46±1.65 h, respectively. For single-dosing of 1 tablet of 40-mg febuxostat, 90% CIs for the test/reference ratio of AUC0-t, AUC0−∞ and Cmax were 89.79 to 102.55, 90.14 to 102.56 and 93.99 to 129.63, respectively. For single-dosing of 1 tablet of 80-mg febuxostat, 90% CIs for the test/reference ratio of AUC0-t, AUC0−∞ and Cmax were 86.67 to 100.00, 87.50 to 100.51 and 79.48 to 105.99, respectively. This single dose study revealed similar pharmacokinetic properties in

Pharmacokinetics and Bioequivalence of Two Formulations of Febuxostat 40-Mg and 80-Mg Tablets: A Randomized, Open-Label, 4-Way Crossover Study in Healthy Chinese Male Volunteers.

PubMed

Luo, Zhu; Nan, Feng; Miao, Jia; Chen, Zhihui; Li, Mei; Liang, Maozhi

2016-01-01

The present study aimed to investigate the pharmacokinetic properties of febuxostat in healthy Chinese male volunteers and evaluate whether the two formulations of febuxostat 40-mg and 80-mg tablets are bioequivalent. A randomized, open-label, 4-way crossover study was conducted in healthy Chinese male volunteers under fasting conditions. 24 eligible subjects were randomized in a 1:1:1:1 ratio to receive a single dose of test or reference formulation of febuxostat 40-mg or 80-mg tablet. The washout period between each administration was 1 week. Plasma febuxostat was quantified by a validated liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) method. Tolerability was evaluated by monitoring adverse events, physical examinations, 12-lead ECG and laboratory tests. After single-dosing of 1 tablet of 40-mg febuxostat, the pharmacokinetic parameters of test and reference formulations were: Tmax 1.22±0.87 and 1.85±1.03 h, Cmax 1689.16±461.31 and 1613.80±608.43 ng·mL-1, AUC0-t 5139.87±1349.28 and 5517.91±2024.26 ng·mL-1·h, AUC0-∞ 5263.06±1339.16 and 5640.48±2040.22 ng·mL-1·h, t1/2 4.82±2.61 and 4.85±1.78 h, respectively. After single-dosing of 1 tablet of 80-mg febuxostat, the pharmacokinetic parameters of test and reference formulations were: Tmax 1.71±1.21 and 2.23±1.55 h, Cmax 2744.47±1157.44 and 2998.17±1200.13 ng·mL-1, AUC0-t 9634.03±2768.25 and 10467.95±3501.65 ng·mL-1·h, AUC0-∞ 9834.32±2730.51 and 10626.63±3504.08 ng·mL-1·h, t1/2 6.25±2.44 and 5.46±1.65 h, respectively. For single-dosing of 1 tablet of 40-mg febuxostat, 90% CIs for the test/reference ratio of AUC0-t, AUC0-∞ and Cmax were 89.79 to 102.55, 90.14 to 102.56 and 93.99 to 129.63, respectively. For single-dosing of 1 tablet of 80-mg febuxostat, 90% CIs for the test/reference ratio of AUC0-t, AUC0-∞ and Cmax were 86.67 to 100.00, 87.50 to 100.51 and 79.48 to 105.99, respectively. This single dose study revealed similar pharmacokinetic properties in healthy

Bioequivalence evaluation of a folate-supplemented oral contraceptive containing ethinylestradiol/drospirenone/levomefolate calcium versus ethinylestradiol/drospirenone and levomefolate calcium alone.

PubMed

Wiesinger, Herbert; Eydeler, Urte; Richard, Frank; Trummer, Dietmar; Blode, Hartmut; Rohde, Beate; Diefenbach, Konstanze

2012-10-01

Neural tube defects (NTDs) are congenital malformations that occur during early embryonic development. Suboptimal maternal folate status is a well-known risk factor for the occurrence of NTDs, and periconceptional folic acid supplementation has been shown to reduce the risk of NTDs. Folate-supplemented oral contraceptives (OCs) offer a means of improving folate status in women of childbearing potential by increasing their likelihood of having raised folate levels at the time of conception. This study aimed to demonstrate bioequivalence of ethinylestradiol (EE), drospirenone and L-5-methyl-tetrahydrofolate (L-5-methyl-THF; active moiety of levomefolate calcium) when taken as a new folate-supplemented OC containing EE/drospirenone/levomefolate calcium, with the respective OC containing EE/drospirenone and a tablet containing levomefolate calcium only. This was a randomized, open-label, three-period crossover study carried out at a single centre in Germany. The study included 45 healthy women (age range 18-38 years). The women were randomly assigned to single doses of (i) EE 0.03 mg/drospirenone 3 mg/levomefolate calcium 0.451 mg (SAFYRAL®), (ii) EE 0.03 mg/drospirenone 3 mg (Yasmin®), and (iii) levomefolate calcium 0.451 mg, administered using a crossover design, with one or more menstrual cycle washout between doses. The primary variables were maximum concentrations (C(max)) and area under the concentration versus time curve (AUC) values for EE, drospirenone and L-5-methyl-THF. The bioavailability of EE and drospirenone was similar after administration of EE/drospirenone/levomefolate calcium and EE/drospirenone. The geometric mean ratios (GMRs) and its 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for AUC values and C(max) were within the pre-specified range (80.00-125.00%) for bioequivalence for EE and drospirenone in both formulations. The bioavailability of L-5-methyl-THF was similar after administration of EE/drospirenone/levomefolate calcium and levomefolate

Bioequivalence of a single 400-mg dose of imatinib 100-mg oral tablets and a 400-mg tablet in healthy adult Korean volunteers.

PubMed

Lee, Hae Won; Seong, Sook Jin; Park, Sung Min; Lee, Joomi; Gwon, Mi-Ri; Kim, Hyun-Ju; Lim, Sung Mook; Lim, Mi-Sun; Kim, Woomi; Yang, Dong Heon; Yoon, Young-Ran

2015-06-01

Imatinib mesylate (IM) is a selective tyrosine kinase inhibitor for the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia and gastrointestinal stromal tumors. A new once-daily 400-mg film-coated tablet of imatinib has been developed by a pharmaceutical company in Korea. The present study was designed to assess and compare the PK parameters, bioavailability, and bioequivalence of the new imatinib 400-mg formulation (test) versus the conventional 100-mg formulation (reference) administered as a single 400-mg dose in healthy adult male volunteers. This randomized, open-label, single-dose, two-way crossover study was conducted in healthy Korean male volunteers. Eligible subjects were randomly assigned in a 1 : 1 ratio to receive 400 mg of the test (one 400-mg tablet) or reference (four 100-mg tablets) formulation, followed by a 2-week washout period and administration of the alternate formulation. Serial blood samples were collected at 0 (predose), 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 24, 48, and 72 hours after administration. Plasma imatinib concentrations were determined using liquid chromatography coupled with tandem mass spectrometry. The formulations were to be considered bioequivalent if the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) of the adjusted geometric mean ratios for Cmax, AUC(0-t), and AUC(0-∞)ž were within the predetermined range of 0.80 - 1.25. In total, 35 subjects completed the study. No serious adverse event was reported during the study. The 90% CIs of the adjusted geometric mean ratios of the test formulation to the reference formulation for C(max), AUC(0-t) and AUC(0-∞)ž of imatinib were all within the bioequivalence criteria range of 0.8 - 1.25. The test formulation of imatinib met the Korean regulatory requirements for bioequivalence. Both imatinib formulations were well-tolerated in all subjects.

Reference datasets for 2-treatment, 2-sequence, 2-period bioequivalence studies.

PubMed

Schütz, Helmut; Labes, Detlew; Fuglsang, Anders

2014-11-01

It is difficult to validate statistical software used to assess bioequivalence since very few datasets with known results are in the public domain, and the few that are published are of moderate size and balanced. The purpose of this paper is therefore to introduce reference datasets of varying complexity in terms of dataset size and characteristics (balance, range, outlier presence, residual error distribution) for 2-treatment, 2-period, 2-sequence bioequivalence studies and to report their point estimates and 90% confidence intervals which companies can use to validate their installations. The results for these datasets were calculated using the commercial packages EquivTest, Kinetica, SAS and WinNonlin, and the non-commercial package R. The results of three of these packages mostly agree, but imbalance between sequences seems to provoke questionable results with one package, which illustrates well the need for proper software validation.

Fed and Fasted Single-dose Assessment of Bioequivalence of Dapagliflozin and Metformin Extended-release Fixed-dose Combination Tablets Relative to Single-component Dapagliflozin and Metformin Extended-release Tablets in Healthy Subjects.

PubMed

Boulton, David W; Chang, Ming; Griffen, Steven C; Kitaura, Catia; Lubin, Susan; Pollack, Allyson; LaCreta, Frank

2016-01-01

In patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus, fixed-dose combinations (FDCs) of antihyperglycemic medications may provide complementary efficacy while reducing tablet burden and improving compliance. The aim of this study was to assess the bioequivalence and tolerability of 2 FDCs of dapagliflozin and metformin extended-release (XR) versus their individual component (IC) tablets. An open-label, balanced, randomized, 2-way crossover, 4-arm study was conducted in 129 healthy Brazilian subjects (aged 18-55 years). Two oral doses of the FDCs (5 mg dapagliflozin and 500 mg metformin XR, and 10 mg dapagliflozin and 1000 mg metformin XR) were evaluated in fed and fasted states. Under fed and fasted conditions the 5 mg dapagliflozin and 500 mg metformin XR FDC showed bioequivalence to its ICs. The 10 mg dapagliflozin and 1000 mg metformin XR FDC was bioequivalent to its ICs in fed subjects. Although AUC for the 10 mg dapagliflozin and 1000 mg metformin XR FDC was bioequivalent in fasted subjects, the Cmax for metformin was not bioequivalent to its ICs in fasted subjects (upper 90% CI was 127.5%, and thus outside the 80%-125% bioequivalence interval). The small increase in the fasted state is not considered clinically meaningful due to the small magnitude of the difference (9.2%), the lack of metformin Cmax being associated with efficacy or tolerability concerns, and the fasted state not being the recommended state for dosing of metformin XR. The safety profile and tolerability of the FDCs were similar to those of their ICs and no deaths or serious adverse events were reported. Both FDCs of dapagliflozin and metformin XR were bioequivalent to their ICs in fed and fasted subjects, except for the metformin Cmax from the 10 mg dapagliflozin and 1000 mg metformin XR FDC in fasted subjects. These data support the use of a dapagliflozin and metformin XR FDC in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier HS Journals, Inc. All rights reserved.

[Pharmacokinetics and bioequivalence of atorvastatin calcium tablets in healthy male Chinese volunteers].

PubMed

Shen, Yi; Zhang, Yi-fan; Chen, Xiao-yan; Guo, Li-xia; Zhong, Da-fang

2012-03-01

To compare the bioequivalence and pharmacokinetics of national made and imported atorvastatin in healthy male Chinese volunteers after single oral administration. This randomized sequence, open-label, two-period crossover study with a one-week washout period between doses was performed in 24 fasting healthy Chinese males. They were randomly assigned to receive 20 mg of either the test (national made) or reference (imported) formulation orally. The blood samples were collected over a 72-hour period. Plasma concentrations of parent atorvastatin (AT), ortho-hydroxy-atorvastatin (o-OAT) and para-hydroxy-atorvastatin (p-OAT) were simultaneously determined using the validated liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method, the bioequivalence was also evaluated throughout the study. The main pharmacokinetic parameters of test and reference formulations were as follows: the values of C(max) for AT were (10.6 ± 11.9) µg/L and (10.6 ± 9.8) µg/L, t(1/2z) were (11.4 ± 3.9) h and (11.4 ± 5.3) h, AUC(0-t) were (54.2 ± 37.4) µg×h(-1)×L(-1) and (51.7 ± 34.1) µg×h(-1)×L(-1), respectively. The values of C(max) for o-OAT were (7.8 ± 4.5) µg/L and (7.6 ± 4.3) µg/L, t(1/2z) were (12.3 ± 4.2) h and (11.9 ± 3.4) h, AUC(0-t) were (96.8 ± 48.2) µg×h(-1)×L(-1) and (92.3 ± 44.4) µg×h(-1)×L(-1), respectively. The values of C(max) for p-OAT were (0.5 ± 0.4) µg/L and (0.4 ± 0.3) µg/L, t(1/2z) were (18.4 ± 12.4) h and (23.3 ± 17.8) h, AUC(0-t) were (15.9 ± 12.3) µg×h(-1)×L(-1) and (13.8 ± 8.11) µg×h(-1)×L(-1), respectively. The relative bioavailability of AT and o-OAT in test formulation were (105.3 ± 20.7)% and (107.8 ± 23.2)%, respectively. The 90% confidence interval of the test/reference geometric mean ratios of AUC(0-t) for AT and o-OAT were (97.7 - 110.5)% and (98.3 - 111.3)%, C(max) for AT and o-OAT were (75.8 - 114.0)% and (90.6 - 122.9)%, they were all located within the bioequivalence criteria range (80% - 125% for AUC, and 70% - 143

Bioequivalence of cyclobenzaprine hydrochloride extended-release capsule taken intact or sprinkled over applesauce
.

PubMed

Adar, Liat; Zarycranski, William; Conner, Jill B; Dragone, Jeffrey; Janka, Lindsay; Rabinovich-Guilatt, Laura

2017-12-01

Difficulty swallowing pills can compromise pain control in painful musculoskeletal disorders. This open-label, 2-period crossover study assessed pharmacokinetics and safety of cyclobenzaprine extended-release (CER) 30-mg capsule contents sprinkled over applesauce compared with intact capsules in healthy subjects. 32 subjects were randomized to treatment sequences AB or BA (A = single CER intact capsule; B = single CER capsule contents sprinkled over applesauce (15 mL)). Treatments were separated by a ≥ 14-day washout. Pharmacokinetic assessments included maximum observed plasma drug concentration (C_max), time to C_max (t_max), time to first quantifiable plasma drug concentration (t_lag), and area under the plasma drug concentration-vs.-time curve from time 0 to the last measurable drug concentration (AUC_0-t) and extrapolated to infinity (AUC_0-∞). Bioequivalence was established if the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) of the geometric least squares (LS) means ratios of B:A of C_max, AUC_0-t, and AUC_0-∞ were 80 - 125%. Safety was also assessed. Mean plasma drug concentration-vs.-time profiles were similar for CER intact and sprinkled over applesauce. The 90% CIs of LS means ratios indicated bioequivalence: C_max 91.96 - 100.76%, AUC_0-t 96.18 - 103.50%, and AUC_0-∞ 95.70 - 103.07%. Median t_max was not significantly different (p > 0.05), and median t_lag was the same (1 hour). All adverse effects were mild and resolved during the study. No clinically meaningful changes were noted for clinical laboratory values. CER capsules intact and sprinkled over applesauce are bioequivalent. Sprinkling CER capsule contents is not expected to affect efficacy or safety and can, therefore, be an option for patients with musculoskeletal pain and difficulty swallowing capsules.
.

Terbinafine quantification in human plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography coupled to electrospray tandem mass spectrometry: application to a bioequivalence study.

PubMed

de Oliveira, C H; Barrientos-Astigarraga, R E; de Moraes, M O; Bezerra, F A; de Moraes, M E; de Nucci, G

2001-12-01

A method based on liquid chromatography with positive ion electrospray ionization and tandem mass spectrometry is described for the determination of terbinafine in human plasma using naftifine as internal standard. The method has a chromatographic run time of 5 minutes and was linear in the range 1.0 to 2000 ng/mL. The limit of quantification was 1.0 ng/mL; the intraday precision was 3.6%, 3.8%, 3.5%, and 4.1%; and the intraday accuracy was -2.7%, 7.7%, 4.8%, and -2.7% for 5.0, 80.0, 250.0, and 1500.0 ng/mL, respectively. The interday precision was 4.9%, 1.7%, 2.4%, and 4.6% and the interday accuracy was 0.3%, 5.8%, 6.5%, and -1.4% for the same concentrations. This method was used in a bioequivalence study of two tablet formulations of terbinafine. Twenty-four healthy volunteers (both sexes) received a single oral dose of terbinafine (250 mg) in an open, randomized, two-period crossover study. The 90% CI of geometric mean ratios between Terbinafina (Medley S/A Indústria Farmacêutica, Campinas, Brazil) and Lamisil (Novartis Biociências S/A, São Paulo, Brazil) were 90.5% to 110.0% for C max, 92.2% to 108.1% for AUC last, and 91.3% to 107.5% for AUC 0-inf. Because the 90% CI for the above-mentioned parameters were included in the 80% to 125% interval proposed by the US FDA, the two formulations were considered bioequivalent in terms of rate and extent of absorption.

Pharmacokinetic comparison and bioequivalence evaluation of two 10-mg baclofen formulations in healthy male subjects
.

PubMed

Yoon, Sumin; Lee, SeungHwan; Yu, Kyung-Sang; Yim, Sung-Vin; Kim, Bo-Hyung

2017-02-01

Baclofen is used as a skeletal muscle relaxant for multiple sclerosis patients. It depresses the transmission of monosynaptic and polysynaptic reflex by stimulating GABA_β (gamma-aminobutyric acid) receptors. The aim of this study was to compare the pharmacokinetic characteristics of two 10-mg baclofen formulations and to assess bioequivalence. A randomized, single-dose, two-period, two-sequence crossover study was conducted in healthy male subjects. Each subject received the test or reference formulations. After washout period, all subjects received the alternative formulation. Blood samples were collected for up to 24 hours after the dose in each period. Pharmacokinetic (PK) parameters, including t_max, C_max, and AUC_last were calculated by noncompartmental methods. The geometric mean ratio (GMR) of the test to the reference formulation and its 90% confidence interval (CI) for C_max and AUC_last were calculated for assessment of bioequivalence. A total of 22 subjects completed the study. The median t_max of the test and the reference formulation were 1.50 and 1.25 hours, respectively. The mean (± SD) C_max of the test and the reference formulation were 141.401 ± 29.447 ng/mL and 138.837 ± 31.392 ng/mL, respectively. The mean (± SD) AUC_last of the two formulations were 702.404 ± 82.149 ng×h/mL and 726.803 ± 90.638 ng×h/mL, respectively. The GMR (90% CI) of the test to the reference formulation for the C_max and AUC_last were 1.0306 (0.9564 - 1.1106) and 0.9674 (0.9437 - 0.9916), respectively. The two different baclofen 10-mg formulations had similar PK profiles and were bioequivalent based on C_max and AUC_last.
.

Bioequivalence of a Liquid Formulation of Alpha1-Proteinase Inhibitor Compared with Prolastin®-C (Lyophilized Alpha1-PI) in Alpha1-Antitrypsin Deficiency.

PubMed

Barker, Alan F; Campos, Michael A; Brantly, Mark L; Stocks, James M; Sandhaus, Robert A; Lee, Douglas; Steinmann, Kimberly; Lin, Jiang; Sorrells, Susan

2017-12-01

This study evaluated the bioequivalence, safety, and immunogenicity of a new liquid formulation of human plasma-derived alpha 1 -proteinase inhibitor, Liquid Alpha 1 -PI, compared with the Lyophilized Alpha 1 -PI formulation (Prolastin®-C), for augmentation therapy in patients with alpha 1 -antitrypsin deficiency (AATD). In this double-blind, randomized, 20-week crossover study, 32 subjects with AATD were randomized to receive 8 weekly infusions of 60 mg/kg of Liquid Alpha 1 -PI or Lyophilized Alpha 1 -PI. Serial blood samples were drawn for 7 days after the last dose followed by 8 weeks of the alternative treatment. The primary endpoint was bioequivalence at steady state, as measured by area under the concentration versus time curve from 0 to 7 days (AUC 0-7 days ) postdose using an antigenic content assay. Bioequivalence was defined as 90% confidence interval (CI) for the ratio of the geometric least squares (LS) mean of AUC 0-7 days for both products within the limits of 0.80 and 1.25. Safety and immunogenicity were assessed. Mean alpha 1 -PI concentration versus time curves for both formulations were superimposable. Mean AUC 0-7 days was 20 320 versus 19 838 mg × h/dl for Liquid Alpha 1 -PI and Lyophilized Alpha 1 -PI, respectively. The LS mean ratio of AUC 0-7 days (90% CI) for Liquid Alpha 1 -PI versus Lyophilized Alpha 1 -PI was 1.05 (1.03-1.08), indicating bioequivalence. Liquid Alpha 1 -PI was well tolerated and adverse events were consistent with Lyophilized Alpha 1 -PI. Immunogenicity to either product was not detected. In conclusion, Liquid Alpha 1 -PI is bioequivalent to Lyophilized Alpha 1 -PI, with a similar safety profile. The liquid formulation would eliminate the need for reconstitution and shorten preparation time for patients receiving augmentation therapy for AATD.

Bioequivalence of 250 mg lysine clonixinate tablets after a single oral dose in a healthy female Mexican population under fasting conditions.

PubMed

Marcelín-Jiménez, G; Angeles, A C P; García, A; Morales, M; Rivera, L; Martín-Del-Campo, A

2010-05-01

To evaluate the bioequivalence between two 250 mg-tablets of lysine clonixinate, Dorixina Forte (Siegfried Rhein, México) as reference product, and Prestodol (Farmaceúticos Rayere, S.A., México) as test formulation. 26 healthy adult female Mexican volunteers received a single oral dose of 250-mg lysine clonixinate under fasting conditions. The drug was administered following a randomized, two-period, two-sequence, cross-over design. Twelve serial blood samples were collected up to 8 h after dosing, and clonixin (CLX) was measured by ultra-performance liquid chromatography (UPLC) coupled with tandem mass spectrometry. Decimal logarithm values of Cmax and area under the curve (AUC) were used to construct a classic confidence interval at 90% (90% CI). Bioequivalence was established if 90% CI of mean ratios (test/reference) fall within the 0.8-1.25 range. Volunteers formed a homogeneous population in terms of age (27.2 +/- 6.3 years), weight (55.9 +/- 6.5 kg), height (1.6 +/- 0.04 m), and body mass index (BMI) (22.91 +/- 2.03 kg/m(2)). Reference formulation exhibited the following pharmacokinetics: C(max) (32.39 +/- 8.32 microg/ml); t(max) (0.64 +/- 0.2 h); AUC0-8h (48.92 +/- 16.51 microg x h/ml); t1/2 (1.3 +/- 0.24 h); CLapp (5.64 +/- 1.99 l/h), and Vdapp (10.22 +/- 2.9 l). Concerning bioequivalence, 90% CI were: C(max) (82.32 - 98.79), AUC0-t (94.59-106.29), and AUC(0-inf) (94.61-106.42), with a statistical power of > 0.90 at every tested interval. This single-dose study found that both 250-mg immediate-release tablets of lysine clonixinate met the Mexican regulatory criteria for bioequivalence in these volunteers.

Dermatopharmacokinetic bioequivalence study of two types of topical patches containing loxoprofen sodium.

PubMed

Chen, Xia; Zhao, Qian; Hitsu, Ei; Jiang, Ji; Zhong, Wen; Matsuzawa, Takayasu; Hu, Pei

2014-10-01

This study evaluated the bioequivalence of two types of topical loxoprofen patches, LX-A and LX-P, in healthy Chinese volunteers through a dermatopharmacokinetic approach. Based on a pilot study, this study was designed as an open-label, self-controlled trial in 20 males. Subjects received application of two 3.2 x 3.2 cm(2) pieces of LX-A and LX-P patches on their backs at randomly assigned positions simultaneously. Stratum corneum (SC) samples were taken with adhesive stripping tapes prior to patch application and at 20 hours and 24 hours postdose following removal of each loxoprofen patch, respectively. Bioassay was performed with a validated high performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method. Bioequivalence was evaluated through a power model on the total amount of loxoprofen at each post-application point and on the percentage change of SC loxoprofen content between the two time-points. Mean (± standard deviation) total amount of SC-sampled loxoprofen was similar between LX-A and LX-P at 20 hours (38,722 ± 7,171 ng vs. 39,309 ± 9,688 ng) and 24 hours (36,638 ± 8,149 ng vs. 37,426 ± 9,029 ng) post-administration. The corresponding point estimate (90% confidence interval, 90%CI) of LX-P to LX-A was 1.00 (0.92, 1.09) and 1.02 (0.93, 1.12), respectively. In addition, the 24 hour/20 hour ratio for SC content of loxoprofen was statistically comparable between LX-A and LX-P, with both the point estimate and the 90% CI falling into the range of (0.80, 1.25). Our study indicated that LX-P and LX-A are two bioequivalent topical formulations of loxoprofen.

Bioequivalence of the 4-mg Oral Granules and Chewable Tablet Formulations of Montelukast.

PubMed

Knorr, Barbara; Hartford, Alan; Li, Xiujiang Susie; Yang, Amy Yifan; Noonan, Gertrude; Migoya, Elizabeth

2010-06-01

PURPOSE: The primary objective of the studies was to demonstrate bioequivalence between the oral granules formulation and chewable tablet of montelukast in the fasted state. Effect of food on the pharmacokinetics of the oral granules was also evaluated. METHODS: The Formulation Biocomparison Study (Study 1) and the Final Market Image Study (Study 2) each used an open-label, randomized, 3-period crossover design where healthy adult subjects (N = 24 and 30, respectively) received montelukast as a single 4-mg dose of the oral granules formulation and a 4-mg chewable tablet fasted, and a single 4-mg dose of the oral granules formulation with food (on 2 teaspoons of applesauce [Study 1] or after consumption of a high-fat breakfast [Study 2]). The formulations were to be considered bioequivalent if the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for geometric mean ratios (GMRs) (oral granules/chewable tablet) for the AUC(0-infinity) and C(max) of montelukast were within the prespecified comparability bounds of (0.80, 1.25). For the food-effect assessment in Study 1, comparability bounds were prespecified as (0.50, 2.00) only for the 90% CI of the GMR (oral granules fed/oral granules fasted) for the AUC(0-infinity) of montelukast; the 90% CI of the GMR for the C(max) of montelukast, however, also was computed. In Study 2, 90% CIs of the GMRs (oral granules fed/oral granules fasted) for the AUC(0-infinity) and C(max) of montelukast were computed; comparability bounds were not prespecified. RESULTS: Comparing the exposure of the formulations, the 90% CIs of the GMRs for AUC(0-infinity) and C(max) were within the prespecified bound of (0.80, 1.25). For AUC(0-infinity), the GMRs (90% CI) for Study 1 and Study 2 were 1.01 (0.92, 1.11) and 0.95 (0.91, 0.99), respectively. For C(max), respective values were 0.99 (0.86, 1.13) and 0.92 (0.84, 1.01). When the oral granules formulation was administered with food, 90% CIs of the GMRs for both AUC(0-infinity) and C(max) in both studies were

Bioequivalence of the 4-mg Oral Granules and Chewable Tablet Formulations of Montelukast

PubMed Central

Knorr, Barbara; Hartford, Alan; Li, Xiujiang (Susie); Yang, Amy Yifan; Noonan, Gertrude; Migoya, Elizabeth

2010-01-01

Purpose The primary objective of the studies was to demonstrate bioequivalence between the oral granules formulation and chewable tablet of montelukast in the fasted state. Effect of food on the pharmacokinetics of the oral granules was also evaluated. Methods The Formulation Biocomparison Study (Study 1) and the Final Market Image Study (Study 2) each used an open-label, randomized, 3-period crossover design where healthy adult subjects (N = 24 and 30, respectively) received montelukast as a single 4-mg dose of the oral granules formulation and a 4-mg chewable tablet fasted, and a single 4-mg dose of the oral granules formulation with food (on 2 teaspoons of applesauce [Study 1] or after consumption of a high-fat breakfast [Study 2]). The formulations were to be considered bioequivalent if the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for geometric mean ratios (GMRs) (oral granules/chewable tablet) for the AUC0-∞ and Cmax of montelukast were within the prespecified comparability bounds of (0.80, 1.25). For the food-effect assessment in Study 1, comparability bounds were prespecified as (0.50, 2.00) only for the 90% CI of the GMR (oral granules fed/oral granules fasted) for the AUC0-∞ of montelukast; the 90% CI of the GMR for the Cmax of montelukast, however, also was computed. In Study 2, 90% CIs of the GMRs (oral granules fed/oral granules fasted) for the AUC0-∞ and Cmax of montelukast were computed; comparability bounds were not prespecified. Results Comparing the exposure of the formulations, the 90% CIs of the GMRs for AUC0-∞ and Cmax were within the prespecified bound of (0.80, 1.25). For AUC0-∞, the GMRs (90% CI) for Study 1 and Study 2 were 1.01 (0.92, 1.11) and 0.95 (0.91, 0.99), respectively. For Cmax, respective values were 0.99 (0.86, 1.13) and 0.92 (0.84, 1.01). When the oral granules formulation was administered with food, 90% CIs of the GMRs for both AUC0-∞ and Cmax in both studies were contained within the interval of (0.50, 2.00). Conclusions The

Regulatory Considerations of Bioequivalence Studies for Oral Solid Dosage Forms in Japan.

PubMed

Kuribayashi, Ryosuke; Takishita, Tomoko; Mikami, Kenichi

2016-08-01

Bioequivalence (BE) studies are used to infer the therapeutic equivalence of generic drug products to original drug products throughout the world. In BE studies, bioavailability (BA) should be compared between the original and generic drug products, with BA defined as the rate and extent of absorption of active pharmaceutical ingredients or active metabolites from a product into the systemic circulation. For most of BE studies conducted during generic drug development, BA comparisons are performed in single-dose studies. In Japan, the revised "Guideline for Bioequivalence Studies of Generic Products" was made available in 2012 by the Ministry of Health, Labour, and Welfare, and generic drug development is currently conducted based on this guideline. Similarly, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and European Medicines Agency have published guidance and guideline on generic drug development. This article introduces the guideline on Japanese BE studies for oral solid dosage forms and the dissolution tests for the similarity and equivalence evaluation between the original and generic drug products. Additionally, we discuss some of the similarities and differences in guideline between Japan, the United States, and the European Union. Copyright © 2016 American Pharmacists Association®. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Bioequivalence and food effect assessment for vildagliptin/metformin fixed-dose combination tablets relative to free combination of vildagliptin and metformin in Japanese healthy subjects.

PubMed

Mita, Sachiko; Chitnis, Shripad D; Kulmatycki, Kenneth; Salunke, Atish; He, Yan-Ling; Zhou, Wei; Suzuki, Hikoe

2016-04-01

To assess the bioequivalence of vildagliptin/metformin fixeddose combination (FDC) tablets (50/250 mg and 50/500 mg) to free combinations of vildagliptin and metformin and the effect of food on the pharmacokinetics (PK) of vildagliptin and metformin following administration of 50/500 mg FDC tablets. Two openlabel, randomized, single-center, singledose, 2-period crossover studies were conducted in Japanese healthy male volunteers. Participants were administered vildagliptin/ metformin FDC tablets (study I: 50/250 mg, study II: 50/500 mg) or their free combinations under fasted condition. Food effect (standard Japanese breakfast: fat, 20 - 30% with ~ 600 kcal in total) was assessed during an additional period in study II (50/500 mg). PK parameters (AUC, C(max), t(max), t(1/2)) were calculated for vildagliptin and metformin. In both studies, vildagliptin/metformin FDC tablets were bioequivalent to their respective free combinations. Administration of FDC tablets after meals had no effect on vildagliptin PK parameters. The rate of absorption of metformin decreased when administered under fed condition, as reflected by a prolonged t(max) (3 hours in fasted state vs. 4 hours in fed state) and decrease in C(max) by 26%, however, the extent of absorption (AUC(last)) was similar to that in the fasted state. Vildagliptin/metformin FDC tablets were bioequivalent to their free combinations. Food decreased the C(max) of metformin by 26%, while AUC(last) was unchanged, consistent with previous reports. No food effect was observed on the C(max) or AUC(last) of vildagliptin. Thus, food had no clinically relevant effects on the PK of metformin or vildagliptin.

On assessing bioequivalence and interchangeability between generics based on indirect comparisons.

PubMed

Zheng, Jiayin; Chow, Shein-Chung; Yuan, Mengdie

2017-08-30

As more and more generics become available in the market place, the safety/efficacy concerns may arise as the result of interchangeably use of approved generics. However, bioequivalence assessment for regulatory approval among generics of the innovative drug product is not required. In practice, approved generics are often used interchangeably without any mechanism of safety monitoring. In this article, based on indirect comparisons, we proposed several methods to assessing bioequivalence and interchangeability between generics. The applicability of the methods and the similarity assumptions were discussed, as well as the inappropriateness of directly adopting adjusted indirect comparison to the field of generics' comparison. Besides, some extensions were given to take into consideration the important topics in clinical trials for bioequivalence assessments, for example, multiple comparisons and simultaneously testing bioequivalence among three generics. Extensive simulation studies were conducted to investigate the performances of the proposed methods. The studies of malaria generics and HIV/AIDS generics prequalified by the WHO were used as real examples to demonstrate the use of the methods. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Current methodology to assess bioequivalence of levothyroxine sodium products is inadequate.

PubMed

Blakesley, Vicky A

2005-03-30

Levothyroxine sodium is a drug with a narrow therapeutic index for which an individual patient must have his or her dose carefully titrated to achieve the necessary therapeutic effect. In addition, exogenous levothyroxine cannot be distinguished from the endogenously produced hormone. Since 2004, generic formulations have been approved for the most frequently prescribed brands of levothyroxine sodium. This review examines the methodology and statistical acceptance criteria and summarizes findings of a previously published relative bioavailability study that brings into question the use of standard criteria to assess bioequivalence of levothyroxine sodium. The key findings reviewed were the following: (1) in the absence of baseline correction for endogenous T4 levels, products that differed by as much as 25% to 33% would be declared bioequivalent; (2) the use of baseline correction reduced the likelihood of declaring products bioequivalent when they actually differed by 25% to 33%; (3) even with baseline correction, products that differed by 12.5% would be declared bioequivalent; and (4) there was evidence of significant carryover from one dosing period to the next even with washout periods of up to 53 days. In conclusion, the current recommended methodology in the United States to assess bioequivalence for levothyroxine sodium products is inadequate to differentiate products that differ by 12.5%, a clinically relevant difference. Recommendations are made for modifications to the criteria that could improve the likelihood that products that differ by a clinically significant amount in their bioavailability would not be accepted as bioequivalent.

Quantification of nimesulide in human plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry. Application to bioequivalence studies.

PubMed

Barrientos-Astigarraga, R E; Vannuchi, Y B; Sucupira, M; Moreno, R A; Muscará, M N; De Nucci, G

2001-12-01

A method based on liquid chromatography with negative ion electrospray ionization and tandem mass spectrometry is described for the determination of nimesulide in human plasma. Liquid-liquid extraction using a mixture of diethyl ether and dichloromethane was employed and celecoxib was used as an internal standard. The chromatographic run time was 4.5 min and the weighted (1/x) calibration curve was linear in the range 10.0-2000 ng x ml(-1). The limit of quantification was 10 ng x ml(-1), the intra-batch precision was 6.3, 2.1 and 2.1% and the intra-batch accuracy was 3.2, 0.3 and 0.1% for 30, 300 and 1200 ng x ml(-1) respectively. The inter-batch precision was 2.3, 2.8 and 2.7% and the accuracy was 3.3, 0.3 and 0.1% for 30, 300 and 1200 ng x ml(-1) respectively. This method was employed in a bioequivalence study of one nimesulide drop formulation (nimesulide 50 mg x ml(-1) drop, Medley S/A Indústria Farmacêutica, Brazil) against one standard nimesulide drop formulation (Nisulid, 50 mg x ml(-1) drop, Astra Médica, Brazil). Twenty-four healthy volunteers (both sexes) took part in the study and received a single oral dose of nimesulide (100 mg, equivalent to 2 ml of either formulation) in an open, randomized, two-period crossover way, with a 2-week washout interval between periods. The 90% confidence interval (CI) for geometric mean ratios between nimesulide and Nisulid were 93.1-109.6% for C(max), 87.7-99.8% for AUC(last) and 88.1-99.7% for AUC(0-infinity). Since the 90% CI for the above-mentioned parameters were included in the 80-125% interval proposed by the US Food and Drug Administration, the two formulations were considered bioequivalent in terms of both rate and extent of absorption. Copyright 2001 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

78 FR 52777 - Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Risperidone Injection...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-08-26

...] (Formerly Docket No. 2007D-0168) Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for... industry entitled ``Draft Guidance on Risperidone.'' The guidance provides specific recommendations on the design of bioequivalence (BE) studies to support abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs) for...

Bioequivalence of diclofenac sodium 2% and 1.5% topical solutions relative to oral diclofenac sodium in healthy volunteers.

PubMed

Holt, Robert J; Taiwo, Tolu; Kent, Jeffrey D

2015-08-01

Topical formulations of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) are generally considered to be safer alternatives to oral NSAIDs due to lower systemic absorption. We conducted randomized, crossover studies that compared the pharmacokinetics (PK), bioequivalence and safety of topical diclofenac sodium 2% twice daily (BID), diclofenac sodium 1.5% four times daily (QID) and oral diclofenac sodium in healthy subjects. The results of three bioequivalence studies are reviewed. Healthy adult subjects (n = 76) applied topical diclofenac sodium 2% solution (40.4 mg/2 mL) BID; or 1.5% solution (19.3 mg/40 drops) QID to each knee for 7.5 consecutive days separated by a washout period. Subjects (n = 22) in one study also received oral diclofenac sodium 75 mg BID for 7.5 days. Plasma diclofenac concentrations were determined from serial blood samples collected on Days 1 and 8 (steady state), and diclofenac PK parameters were estimated by noncompartmental methods. The studies demonstrated comparable bioequivalence between the 2% and 1.5% topical solutions as well as lower systemic exposure compared to oral dosing (approximately 93% less). Daily systemic exposure was comparable between the two formulations with only a 12% difference in the AUCss(0-24) (p = 0.140). Furthermore, both topical solutions demonstrated delayed elimination with a t(1/2) of 4- to 6-fold longer, as compared to oral diclofenac. The 2% solution provided more consistent dosing relative to the 1.5% solution when comparing AUCss(0-24) and Cmaxss across studies. Mild application site reactions were the most common treatment-emergent adverse event reported with topical diclofenac. The steady-state PK profile of topical diclofenac 2% solution administered BID is similar to that of the 1.5% solution administered QID. Systemic exposure to diclofenac is substantially lower after topical application as compared to oral administration. (Study 2 was registered with ClinicalTrials.gov; NCT01202799; https

International guidelines for bioequivalence of systemically available orally administered generic drug products: a survey of similarities and differences.

PubMed

Davit, Barbara; Braddy, April C; Conner, Dale P; Yu, Lawrence X

2013-10-01

The objective of this article is to discuss the similarities and differences among bioequivalence approaches used by international regulatory authorities when reviewing applications for marketing new generic drug products which are systemically active and intended for oral administration. We focused on the 13 jurisdictions and organizations participating in the International Generic Drug Regulators Pilot. These are Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Chinese Taipei, the European Medicines Association, Japan, Mexico, Singapore, South Korea, Switzerland, the USA, and the World Health Organization. We began with a comparison of how the various jurisdictions and organizations define a generic product and its corresponding reference product. We then compared the following bioequivalence approaches: recommended bioequivalence study designs, method of pharmacokinetic calculations and bioequivalence acceptance limits, recommendations for modifying bioequivalence study designs and limits for highly variable drugs and narrow therapeutic index drugs, provisions for waiving bioequivalence study requirements (granting biowaivers), and implementation of the Biopharmaceutics Classification System. We observed that, overall, there are more similarities than differences in bioequivalence approaches among the regulatory authorities surveyed.

[Bioequivalence of pyridostigmine bromide dispersible tablets in rabbits].

PubMed

Wang, Hong; Wang, Hong; Tan, Qun-you; Zhang, Li; Cheng, Xun-guan; Zhang, Jing-qing

2011-10-01

To compare the pharmacokinetic parameters of pyridostigmine bromide dispersible tablets and common tablets in rabbits. Twelve rabbits were given an oral dose (60 mg) of pyridostigmine bromide dispersible tablets or common tablets in a randomized crossover study. The plasma concentration of pyridostigmine bromide was determined by reversed-phase ion pair chromatography. The pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated using DAS2.1.1 software. The pharmacokinetic parameters showed no significant differences in rabbit plasma between pyridostigmine bromide dispersible tablets and common tablets. The two tablets had a C(max) of 1.83∓0.08 mg·L(-1) and 1.68∓0.03 mg·L(-1), tmax of 2.33∓0.41 h and 2.58∓0.20 h, AUC(0-24) of 15.50∓0.62 mg·h·L(-1) and 15.14∓0.30 mg·h·L(-1), AUC(0-∞) of 15.82∓0.70 mg·h·L(-1) and 15.57∓0.32 mg·h·L(-1), respectively. The relative bioavailability F(0-24) was 102.38% and F(0-∞) was 101.61% for the dispersible tablets. The two tablets are bioequivalent in rabbits.

77 FR 7585 - Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Rifaximin Tablets; Availability

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-02-13

... (rifaximin-550). The recommendations provide specific guidance on the design of bioequivalence (BE) studies... studies to support ANDAs for rifaximin-200 (Draft Rifaximin-200 BE Recommendations). FDA is now issuing a...] Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Rifaximin Tablets; Availability AGENCY...

Bioequivalence of a dolutegravir, abacavir, and lamivudine fixed-dose combination tablet and the effect of food.

PubMed

Weller, Stephen; Chen, Shuguang; Borland, Julie; Savina, Paul; Wynne, Brian; Piscitelli, Stephen C

2014-08-01

The integrase inhibitor dolutegravir and nucleoside analogues abacavir and lamivudine are once-daily treatment options for HIV. This study (NCT01622790) evaluated, first, the bioequivalence (BE) of a fixed-dose combination (FDC) tablet containing dolutegravir 50 mg, abacavir 600 mg, and lamivudine 300 mg (dolutegravir/abacavir/lamivudine FDC) vs coadministered dolutegravir 50 mg and abacavir/lamivudine combination tablets (Epzicom) and, second, the effect of food on the dolutegravir/abacavir/lamivudine FDC tablet. Study part A (66 healthy subjects) was a single-dose, open-label, randomized, 2-period crossover study to evaluate the BE of the dolutegravir/abacavir/lamivudine FDC tablet and dolutegravir + abacavir/lamivudine tablets in the fasted state. In study part B, 12 subjects from part A received the dolutegravir/abacavir/lamivudine FDC tablet with a high-fat meal. BE and food effect were assessed by analysis of variance to determine the ratio of geometric least squares means and associated 90% confidence intervals for key pharmacokinetic parameters for each of dolutegravir, abacavir, and lamivudine. Sixty-two subjects completed part A. The dolutegravir/abacavir/lamivudine tablet was bioequivalent to the dolutegravir + abacavir/lamivudine tablets; 90% confidence intervals for the geometric least squares mean ratios fell within the 0.8-1.25 BE criteria. The effect of food on the dolutegravir/abacavir/lamivudine FDC tablet was similar to previous food effects observed with the separate formulations. The safety profile was comparable between treatments, with no observed serious or grade 3/4 adverse events. The BE of the dolutegravir/abacavir/lamivudine FDC tablet was demonstrated; it may be administered without regard to meals.

Bioequivalence of two formulations of montelukast sodium 4 mg oral granules in healthy adults

PubMed Central

2014-01-01

Montelukast is an effective and well-tolerated treatment for the prophylaxis and chronic treatment of asthma, acute prevention of exercise-induced bronchoconstriction and symptomatic relief of seasonal allergic rhinitis and perennial allergic rhinitis. The aim of the study was to compare bioavailability, and characterise the pharmacokinetic profile and safety of Sandoz generic montelukast 4 mg oral granules relative to Singulair® mini (Merck, Sharp & Dohme). An open-label, randomised, single-dose, two-treatment, two-period, two-sequence, two-way crossover bioequivalence study was conducted in healthy male volunteers aged 18–55 years, under fasting conditions. The duration of the clinical part of the trial was ≈ 11 days. Montelukast levels in plasma were quantified using a validated liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry method, and pharmacokinetic parameters calculated from the drug concentration–time profile using a non-compartmental model. A total of 40 subjects completed both study periods. The ratio test/reference of geometric least squares means was calculated for both formulations of montelukast for the In-transformed pharmacokinetic parameters; the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) were within the pre-defined limits of 80.00–125.00%: 92.2% (90% CI: 87.42–97.30%) for Cmax, 98.1% (90% CI: 94.49–101.81%) for AUC0–t and 97.6% (90% CI: 94.14–101.27%) for AUC0–∞. Two study subjects each reported one mild adverse event: dyspepsia (possibly related to study medication) and throat pain (not considered related to study medication). Sandoz montelukast 4 mg oral granules are bioequivalent to Singulair® 4 mg mini oral granules, with a similar safety profile. This suggests that these two preparations can be considered interchangeable in clinical practice. PMID:25250173

Generic and Brand-Name l-Thyroxine Are Not Bioequivalent for Children With Severe Congenital Hypothyroidism

PubMed Central

Carswell, Jeremi M.; Gordon, Joshua H.; Popovsky, Erica; Hale, Andrea

2013-01-01

Context: In the United States, generic substitution of levothyroxine (l-T4) by pharmacists is permitted if the formulations are deemed to be bioequivalent by the Federal Drug Administration, but there is widespread concern that the pharmacokinetic standard used is too insensitive. Objective: We aimed to evaluate the bioequivalence of a brand-name l-T4 (Synthroid) and an AB-rated generic formulation (Sandoz, Princeton, NJ) in children with severe hypothyroidism. Design: This was a prospective randomized crossover study in which patients received 8 weeks of one l-T4 formulation followed by 8 weeks of the other. Setting: The setting was an academic medical center. Patients: Of 31 children with an initial serum TSH concentration >100 mU/L, 20 had congenital hypothyroidism (CH), and 11 had autoimmune thyroiditis. Main Outcome Measures: The primary endpoint was the serum TSH concentration. Secondary endpoints were the free T4 and total T3 concentrations. Results: The serum TSH concentration was significantly lower after 8 weeks of Synthroid than after generic drug (P = .002), but thyroid hormone levels did not differ significantly. Subgroup analysis revealed that the difference in TSH was restricted to patients with CH (P = .0005). Patients with CH required a higher l-T4 dose (P < .0004) and were younger (P = .003) but were not resistant to thyroid hormone; 15 of 16 CH patients had severe thyroid dysgenesis or agenesis on imaging. The response to generic vs brand-name preparation remained significant when adjusted for age. Conclusions: Synthroid and an AB-rated generic l-T4 are not bioequivalent for patients with severe hypothyroidism due to CH, probably because of diminished thyroid reserve. It would therefore seem prudent not to substitute l-T4 formulations in patients with severe CH, particularly in those <3 yr of age. Our results may have important implications for other severely hypothyroid patients in whom precise titration of l-T4 is necessary. PMID:23264396

Organic-aqueous crossover coating process for the desmopressin orally disintegrating microparticles.

PubMed

Kim, Ju-Young; Hwang, Kyu-Mok; Park, Chun-Woong; Rhee, Yun-Seok; Park, Eun-Seok

2015-02-01

The purpose of the present study was to prepare desmopressin orally disintegrating microparticles (ODMs) using organic-aqueous crossover coating process which featured an organic sub-coating followed by an aqueous active coating. Sucrose beads and hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC) were used as inert cores and a coating material, respectively. Characterizations including size distribution analysis, in-vitro release studies and in-vitro disintegration studies were performed. A pharmacokinetic study of the ODMs was also conducted in eight beagle dogs. It was found that sucrose beads should be coated using organic solvents to preserve their original morphology. For the active coating, the aqueous coating solution should be used for drug stability. When sucrose beads were coated using organic-aqueous crossover coating process, double-layer ODMs with round shapes were produced with detectable impurities below limit of US Pharmacopeia. The median size of ODMs was 195.6 μm, which was considered small enough for a good mouthfeel. The ODMs dissolved in artificial saliva within 15 s because of hydrophilic materials including sucrose and HPC in the ODMs. Because of its fast-dissolving properties, 100% release of the drug was reached within 5 min. Pharmacokinetic parameters including Cmax and AUC24 indicated bioequivalence of the ODMs and the conventional immediate release tablets. Therefore, by using the organic-aqueous crossover coating process, double-layer ODMs were successively prepared with small size, round shapes and good drug stability.

77 FR 56851 - Draft and Revised Draft Guidances for Industry Describing Product-Specific Bioequivalence...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-09-14

... Bioequivalence Recommendations; Availability AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS. ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY... draft product-specific bioequivalence (BE) recommendations. The recommendations provide product-specific guidance on the design of BE studies to support abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs). In the Federal...

77 FR 18827 - Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Iron Sucrose Injection...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-03-28

...] Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Iron Sucrose Injection; Availability... Recommendations for Iron Sucrose.'' The recommendations provide specific guidance on the design of bioequivalence (BE) studies to support abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs) for iron sucrose injection. DATES...

Determination of 21-hydroxydeflazacort in human plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography/atmospheric pressure chemical ionization tandem mass spectrometry. Application to bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Ifa, D R; Moraes, M E; Moraes, M O; Santagada, V; Caliendo, G; de Nucci, G

2000-03-01

A liquid chromatographic atmospheric pressure chemical ionization tandem mass spectrometric method is described for the determination of 21-hydroxydeflazacort in human plasma using dexamethasone 21-acetate as an internal standard. The procedure requires a single diethyl ether extraction. After evaporation of the solvent under a nitrogen flow, the analytes are reconstituted in the mobile phase, chromatographed on a C18 reversed-phase column and analyzed by mass spectrometry via a heated nebulizer interface where they are detected by multiple reaction monitoring. The method has a chromatographic run time of less than 5 min and a linear calibration curve with a range of 1-400 ng ml(-1) (r>0.999). The between-run precision, based on the relative standard deviation for replicate quality controls, was < or =5.5% (10 ng ml(-1)), 1.0% (50 ng ml(-1)) and 2.7% (200 ng ml(-1)). The between-run accuracy was +/-7.1, 3.8 and 4.8% for the above concentrations, respectively. This method was employed in a bioequivalence study of two DFZ tablet formulations (Denacen from Marjan Industria e Comercio, Brazil, as a test formulation, and Calcort from Merrell Lepetit, Brazil, as a reference formulation) in 24 healthy volunteers of both sexes who received a single 30 mg dose of each formulation. The study was conducted using an open, randomized, two-period crossover design with a 7-day washout interval. The 90% confidence interval (CI) of the individual geometric mean ratio for Denacen/Calcort was 89.8-109.5% for area under the curve AUC(0-24 h) and 80.7-98.5% for Cmax. Since both the 90% CI for AUC(0-24 h) and Cmax were included in the 80-125% interval proposed by the US Food and Drug Administration, Denacen was considered bioequivalent to Calcort according to both the rate and extent of absorption.

77 FR 66621 - Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendation for Lenalidomide Capsules; Availability

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-11-06

... DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Food and Drug Administration [Docket No. FDA-2007-D-0433; (formerly Docket No. 2007D-0169)] Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendation for...) Acceptable fasting and fed bioequivalence studies on the 25 mg strength, (2) proportional similarity of the...

Nevirapine quantification in human plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography coupled to electrospray tandem mass spectrometry. Application to bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Laurito, Tiago L; Santagada, Vincenzo; Caliendo, Giuseppe; Oliveira, Celso H; Barrientos-Astigarraga, Rafael E; De Nucci, Gilberto

2002-04-01

A rapid, sensitive and specific method to quantify nevirapine in human plasma using dibenzepine as the internal standard (IS) was developed and validated. The method employed a liquid-liquid extraction. The analyte and the IS were chromatographed on a C(18) analytical column, (150 x 4.6 mm i.d. 4 microm) and analyzed by tandem mass spectrometry in the multiple reaction monitoring mode. The method had a chromatographic run time of 5.0 min and a linear calibration curve over the range 10-5000 ng ml(-1) (r(2) > 0.9970). The between-run precision, based on the relative standard deviation for replicate quality controls was 1.3% (30 ng ml(-1)), 2.8% (300 ng ml(-1)) and 3.6% (3000 ng ml(-1)). The between-run accuracy was 4.0, 7.0 and 6.2% for the above-mentioned concentrations, respectively. This method was employed in a bioequivalence study of two nevirapine tablet formulations (Nevirapina from Far-Manguinhos, Brazil, as a test formulation, and Viramune from Boehringer Ingelheim do Brasil Química e Farmacêutica, as a reference formulation) in 25 healthy volunteers of both sexes who received a single 200 mg dose of each formulation. The study was conducted using an open, randomized, two-period crossover design with a 3 week washout interval. The 90% confidence interval (CI) of the individual ratio geometric mean for Nevirapina/Viramune was 96.4-104.5% for AUC((0-last)), 91.4-105.1% for AUC((0-infinity)) and 95.3-111.6% for C(max) (AUC = area under the curve; C(max) = peak plasma concentration). Since both 90% CI for AUC((0-last)) and AUC((0-infinity)) and C(max) were included in the 80-125% interval proposed by the US Food and Drug Administration, Nevirapina was considered bioequivalent to Viramune according to both the rate and extent of absorption. Copyright 2002 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

76 FR 26307 - Guidance for Industry on the Submission of Summary Bioequivalence Data for Abbreviated New Drug...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2011-05-06

... all bioequivalence studies (BE studies) the applicant conducts on a drug product formulation submitted for approval, including both studies that demonstrate and studies that fail to demonstrate that a generic product meets the current bioequivalence criteria. The guidance provides recommendations to...

Bromazepam determination in human plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography coupled to tandem mass spectrometry: a highly sensitive and specific tool for bioequivalence studies.

PubMed

Laurito, Tiago L; Mendes, Gustavo D; Santagada, Vincenzo; Caliendo, Giuseppe; de Moraes, Maria Elisabete A; De Nucci, Gilberto

2004-02-01

A rapid, sensitive and specific method to quantify bromazepam in human plasma using diazepam as the internal standard (IS) is described. The analyte and the IS were extracted from plasma by liquid-liquid extraction using diethyl ether-hexane (80 : 20, v/v). The extracts were analyzed by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) coupled to electrospray tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS). Chromatography was performed isocratically on a Genesis C(18) analytical column (100 x 2.1 mm i.d., film thickness 4 microm). The method had a chromatographic run time of 5.0 min and a linear calibration curve over the range 5.0-150 ng ml(-1) (r(2) > 0.9952). The limit of quantification was 5 ng ml(-1). This HPLC/MS/MS procedure was used to assess the bioequivalence of two bromazepam 6 mg tablet formulations (bromazepam from Medley SA Indústria Farmacêutica as the test formulation and Lexotan from Produtos Roche Químico e Farmacêutico SA as the reference formulation). A single 6 mg dose of each formulation was administered to 24 healthy volunteers (12 males and 12 females). The study was conducted using an open, randomized, two-period crossover design with a 3 week washout interval. Since the 90% CI for C(max), AUC(last), AUC(0-240 h) (linear) and AUC((0- infinity )) ratios were all inside the 80-125% interval proposed by the US Food and Drug Administration, it was concluded that the bromazepam formulation from Medley is bioequivalent to the Lexotan formulation for both the rate and the extent of absorption. Copyright 2004 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

21 CFR 320.36 - Requirements for maintenance of records of bioequivalence testing.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS FOR HUMAN USE BIOAVAILABILITY AND BIOEQUIVALENCE REQUIREMENTS Procedures for Determining the Bioavailability or Bioequivalence of Drug Products § 320.36 Requirements for...

A Randomized, Two-Way Crossover Study to Evaluate the Pharmacokinetics of Caffeine Delivered Using Caffeinated Chewing Gum Versus a Marketed Caffeinated Beverage in Healthy Adult Volunteers.

PubMed

Sadek, Paul; Pan, Xiao; Shepherd, Phil; Malandain, Elise; Carney, John; Coleman, Hugh

2017-12-01

Background: This study was conducted to compare the pharmacokinetics of caffeine delivered using caffeinated chewing gum to that delivered using a marketed caffeinated beverage (instant coffee) in 16 healthy adult volunteers. Materials and Methods: This was a controlled open-label, randomized, two-period crossover study. Caffeinated chewing gum and a serving of instant coffee, each containing ∼50 mg caffeine, were administered with blood samples collected before and up to 24 hours after administration starts. Plasma caffeine levels were analyzed using validated liquid chromatography coupled with tandem mass spectrometry methodology. Results: There were no statistical differences between the two caffeine products in t max ( p  = 0.3308) and k a ( p  = 0.3894). Although formulated at ∼50 mg caffeine each, mean dose released from chewing gum was ∼18% less than beverage. Dose-normalized area under the concentration-time curve (AUC) 0-t , AUC 0-∞ , and C max was similar between products. Although the criteria were not set a priori and the study was not powered for concluding bioequivalence, the 90% confidence intervals fell within the bioequivalence limit of 80% to 125%. Conclusions: Existing scientific literature on caffeine, based mostly on data from caffeinated beverages, can be leveraged to support the safety of caffeine delivered by chewing gum and current maximum safe caffeine dose advice should be applicable irrespective of delivery method.

21 CFR 320.32 - Procedures for establishing or amending a bioequivalence requirement.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS FOR HUMAN USE BIOAVAILABILITY AND BIOEQUIVALENCE REQUIREMENTS Procedures for Determining the Bioavailability or Bioequivalence of Drug Products § 320.32 Procedures for...

Bioequivalence of saxagliptin/metformin extended-release (XR) fixed-dose combination tablets and single-component saxagliptin and metformin XR tablets in healthy adult Chinese subjects.

PubMed

Gummesson, Anders; Li, Haiyan; Gillen, Michael; Xu, John; Niazi, Mohammad; Hirshberg, Boaz

2014-11-01

As compared with individual tablets, saxagliptin/metformin extended-release (XR) fixed-dose combination (FDC) tablets offer the potential for increased patient compliance with the convenience of once daily dosing. The aim of the present study was to show that the FDC of saxagliptin and metformin XR is bioequivalent to co-administration of the individual components when given to Chinese subjects residing in China. This was a randomized, open-label, single-dose, two-period, cross-over pharmacokinetic study in two cohorts of healthy adult Chinese male subjects (n = 32 in each cohort) under fed conditions. In cohort 1, the pharmacokinetic properties of a saxagliptin/metformin XR 5/500 mg FDC tablet were compared with those of co-administration of a 5 mg saxagliptin tablet and a 500 mg metformin XR tablet. In cohort 2, the pharmacokinetic properties of a saxagliptin/metformin XR 5/1,000 mg FDC tablet were compared with those of co-administration of a 5 mg saxagliptin tablet and 2 × 500 mg metformin XR tablets. The two cohorts were independent of each other with respect to treatment and results. The pharmacokinetic properties of the active metabolite of saxagliptin (5-hydroxy-saxagliptin), as well as the safety and tolerability of each treatment, were also evaluated. For both cohorts, saxagliptin and metformin in the FDCs were bioequivalent to the individual components, as the limits of the 90 % confidence intervals of the geometric least squares mean ratios were contained within the 80-125 % bioequivalence limits for the area under the plasma concentration-time curve parameters and within the 70-143 % bioequivalence limits for the maximum plasma concentration. Similar exposures of 5-hydroxy-saxagliptin were observed with the two treatment regimens within each cohort. Co-administration of saxagliptin and metformin XR was generally safe and well tolerated as the FDCs or as individual tablets. Saxagliptin/metformin XR 5/500 mg and saxagliptin/metformin XR 5

Comparing generic and innovator drugs: a review of 12 years of bioequivalence data from the United States Food and Drug Administration.

PubMed

Davit, Barbara M; Nwakama, Patrick E; Buehler, Gary J; Conner, Dale P; Haidar, Sam H; Patel, Devvrat T; Yang, Yongsheng; Yu, Lawrence X; Woodcock, Janet

2009-10-01

In the US, manufacturers seeking approval to market a generic drug product must submit data demonstrating that the generic formulation provides the same rate and extent of absorption as (ie, is bioequivalent to) the innovator drug product. Thus, most orally administered generic drug products in the US are approved based on results of one or more clinical bioequivalence studies. To evaluate how well the bioequivalence measures of generic drugs approved in the US over a 12-year period compare with those of their corresponding innovator counterparts. This retrospective analysis compared the generic and innovator bioequivalence measures from 2070 single-dose clinical bioequivalence studies of orally administered generic drug products approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) from 1996 to 2007 (12 y). Bioequivalence measures evaluated were drug peak plasma concentration (C(max)) and area under the plasma drug concentration versus time curve (AUC), representing drug rate and extent of absorption, respectively. The generic/innovator C(max) and AUC geometric mean ratios (GMRs) were determined from each of the bioequivalence studies, which used from 12 to 170 subjects. The GMRs from the 2070 studies were averaged. In addition, the distribution of differences between generic means and innovator means was determined for both C(max) and AUC. The mean +/- SD of the GMRs from the 2070 studies was 1.00 +/- 0.06 for C(max) and 1.00 +/- 0.04 for AUC. The average difference in C(max) and AUC between generic and innovator products was 4.35% and 3.56%, respectively. In addition, in nearly 98% of the bioequivalence studies conducted during this period, the generic product AUC differed from that of the innovator product by less than 10%. The criteria used to evaluate generic drug bioequivalence studies support the FDA's objective of approving generic drug formulations that are therapeutically equivalent to their innovator counterparts.

Bioequivalence of 2 Formulations of Sildenafil Oral Soluble Film 100 mg and Sildenafil Citrate (Viagra) 100 mg Oral Tablets in Healthy Male Volunteers.

PubMed

Dadey, Eric

Sildenafil citrate tablets (VIAGRA; Pfizer Inc) have been used since 1998 as an oral therapy for the treatment of erectile dysfunction. However, in some cases, patients may have difficulty in swallowing tablets, and the need to use water to aid in the oral administration of the tablets has the potential to interrupt the sexual encounter, reduce spontaneity, and therefore decrease the quality of the experience. Two oral soluble film (OSF) formulations of sildenafil were developed using MonoSol Rx's proprietary PharmFilm technology. Both films were formulated to dissolve rapidly on the tongue, thereby releasing the drug into the oral cavity, whereupon it is swallowed without the use of water. From a patient perspective, it is anticipated that the film formulations of sildenafil citrate will provide a more compliant and discreet dosage form. The purpose of this clinical study was to compare the bioequivalence of the 2 sildenafil OSF 100 mg formulations (MonoSol Rx, LLC) with the sildenafil citrate 100 mg tablets. The design was a single-dose, randomized, open-label, 3-period, 6-sequence, 3-treatment, single-center, crossover study conducted in 18 healthy, nonsmoking male volunteers under fasting conditions, with each treatment period separated by a 7-day washout period. Plasma sildenafil concentrations were measured predose and then periodically to 24 hours after dosing. The 90% confidence intervals for plasma sildenafil AUC0-t, AUC0-∞, and Cmax for both sildenafil OSF formulations as compared with sildenafil citrate tablets were all within the 80%-125% range, indicating bioequivalence of both film formulations to sildenafil citrate tablets. Overall, the demonstrated bioequivalence coupled with the performance advantages of an OSF dosage form (ie, rapid dissolution in the mouth, can be taken without water, and can be dosed discreetly) suggest that the sildenafil OSF may provide an attractive alternative to sildenafil citrate oral tablets.

A bioequivalence study of gliclazide based on quantification by high-performance liquid chromatography coupled with electrospray tandem mass spectrometry.

PubMed

Mendes, G D; Moreira, L D; Pereira, A dos S; Borges, A; Yui, F; Mendes, F D; de Nucci, G

2007-03-01

The aim of this study was to evaluate, in human volunteers, the performance of one gliclazide tablet formulation (gliclazide 80 mg tablet from EMS Indústria Farmacêutica Ltda.) against two reference gliclazide tablet formulations (Diamicron 80 mg tablet from Servier do Brazil Ltda. and Diamicron 80 mg tablet from Servier (Ireland) Industries Limited). The study had an open, randomized, three-period crossover design with a one-week washout interval between doses. The samples were obtained over a 48-h interval after each oral administration of gliclazide. The samples were extracted from plasma using diethylether : hexane (80 : 20, v/v) and the extracts were analyzed by high-performance liquid chromatography coupled with electrospray tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS/ MS). Chromatography was performed isocratically using a Jones Chromatography Genesis C8 120A 4u. The method had a chromatographic run-time of 2.5 min and a calibration curve of the range of 0.02- 10 microg x ml(-1) (r(2) > 0.9993). The limit of quantification was 0.02 microg x ml(-1). The geometric mean and 90% confidence intervals (CI) for the Gliclazide/Diamicron (Ireland) ratio were 588.68% (90% CI= 491.16, 705.58%) for AUClast, 423.50% (90% CI = 338.25, 530.23%) for AUCinf, and 1395.77% (90% CI= 1116.62, 1744.72%) for Cmax. The geometric mean and 90% confidence intervals (CI) for the Gliclazide/Diamicron (Brazil) ratio were 249.16% (90% CI = 207.96, 298.54%) for AUCiast, 249.16% (90% CI = 207.96 - 298.54%) for AUCinf, and 188.04% (90% CI - 151.72, 233.05%) for Cmax. Since the 90% CI for Cmax, AUClast and AUC(0-infinity) ratios were all outside the 125% interval proposed by the US Food and Drug Administration, we concluded that the gliclazide test formulation were not bioequivalent to either reference formulation. Interestingly, the pharmacokinetic parameters such as Cmax, AUClast of both reference formulations are compatible with neither the literature nor the profile of an immediate release

Steady State Bioequivalence of Generic and Innovator Formulations of Stavudine, Lamivudine, and Nevirapine in HIV-Infected Ugandan Adults

PubMed Central

Byakika-Tusiime, Jayne; Chinn, Leslie W.; Oyugi, Jessica H.; Obua, Celestino; Bangsberg, David R.; Kroetz, Deanna L.

2008-01-01

Background Generic antiretroviral therapy is the mainstay of HIV treatment in resource-limited settings, yet there is little evidence confirming the bioequivalence of generic and brand name formulations. We compared the steady-state pharmacokinetics of lamivudine, stavudine and nevirapine in HIV-infected subjects who were receiving a generic formulation (Triomune®) or the corresponding brand formulations (Epivir®, Zerit®, and Viramune®). Methodology/Principal Findings An open-label, randomized, crossover study was carried out in 18 HIV-infected Ugandan subjects stabilized on Triomune-40. Subjects received lamivudine (150 mg), stavudine (40 mg), and nevirapine (200 mg) in either the generic or brand formulation twice a day for 30 days, before switching to the other formulation. At the end of each treatment period, blood samples were collected over 12 h for pharmacokinetic analysis. The main outcome measures were the mean AUC0–12h and Cmax. Bioequivalence was defined as a geometric mean ratio between the generic and brand name within the 90% confidence interval of 0.8–1.25. The geometric mean ratios and the 90% confidence intervals were: stavudine Cmax, 1.3 (0.99–1.71) and AUC0–12h, 1.1 (0.87–1.38); lamivudine Cmax, 0.8 (0.63–0.98) and AUC0–12h, 0.8 (0.65–0.99); and nevirapine Cmax, 1.1 (0.95–1.23) and AUC0–12h, 1.1 (0.95–1.31). The generic formulation was not statistically bioequivalent to the brand formulations during steady state, although exposures were comparable. A mixed random effects model identified about 50% intersubject variability in the pharmacokinetic parameters. Conclusions/Significant Findings These findings provide support for the use of Triomune in resource-limited settings, although identification of the sources of intersubject variability in these populations is critical. PMID:19096711

Bioequivalence of ximelagatran, an oral direct thrombin inhibitor, as whole or crushed tablets or dissolved formulation.

PubMed

Schützer, Kajs-Marie; Wall, Ulrika; Lönnerstedt, Carina; Ohlsson, Lis; Teng, Renli; Sarich, Troy C; Eriksson, Ulf G

2004-03-01

To investigate whether crushed or dissolved tablets of the oral direct thrombin inhibitor ximelagatran are bioequivalent to whole tablet administration. Ximelagatran is currently under development for the prevention and treatment of thromboembolic disorders. This was an open-label, randomised, three-period, three-treatment crossover study in which 40 healthy volunteers (aged 20-33 years) received a single 36-mg dose of ximelagatran administered in three different ways: I swallowed whole, II crushed, mixed with applesauce and ingested and III dissolved in water and administered via nasogastric tube. The plasma concentrations of ximelagatran, its intermediates and the active form melagatran were determined. Ximelagatran was rapidly absorbed and the bioavailability of melagatran was similar after the three different administrations, fulfilling the criteria for bioequivalence. The mean area under the plasma concentration-versus-time curve (AUC) of melagatran was 1.6 micromol.h/L (ratio 1.01 for treatment II/I and 0.97 for treatment III/I), the mean peak concentration (C(max)) was 0.3 micromol/L (ratio 1.04 for treatment II/I and 1.02 for treatment III/I) and the mean half-life (t(1/2)) was 2.8 h for all treatments. The time to C(max) (t(max)) was 2.2h for the whole tablet and approximately 0.5 h earlier when the tablet was crushed or dissolved (1.7-1.8 h), due to a more rapid absorption. The study drug was well tolerated as judged from the low incidence and type of adverse events reported. The present study showed that the pharmacokinetics (AUC and C(max)) of melagatran were not significantly altered whether ximelagatran was given orally as a crushed tablet mixed with applesauce or dissolved in water and given via nasogastric tube.

Bioequivalence of budesonide plus formoterol (BF) Spiromax® and BF Turbohaler® (with and without charcoal block) in healthy volunteers.

PubMed

Weisfeld, Lori; Shu, Youyi; Shah, Tushar P

2015-07-01

Budesonide formoterol (BF) Spiromax® is a breath-actuated dry-powder inhaler designed to deliver similar combinations of budesonide and formoterol as Symbicort® Turbohaler®. We performed two studies to demonstrate pharmacokinetic (PK) equivalence of BF Spiromax with BF Turbohaler. Two single-center, open-label, randomized, 5-period crossover studies were performed. The first study compared BF Spiromax 160/4.5 μg with BF Turbohaler 200/6 μg, while the second study compared BF Spiromax 320/9 μg with BF Turbohaler 400/12 μg. All treatments were administered with and without charcoal. PK parameters were calculated by measuring plasma drug concentrations from blood samples taken pre-dose and up to 24 hours post-dose. In each study, 90 healthy volunteers were randomized. Bioequivalence of BF Spiromax with BF Turbohaler was demonstrated for budesonide and formoterol (AUC0-t and Cmax (90% confidence intervals of the geometric mean between-device ratios for both parameters were within the predefined range of 0.80-1.25 in both studies)). Equivalence was observed without use of charcoal (overall absorption post-inhalation) and with charcoal (pulmonary absorption). There were no major differences between treatments in tmax for either budesonide or formoterol. All study treatments were well tolerated (one treatment-emergent adverse event (TEAE) in the medium-dose study and four TEAEs in the high-dose study). These studies indicate that BF Spiromax (±charcoal block) is bioequivalent to BF Turbohaler with respect to the PK parameters assessed. Single doses of BF Spiromax were well tolerated; the overall safety profile of BF Spiromax and BF Turbohaler was similar.

Postabsorption concentration peaks with brand-name and generic verapamil: a double-blind, crossover study in elderly hypertensive patients.

PubMed

Saseen, J J; Porter, J A; Barnette, D J; Bauman, J L; Zajac, E J; Carter, B L

1997-06-01

The pharmacokinetic actions, bioequivalence, and cardiovascular effects of two verapamil products were studied in a randomized, double-blind, crossover study in eight elderly hypertensive patients (median age, 69.5 years; range, 60-79 years) given brand-name or generic immediate-release verapamil in 120-mg twice-daily doses for 14 days. Blood pressures, heart rates, P-R intervals; and serum concentrations of R-/S-verapamil and norverapamil were measured multiple times in patients during the last day of each therapy. Median blood pressure decreased more with generic verapamil than with the brand-name drug, with the largest difference occurring at 0.5 hours (137/74 mmHg versus 144.5/80.5 mmHg; P = 0.05 and 0.091, respectively). Pharmacokinetic parameters were not different for the two products (P < 0.01). However, the generic product, compared with the brand-name drug, had mean area under the concentration-time curve (time 0 to 12 hours) ratios (90% CI) of 1.09 (0.78-1.52), 1.16 (0.87-1.55) and 1.11 (0.81-1.52) for R-, S-, and total verapamil. Seventy concentration peaks (31 with the brand-name drug, 39 with the generic drug) appeared between 8 and 24 hours. Median percentages of increase of these peaks, compared with those of previous concentrations, were 48.3% and 36.3% for brand-name and generic drugs, respectively. Fifty of the 70 peaks (71%) were associated with a stereospecific concentration peak of norverapamil and, temporally, with meals. Our findings suggest that whereas the two verapamil products may not be bioequivalent by Food and Drug Administration criteria, the observed differences in effects were not clinically significant in this elderly population. Multiple concentration peaks after absorption were observed in all patients with both verapamil products and were perhaps related to enterohepatic recirculation.

Generic products of antiepileptic drugs: a perspective on bioequivalence, bioavailability, and formulation switches using Monte Carlo simulations.

PubMed

Karalis, Vangelis; Macheras, Panos; Bialer, Meir

2014-01-01

Generic products of antiepileptic drugs (AEDs) are currently a controversial topic as neurologists and patients are reluctant to switch from brand products to generics and to switch between generics. The aim of this study was to provide enlightenment on issues of bioequivalence (BE) and interchangeability of AED products. Monte Carlo simulations of the classic 2 × 2 BE studies were performed to study the effect of sample size, within-subject variability, and the true difference in pharmacokinetic values of the products under comparison on BE acceptance of generic AED products. Simulations were extended to study the comparative performance of two generic AED products against the same innovative product. The simulated results are compared with literature data on AEDs. The question with regard to bioavailability (BA) is whether two formulations are different, while for BE the question is whether two formulations are sufficiently similar in terms of extent and rate of absorption. Therefore, the criteria for BA and BE and the statistical analysis involved in their analysis are different. Two generic formulations that meet regulatory approval requirements for generics by being bioequivalent to the same innovative AED may not be bioequivalent to one another and therefore should not be regarded as equal or as therapeutically equivalent products. A switch from a standard or an immediate-release formulation to a modified-release product, which comprises extended-release or delayed-release formulations, should not be regarded as a switch between generics, but rather as a switch between different formulation types. Switches between bioequivalent generic AED products could potentially lead to larger changes in plasma levels and exposure than the brand-to-generic switch. The simulation work verified the clinical findings that not all generic AED products bioequivalent to the same innovative product are bioequivalent to one another. Two generic formulations that meet regulatory

Bioequivalence studies of drugs prescribed mainly for women.

PubMed

McGilveray, Iain J

2011-01-01

The basic components of pharmacokinetics are absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion. During pregnancy there may be changes in one or many of these components. Early drug studies did not include a representative proportion of women, however, researchers as well as regulators agree that studies on the sex differences in the disposition of drugs are important, but at what stage in the clinical trial process? Except for drugs used only in women, such as those for estrogen-dependent breast cancer, caution prevails and the differences are usually studied at phase 3. Studies in pregnant women are much rarer but some do get done, e.g., with antivirals and antimalarials, where the positive risk-benefit of these agents is the likelihood that fetal transfer of these drugs might help protect the fetus. Women are being included in pharmacokinetic studies for new drug applications in accordance with the International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH), U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), and Health Canada (HC) guidances. A new look at bioequivalence studies, to compare results in men and women, would help determine if interactions of formulation and gender are a problem.

Levothyroxine soft capsules demonstrate bioequivalent pharmacokinetic exposure with the European reference tablets in healthy volunteers under fasting conditions.

PubMed

Al-Numani, Dina; Scarsi, Claudia; Ducharme, Murray P

2016-02-01

To assess the bioequivalence (BE) potential under fasting conditions between levothyroxine soft capsules and the European reference tablet formulation. Two studies were conducted to assess the BE potential as per European regulations. Study 1 was a two-way crossover BE study comparing a high strength of levothyroxine soft capsules versus levothyroxine tablets (200 μg), while study 2 was a three-way crossover dosage form proportionality study between low, medium, and high strengths of soft capsules. 70 healthy adult subjects participated in the two studies. Each treatment consisted of a 600-μg dose of levothyroxine sodium, administered under fasting conditions. Blood samples were collected for levothyroxine (T4) assay prior to dosing and up to 72 hours post dose. A washout of 35 days separated treatments in each study. Pharmacokinetics was assessed using noncompartmental methods. A total of 61 subjects completed the studies. Baseline-adjusted total T4 ratios (test/reference) and 90% confidence intervals (CIs) between soft capsules and tablets were within 80.00 - 125.00%. Comparison of the three strengths of soft capsules indicated pharmacokinetic equivalence between them (ratios and 90% CIs were contained within 80.00 - 125.00%). Overall, levothyroxine sodium was well tolerated with all products when given as single oral doses of 600 μg, except for 1 serious adverse event of secondary bacteremia reported in study 2, deemed not to be related to treatment. Levothyroxine soft capsules meet BE criteria in terms of systemic exposure when compared to a European reference tablet under fasting conditions in healthy volunteers.

Overview of the European Medicines Agency's Development of Product-Specific Bioequivalence Guidelines.

PubMed

Sullivan, Jane O'; Blake, Kevin; Berntgen, Michael; Salmonson, Tomas; Welink, Jan

2017-12-05

The European Medicines Agency's (EMA) product-specific bioequivalence guidelines outline harmonized regulatory requirements for studies to demonstrate bioequivalence for products that may have particular needs due to their pharmacokinetics, in addition to those outlined in general guidance. As such they are potentially very useful to the pharmaceutical industry in the development of generic medicinal products and to regulatory authorities for harmonized decision-making. Since their introduction in 2013, EMA product-specific bioequivalence guidelines continue to increase in number, and as of June 2017, encompass a number of different pharmacotherapeutic groups and pharmaceutical forms. This article further elucidates the processes involved for stakeholders and reviews the Agency's experience with the development of these guidelines, including the scientific issues witnessed with their advancement. A comparison with the United States Food and Drug Administration approach to similar guidelines is also provided. © 2017 The Authors Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of American Society for Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics.

21 CFR 320.21 - Requirements for submission of bioavailability and bioequivalence data.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Requirements for submission of bioavailability and... HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS FOR HUMAN USE BIOAVAILABILITY AND BIOEQUIVALENCE REQUIREMENTS Procedures for Determining the Bioavailability or Bioequivalence of Drug Products § 320.21 Requirements for...

21 CFR 320.32 - Procedures for establishing or amending a bioequivalence requirement.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Procedures for establishing or amending a bioequivalence requirement. 320.32 Section 320.32 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF... establishing or amending a bioequivalence requirement. (a) The Food and Drug Administration, on its own...

[Bioequivalence and generics of index drugs with narrow therapeutic margins].

PubMed

Le Corre, Pascal

2010-02-01

The market share of generic drugs in France is quite low compared to that in other European countries. Because the scientific aspects of bioequivalence that govern the use of generics are sometimes described ambiguously in the literature, they are not always perceived clearly by health professionals. This lack of clarity may be an obstacle to their use. Two drugs are considered bioequivalent if the upper and lower limits of the 90% confidence interval (90% CI) of the generic-to-brand ratio for the area under the curve (AUC) and for the maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) are included in the [-20%, +25%] interval. This interval applies to the 90% CI of the ratios of the AUC (or Cmax) and not directly to the ratio of their values. Hence, it is wrong to consider that there is a -20% to + 25% variation in the AUC (and thus in the bioavailability) between a generic and a brand-name drug. This mistake can sometimes be seen in the medical literature, however, with incorrect extrapolations. The bioequivalence is defined for a generic in relation to a brand-name drug. Consequently, two different generics of the same proprietary drug do not automatically meet the criteria for bioequivalence. Their interchangeability can present problems, especially for drugs with a narrow therapeutic index, that is, those that have a<2-fold difference between the minimum toxic concentration and minimum effective concentration in blood. More restrictive criteria have been proposed for narrow therapeutic index drugs, but there is currently no international consensus on the subject. Determining individual bioequivalence would require modified study protocols to guaranty the interchangeability of the brand-name and generic drugs so that a patient taking one formulation could change to another that would provide the same efficacy and safety. Some antiepileptic drugs have biopharmaceutical and pharmacokinetic properties inducing high levels of intraindividual variability, which can cause problems

Establishing bioequivalence of veterinary premixes (Type A medicated articles).

PubMed

Hunter, R P; Lees, P; Concordet, D; Toutain, P-L

2012-04-01

a) Key issues concerning Premix (Type A medicated articles) Bioequivalence evaluations: 1) This is a complex issue concerning both route of administration and formulation. 2) If the animal is not at the bunk/trough, the animal is not self-administering (eating medicated feed), thus there can be no drug absorption. b) Differing opinions among scientists and regulatory authorities/expert bodies regarding: 1) No harmonization on how to design, conduct, and interpret in vivo studies. 2) Applicability of biowaivers to Type A (premix) products. 3) Why are topdress and complete feed considered differently? Are they different formulations or different routes of administration? 4) Single dose vs. multi-dose studies. 5) What is the final formulation? c) What are the next steps: 1) Harmonize current bioequivalence guidelines through the VICH process. 2) Determine the applicability/non-applicability of the Biopharmaceutical Classification System (BCS). 3) Establish the Total Mixed Ration (i.e. formulation) effects. 4) Define the test subject (individual, pen, etc.). © 2012 Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

Pilot and Repeat Trials as Development Tools Associated with Demonstration of Bioequivalence.

PubMed

Fuglsang, Anders

2015-05-01

The purpose of this work is to use simulated trials to study how pilot trials can be implemented in relation to bioequivalence testing, and how the use of the information obtained at the pilot stage can influence the overall chance of showing bioequivalence (power) or the chance of approving a truly bioinequivalent product (type I error). The work also covers the use of repeat pivotal trials since the difference between a pilot trial followed by a pivotal trial and a pivotal trial followed by a repeat trial is mainly a question of whether a conclusion of bioequivalence can be allowed after the first trial. Repeating a pivotal trial after a failed trial involves dual or serial testing of the bioequivalence null hypothesis, and the paper illustrates how this may inflate the type I error up to almost 10%. Hence, it is questioned if such practice is in the interest of patients. Tables for power, type I error, and sample sizes are provided for a total of six different decision trees which allow the developer to use either the observed geometric mean ratio (GMR) from the first or trial or to assume that the GMR is 0.95. In cases when the true GMR can be controlled so as not to deviate more from unity than 0.95, sequential design methods ad modum Potvin may be superior to pilot trials. The tables provide a quantitative basis for choosing between sequential designs and pivotal trials preceded by pilot trials.

Assessment of dermatopharmacokinetic approach in the bioequivalence determination of topical tretinoin gel products.

PubMed

Pershing, Lynn K; Nelson, Joel L; Corlett, Judy L; Shrivastava, Surendra P; Hare, Don B; Shah, Vinod P

2003-05-01

A new dermatopharmacokinetic (DPK) approach has been proposed for bioequivalence determination of topical drug products by comparing the drug content kinetics in stratum corneum. We sought to establish any correlation between clinical safety/efficacy and DPK approach in bioequivalence determination of tretinoin gel 0.025%. Tretinoin and isotretinoin were quantified in human volar forearm stratum corneum as a function of time with 3 tretinoin gel 0.025% products in 49 patients. Stratum corneum layers were harvested using multiple adhesive disks, which were subsequently extracted and quantified for both isomers by high-performance liquid chromatography. Products with similar composition and therapeutic equivalence were found bioequivalent, and products with different composition and clinical profiles were found bioinequivalent by DPK methodology. There is a direct correlation between DPK parameters in healthy patients and clinical safety/efficacy of tretinoin gel products in patients with acne. Data support the use of DPK parameters and methodology in the bioequivalence assessment of topical tretinoin gel products.

Bioequivalence of a new cyclosporine a formulation to Neoral.

PubMed

David-Neto, Elias; Kakehashi, Erica; Alves, Cristiane Feres; Pereira, Lilian M; de Castro, Maria Cristina R; de Mattos, Renata Maciel; Sumita, Nairo Massakazu; Romano, Paschoalina; Mendes, Maria Elizabete; Nahas, William Carlos; Ianhez, Luiz Estevam

2004-02-01

New cyclosporine A (CsA) formulations must prove their bioequivalence to Neoral, the reference CsA formulation, to allow free prescription for the patients. The aim of this study was to compare the pharmacokinetics (PK) of a new CsA formulation (Zinograf-ME), produced by Strides-Arcolab, to Neoral and to demonstrate their interchangeability in stable renal transplant recipients. Twelve-hour PK studies were obtained from 18 (13 M/5 F) adult patients (mean age 44.7 +/- 12 years). They received their renal allografts from 13 cadaver and 5 living donors. Before enrollment, all patients were receiving a third generic CsA for a mean of 48 months. Nine patients were also under azathioprine and 9 under mycophenolate mofetil; 17 received prednisone. A single oral dose of either Zinograf or Neoral was administered. The first PK study was performed with one formulation, and 1 week later, a second PK was done with the other formulation. During the washout period, patients continued taking the third CsA formulation. The drug substitution was done milligram-for-milligram. The CsA whole-blood level was measured by TDx immunoassay. Mean +/- SD of area under the curve (AUC), maximum concentration (C(max)), and concentration at the second hour (C2) of Zinograf were not statistically different from those with Neoral (4019 +/- 1466 vs 3971 +/- 1325 ng x h/mL, 998 +/- 376 vs 1021 +/- 356 ng/mL, and 707 +/- 254 vs 734 +/- 229 ng/mL, respectively). In the same way, the Zinograf 90% confidence interval for either C(max) (-123, +77 ng/mL) or AUC (-214, +311 ng.mL/h) were within the Neoral bioequivalence interval for the same parameters (+/-204 ng/mL and +/-794 ng x mL/h, respectively). These data demonstrate that the ZinografME CsA formulation is bioequivalent to Neoral.

Regulatory and clinical aspects of psychotropic medicinal products bioequivalence.

PubMed

Bałkowiec-Iskra, Ewa; Cessak, Grzegorz; Kuzawińska, Olga; Sejbuk-Rozbicka, Katarzyna; Rokita, Konrad; Mirowska-Guzel, Dagmara

2015-07-01

Introduction of generic medicinal products to the market has increased access to modern therapies but also enabled significant reduction in their cost, leading to containment of public expenditures on medicinal products reimbursement. The critical assessment of bioequivalence of any reference medicinal product and its counterpart is based on comparison of their rate and extent of absorption. It is assumed that two medicinal products are bioequivalent when their rate and extent of absorption do not show significant differences when administered at the same dose under similar experimental conditions. Bioequivalent medicinal products are declared to be also therapeutically equivalent and can be used interchangeably. However, despite regulatory declaration, switching from reference to generic drugs is often associated with concerns of healthcare providers about decreased treatment effectiveness or occurrence of adverse drug reactions. The aim of this article is to provide a description of rules that guide registration of generic medicinal products in the European Union and to analyze specific examples from the scientific literature concerning therapeutic equivalence of reference and generic antidepressant and antipsychotic medicinal products. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. and ECNP. All rights reserved.

The U.S. draft guidance regarding population and individual bioequivalence approaches: comments by a research-based pharmaceutical company.

PubMed

Hauschke, D; Steinijans, V W

2000-10-30

Generally, the motivation for switching from average bioequivalence to population and/or individual bio-equivalence is well recognized in the light of certain limitations of the concept of average bioequivalence. However, this switch still results in unresolved issues which should be addressed before the regulatory guidance is finalized.

21 CFR 320.26 - Guidelines on the design of a single-dose in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence study.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

... delivery systems other than oral or intravenous dosage forms with an appropriate reference standard, the... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Guidelines on the design of a single-dose in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence study. 320.26 Section 320.26 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION...

21 CFR 320.26 - Guidelines on the design of a single-dose in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence study.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... delivery systems other than oral or intravenous dosage forms with an appropriate reference standard, the... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Guidelines on the design of a single-dose in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence study. 320.26 Section 320.26 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION...

21 CFR 320.26 - Guidelines on the design of a single-dose in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence study.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

... delivery systems other than oral or intravenous dosage forms with an appropriate reference standard, the... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Guidelines on the design of a single-dose in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence study. 320.26 Section 320.26 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION...

21 CFR 320.26 - Guidelines on the design of a single-dose in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence study.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Guidelines on the design of a single-dose in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence study. 320.26 Section 320.26 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION... test product and the reference material should be administered to subjects in the fasting state, unless...

Pharmaceutical Product Lead Optimization for Better In vivo Bioequivalence Performance: A case study of Diclofenac Sodium Extended Release Matrix Tablets.

PubMed

Shahiwala, Aliasgar; Zarar, Aisha

2018-01-01

In order to prove the validity of a new formulation, a considerable amount of effort is required to study bioequivalence, which not only increases the burden of carrying out a number of bioequivalence studies but also eventually increases the cost of the optimization process. The aim of the present study was to develop sustained release matrix tablets containing diclofenac sodium using natural polymers and to demonstrate step by step process of product development till the prediction of in vivo marketed product equivalence of the developed product. Different batches of tablets were prepared by direct compression. In vitro drug release studies were performed as per USP. The drug release data were assessed using model-dependent, modelindependent and convolution approaches. Drug release profiles showed that extended release action were in the following order: Gum Tragacanth > Sodium Alginate > Gum Acacia. Amongst the different batches prepared, only F1 and F8 passed the USP criteria of drug release. Developed formulas were found to fit Higuchi kinetics model with Fickian (case I) diffusion-mediated release mechanism. Model- independent kinetics confirmed that total of four batches were passed depending on the similarity factors based on the comparison with the marketed Diclofenac. The results of in vivo predictive convolution model indicated that predicted AUC, Cmax and Tmax values for batch F8 were similar to that of marketed product. This study provides simple yet effective outline of pharmaceutical product development process that will minimize the formulation development trials and maximize the product success in bioequivalence studies. Copyright© Bentham Science Publishers; For any queries, please email at epub@benthamscience.org.

Bioequivalence study of two imatinib formulations after single-dose administration in healthy Korean male volunteers.

PubMed

Jung, J A; Kim, N; Yang, J-S; Kim, T-e; Kim, J-R; Song, G-S; Kim, H; Ko, J W; Huh, W

2014-12-01

Imatinib mesylate is effective for chronic myeloid leukaemia and gastrointestinal tumours. We aimed to evaluate the pharmacokinetics of a 200-mg imatinib tablet compared to 2×100-mg imatinib tablets in order to meet the regulatory requirements for marketing in Korea.An open-label, randomized, single-dose, 2-period, 2-treatment cross-over study was conducted in 28 healthy Korean male volunteers. Subjects were administered a 200-mg imatinib tablet and 2×100-mg imatinib tablets under a fasting state according to a randomly assigned order with a 2-week wash-out period. Serial blood samples were collected up to 72 h post-dose. The pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated using non-compartmental methods.A total of 28 subjects were enrolled and 23 subjects completed the study. There were no serious adverse events during the study. 23 mild to moderate adverse events were reported (11 events with 200-mg imatinib vs. 12 events with 2×100-mg imatinib) and subjects recovered without sequelae. The Cmax value was 922.8±318.8 μg/L at 3.15 h for 200-mg imatinib tablet, and 986.3±266.0 μg/L at 2.91 h for the 2×100-mg imatinib tablet. The AUClast of 200-mg and 2×100-mg tablets were 13 084.3±39.1 and 14 131.7±3 826.2 h · μg/L, respectively. The geometric mean ratios (90% confidence intervals) for Cmax and AUClast were 0.9121 (0.8188, 1.0161) and 0.9558 (0.8685, 1.0519), respectively.A newly developed 200-mg imatinib tablet was bioequivalent to 2×100-mg imatinib tablets in healthy Korean subjects. A single-dose of either of the 2 formulations was generally well tolerated. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

Relative bioavailability of generic and branded acetylcysteine effervescent tablets: A single-dose, open-label, randomized-sequence, two-period crossover study in fasting healthy Chinese male volunteers.

PubMed

Liu, Yan-Mei; Liu, Yun; Lu, Chuan; Jia, Jing-Ying; Liu, Gang-Yi; Weng, Li-Ping; Wang, Jia-Yan; Li, Guo-Xiu; Wang, Wei; Li, Shui-Jun; Yu, Chen

2010-11-01

Acetylcysteine may be used as a muco- lytic agent for the treatment of chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and other pulmonary diseases complicated by the production of viscous mucus. However, little is known of its pharmacokinetic properties when given orally in healthy volunteers, particularly in a Chinese Han population. This study was conducted to provide support for the marketing of a generic product in China. The purpose of this study was to compare the pharmacokinetics and relative bioavailability of a generic test formulation and a branded reference formulation of acetylcysteine in fasting healthy Chinese male volunteers. A single-dose, open-label, randomized-sequence, 2-period crossover design with a 7-day washout period between doses was used in this study. Healthy Chinese male nonsmokers aged 18 to 40 years with a body mass index (BMI) of 19 to 25 kg/m(2) were selected. Eligible volunteers were randomly assigned to receive acetylcysteine 600 mg PO as either the test formulation (3 tablets of 200 mg each) or reference formulation (1 tablet of 600 mg) under fasting conditions. A total of 15 serial blood samples were collected over a 24-hour interval, and total plasma acetylcysteine concentrations were analyzed by a validated liquid chromatography-isotopic dilution mass spectrometry method. Pharmacokinetic parameters (C(max), T(max), t(½) AUC(0-t), and AUC(0-∞) were calculated and analyzed statistically. The 2 formulations were considered bioequivalent if the 90% CIs of the log-transformed ratios (test/reference) of C(max) and AUC were within the predetermined bioequivalence ranges (70%-143% for C(max); 80%-125% for AUC), as established by the State Food and Drug Administration of China. Tolerability was determined by vital signs, clinical laboratory tests, 12-lead ECGs, physical examinations, and interviews with the subjects about adverse events (AEs). A total of 24 healthy Chinese Han male volunteers were enrolled in and

Bioequivalence of two commercial preparations of escitalopram oxalate/clonazepam using a liquid chromatography-electrospray mass spectrometry method.

PubMed

Agarwal, Sangita; Gowda, Kadajji Veeran; Selvan, Perumal Senthamil; Chattaraj, Tapas Kumar; Pal, Tapan Kumar

2008-01-01

A randomized, two-way crossover study was conducted in 24 fasting healthy male volunteers of Indian origin to compare the bioavailability of two brands of a fixed dose combination of escitalopram oxalate (CAS 219861-08-2) 10 mg and clonazepam (CAS 1622-61-3) 0.5 mg tablets, using Estomine-zee as test and a commercially available formulation as the reference product. The pharmacokinetics of escitalopram oxalate and clonazepam individually after oral administration of tablet formulation has been extensively evaluated in adult volunteers. However, no published data are available regarding the pharmacokinetics and bioavailability of this particular fixed dose combination. The trial was designed as a randomized, balanced, open-label, 2-period cross-over study. The drug was administered with 240 ml of water after a 10-h overnight fasting on two treatment days separated by a 21-day washout period. After dosing, serial blood samples were collected for a period of 96 h. Plasma harvested from blood was analyzed by simple rapid, selective and validated liquid chromatography-electrospray mass spectrometry (LC-ESI-MS/ MS) using diazepam (CAS 439-14-5) as an internal standard. The calibration curves were found to be linear in the range of 1-25 ng/ml and 1-10 ng/ml for escitalopram oxalate and clonazepam, respectively, with a mean correlation coefficient of more than 0.99. No statistically significant differences were obtained between the two products with respect to the mean concentration-time profiles or in the pharmacokinetic parameters, including the area under the serum concentration-time curve from the present study. Based on the statistical inferences, it was concluded that the test product is bioequivalent to the reference product. Both preparations were well tolerated with no adverse reactions throughout the study.

Quality of Reporting of Bioequivalence Trials Comparing Generic to Brand Name Drugs: A Methodological Systematic Review

PubMed Central

van der Meersch, Amélie; Dechartres, Agnès; Ravaud, Philippe

2011-01-01

Background Generic drugs are used by millions of patients for economic reasons, so their evaluation must be highly transparent. Objective To assess the quality of reporting of bioequivalence trials comparing generic to brand-name drugs. Methodology/Principal Findings PubMed was searched for reports of bioequivalence trials comparing generic to brand-name drugs between January 2005 and December 2008. Articles were included if the aim of the study was to assess the bioequivalency of generic and brand-name drugs. We excluded case studies, pharmaco-economic evaluations, and validation dosage assays of drugs. We evaluated whether important information about funding, methodology, location of trials, and participants were reported. We also assessed whether the criteria required by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the European Medicine Agency (EMA) to conclude bioequivalence were reported and that the conclusions were in agreement with the results. We identified 134 potentially relevant articles but eliminated 55 because the brand-name or generic drug status of the reference drug was unknown. Thus, we evaluated 79 articles. The funding source and location of the trial were reported in 41% and 56% of articles, respectively. The type of statistical analysis was reported in 94% of articles, but the methods to generate the randomization sequence and to conceal allocation were reported in only 15% and 5%, respectively. In total, 65 articles of single-dose trials (89%) concluded bioequivalence. Of these, 20 (31%) did not report the 3 criteria within the limits required by the FDA and 11 (17%) did not report the 2 criteria within the limits required by the EMA. Conclusions/Significance Important information to judge the validity and relevance of results are frequently missing in published reports of trials assessing generic drugs. The quality of reporting of such trials is in need of improvement. PMID:21858184

Regulatory framework on bioequivalence criteria for locally acting gastrointestinal drugs: the case for oral modified release mesalamine formulations.

PubMed

Sferrazza, Gianluca; Siviero, Paolo D; Nicotera, Giuseppe; Turella, Paola; Serafino, Annalucia; Blandizzi, Corrado; Pierimarchi, Pasquale

2017-09-01

Bioequivalence testing for locally acting gastrointestinal drugs is a challenging issue for both regulatory authorities and pharmaceutical industries. The international regulatory framework has been characterized by the lack of specific bioequivalence tests that has generated a negative impact on the market competition and drug use in clinical practice. Areas covered: This review article provides an overview of the European Union and United States regulatory frameworks on bioequivalence criteria for locally acting gastrointestinal drugs, also discussing the most prominent scientific issues and advances that has been made in this field. A focus on oral modified release mesalamine formulations will be also provided, with practical examples of the regulatory pathways followed by pharmaceutical companies to determine bioequivalence. Expert commentary: The development of a scientific rationale to demonstrate bioequivalence in this field has been complex and often associated with uncertainties related to scientific and regulatory aspects. Only in recent years, thanks to advanced knowledge in this field, the criteria for bioequivalence assessment are undergoing substantial changes. This new scenario will likely result in a significant impact on pharmaceutical companies, promoting more competition through a clearer regulatory approach, conceived for streamlining the demonstration of therapeutic equivalence for locally acting gastrointestinal drugs.

Reverse-phase liquid chromatography with electrospray ionization/mass spectrometry for the quantification of pseudoephedrine in human plasma and application to a bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Kim, Jin-Ki; Jee, Jun-Pil; Park, Jeong-Sook; Kim, Hyung Tae; Kim, Chong-Kook

2011-01-01

A sensitive and selective reverse-phase liquid chromatography electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (LC-ESI-MS) method was developed and validated to quantify pseudoephedrine (CAS 90-82-4) in human plasma. Phenacetin was used as the internal standard (I.S.). Sample preparation was performed with a deproteinization step using acetonitrile. Pseudoephedrine and I.S. were successfully separated using gradient elution with 0.5% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in water and 0.5% TFA in methanol at a flow-rate of 0.2 mL/min. Detection was performed on a single quadrupole mass spectrometer by a selected ion monitoring (SIM) mode via electrospray ionization (ESI) source. The ESI source was set at positive ionization mode. The ion signals of m/z 166.3 and 180.2 were measured for the protonated molecular ions of pseudoephedrine and I.S., respectively. The lower limit of quantification (LLOQ) of pseudoephedrine in human plasma was 10 ng/mL and good linearity was observed in the range of concentrations 10-500 ng/mL (R2 = 1). The intra-day accuracy of the drug containing plasma samples was more than 97.60% with a precision of 3.99-11.82%. The inter-day accuracy was 99.36% or more, with a precision of 7.65-18.42%. By using this analytical method, the bioequivalence study of the pseudoephedrine preparation was performed and evaluated by statistical analysis of the log transformed mean ratios of pharmacokinetic parameters. All the results fulfilled the standard criteria of bioequivalence, being within the 80-125% range which is required by the Korea FDA, US FDA, and EMEA to conclude bioequivalence. Consequently, the developed reverse-phase LC-ESI-MS method was successfully applied to bioequivalence studies of pseudoephedrine in healthy male volunteers.

A bioequivalence study of levothyroxine tablets versus an oral levothyroxine solution in healthy volunteers.

PubMed

Yannovits, N; Zintzaras, E; Pouli, A; Koukoulis, G; Lyberi, S; Savari, E; Potamianos, S; Triposkiadis, F; Stefanidis, I; Zartaloudis, E; Benakis, A

2006-01-01

Probably for genetic reasons a substantial part of the Greek population requires Levothyroxine treatment. Since commercially available Levothyroxine was first marketed, the manufacture and storage of the drug in tablet form has been complicated and difficult; and as cases of therapeutic failure have frequently been reported following treatment with this medicinal agent, quality control is an essential factor. Due to the unreliability of Levothyroxine-based commercial products, in the present study we decided to follow the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) guidelines*, and use a Levothyroxine solution as reference product. The bioavailability of the Levothyroxine sodium tablet formulation THYROHORMONE/Ni-The Ltd (0.2 mg/tab) and that of a reference oral solution (0.3 mg/100 ml) under fasting conditions were compared in an open, randomized, single-dose two-way crossover study. Twenty four healthy Caucasian volunteers (M/F=15/9, mean age=32.9+/-7.4yr) participated in the study. Bioavailability was assessed by pharmacokinetic parameters such as the area under plasma concentration-time curve from time zero up to the measurable last time point (AUC(last)) and the maximum plasma concentration (Cmax). Heparinized venous blood samples were collected pre-dose and up to a 48-hour period post-dose. Levothyroxine sodium in plasma samples was assayed by a validated electrochemiluninescent immunoassay technique. Statistical analysis showed that the post-dose thyrotropin-stimulating hormone (TSH) levels decreased significantly (p<0.05). Regarding Levothyroxine (T4), the point estimate of the test formulation to the reference formulation ratios (T/R) for AUC(last) and Cmax was 0.92 with 90% confidence limits (0.90, 0.94) and 0.93 with 90% confidence limits (0.91, 0.94), respectively. Regarding triiodo-L-thyronine (T3), the point estimate for the T/R ratios of AUC(last) and Cmax was 0.92 with 90% confidence limits (0.90, 0.95) and 0.94 with 90% confidence limits (0.92, 0

75 FR 33311 - Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Specific Products; Availability

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2010-06-11

... available recommendations on how to design product- specific bioequivalence (BE) studies to support... meaningful opportunity for the public to consider and comment on product-specific BE study recommendations... available recommendations on how to design product-specific BE studies to support ANDAs. Under this process...

Clinical utility of topiramate extended-release capsules (USL255): Bioequivalence of USL255 sprinkled and intact capsule in healthy adults and an in vitro evaluation of sprinkle delivery via enteral feeding tubes.

PubMed

Clark, Annie M; Pellock, John M; Holmay, Mary; Anders, Bob; Cloyd, James

2016-04-01

The objectives of these two studies were to determine if beads from extended-release topiramate capsules sprinkled onto soft food are bioequivalent to the intact capsule and if beads from the capsule can be passed through enteral gastrostomy (G-) and jejunostomy (J-) feeding tubes. Bioequivalence of 200-mg USL255 (Qudexy XR [topiramate] extended-release capsules) sprinkled onto soft food (applesauce) versus the intact capsule was evaluated in a phase 1, randomized, single-dose, crossover study (N=36). Pharmacokinetic evaluations included area under the curve (AUC), maximum plasma concentration (Cmax), time to Cmax (Tmax), and terminal elimination half-life (t1/2). If 90% confidence intervals (CI) of the ratio of geometric least-squares means were between 0.80 and 1.25, AUC and Cmax were considered bioequivalent. In separate in vitro experiments, 100-mg USL255 beads were passed through feeding tubes using gentle syringe pressure to develop a clog-free bead-delivery method. Multiple tube sizes (14- to 18-French [Fr] tubes), dilutions (5 mg/15 mL-25 mg/15 mL), and diluents (deionized water, apple juice, Ketocal, sparkling water) were tested. Area under the curve and Cmax for USL255 beads sprinkled onto applesauce were bioequivalent to the intact capsule (GLSM [90% CI]: AUC0-t 1.01 [0.97-1.04], AUC0-∞ 1.02 [0.98-1.05]; Cmax 1.09 [1.03-1.14]). Median Tmax was 4h earlier for USL255 sprinkled versus the intact capsule (10 vs 14 h; p=0.0018), and t1/2 was similar (84 vs 82 h, respectively). In 14-Fr G-tubes, USL255 beads diluted in Ketocal minimized bead clogging versus deionized water. Recovery of USL255 beads diluted in deionized water was nearly 100% in 16-Fr G-, 18-Fr G-, and 18-Fr J-tubes. For patients with difficulty swallowing pills, USL255 sprinkled onto applesauce offers a useful once-daily option for taking topiramate. USL255 beads were also successfully delivered in vitro through ≥14-Fr G- or J-tubes, with tube clogging minimized by portioning the dose and

Relative Bioavailabilities of Lisdexamfetamine Dimesylate and d-Amphetamine in Healthy Adults in an Open-Label, Randomized, Crossover Study After Mixing Lisdexamfetamine Dimesylate With Food or Drink

PubMed Central

Ermer, James; Corcoran, Mary; Lasseter, Kenneth

2016-01-01

Background: This open-label, crossover study examined lisdexamfetamine dimesylate (LDX) and d-amphetamine pharmacokinetics in healthy adults after administration of an intact LDX capsule or after the capsule was emptied into orange juice or yogurt and the contents consumed. Methods: Healthy adult volunteers (N = 30) were administered a 70-mg LDX capsule or the contents of a 70-mg capsule mixed with yogurt or orange juice using a 3-way crossover design. Blood samples were collected serially for up to 96 hours after dose. Pharmacokinetic endpoints included maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) and area under the plasma concentration versus time curve from zero to infinity (AUC0–∞) or to last assessment (AUClast). Relative LDX and d-amphetamine bioavailabilities from the contents of a 70-mg LDX capsule mixed with orange juice or yogurt were compared with those from the intact LDX capsule using bioequivalence-testing procedures. Results: Geometric least squares mean ratios (90% confidence intervals [CIs]) for d-amphetamine (active moiety) were within the prespecified bioequivalence range (0.80–1.25) when the contents of a 70-mg LDX capsule were mixed with orange juice [Cmax: 0.971 (0.945, 0.998); AUC0–∞: 0.986 (0.955, 1.019); AUClast: 0.970 (0.937, 1.004)] or yogurt [Cmax: 0.970 (0.944, 0.997); AUC0–∞: 0.945 (0.915, 0.976); AUClast: 0.944 (0.912, 0.977)]. Geometric least squares mean ratios (90% CIs) for LDX (inactive prodrug) were below the accepted range when the contents of a 70-mg LDX capsule were mixed with orange juice [Cmax: 0.641 (0.582, 0.707); AUC0–∞: 0.716 (0.647, 0.792); AUClast: 0.708 (0.655, 0.766)]; the lower 90% CI for Cmax [0.828 (0.752, 0.912)] was below the accepted range when the contents of a 70-mg LDX capsule were mixed with yogurt. Conclusions: Relative bioavailability of d-amphetamine (the active moiety) did not differ across administrations, which suggests that emptying an LDX capsule into orange juice or yogurt and consuming it

21 CFR 320.26 - Guidelines on the design of a single-dose in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence study.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

..., DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS FOR HUMAN USE BIOAVAILABILITY AND BIOEQUIVALENCE... test product and the reference material should be administered to subjects in the fasting state, unless...

Cholesteric liquid crystals as sensor materials for bioequivalent UV-dosimetry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lisetski, Longin N.; Vashchenko, O. V.; Panikarskaya, V. D.; Sidletskiy, O. T.; Terenetskaya, Irina P.

2003-12-01

Selective reflection spectra have been studied for cholesteric matrices doped with certain steroids of vitamin D group, and substantial effect of the dopants upon the helical pitch was noted. Under UV irradiation, shifts of selective reflection peaks were observed. It is argued that the effect studied can be used for monitoring of vitamin D formation reactions induced by UV irradiation, thus being a base of bioequivalent UV dosimetry.

Use of partial AUC to demonstrate bioequivalence of Zolpidem Tartrate Extended Release formulations.

PubMed

Lionberger, Robert A; Raw, Andre S; Kim, Stephanie H; Zhang, Xinyuan; Yu, Lawrence X

2012-04-01

FDA's bioequivalence recommendation for Zolpidem Tartrate Extended Release Tablets is the first to use partial AUC (pAUC) metrics for determining bioequivalence of modified-release dosage forms. Modeling and simulation studies were performed to aid in understanding the need for pAUC measures and also the proper pAUC truncation times. Deconvolution techniques, In Vitro/In Vivo Correlations, and the CAT (Compartmental Absorption and Transit) model were used to predict the PK profiles for zolpidem. Models were validated using in-house data submitted to the FDA. Using dissolution profiles expressed by the Weibull model as input for the CAT model, dissolution spaces were derived for simulated test formulations. The AUC(0-1.5) parameter was indicative of IR characteristics of early exposure and effectively distinguished among formulations that produced different pharmacodynamic effects. The AUC(1.5-t) parameter ensured equivalence with respect to the sustained release phase of Ambien CR. The variability of AUC(0-1.5) is higher than other PK parameters, but is reasonable for use in an equivalence test. In addition to the traditional PK parameters of AUCinf and Cmax, AUC(0-1.5) and AUC(1.5-t) are recommended to provide bioequivalence measures with respect to label indications for Ambien CR: onset of sleep and sleep maintenance.

77 FR 7586 - Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendation for Nitroglycerin Metered Spray...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-02-13

... though we have not requested comparative in vitro studies, in vitro studies outlined in the 2002 guidance.... The recommendations provide specific guidance on the design of bioequivalence (BE) studies to support... draft guidance for industry on the Agency's recommendations for BE studies to support ANDAs for...

A Phase 1, Open-Label, Randomized, Crossover Study Evaluating the Bioavailability of TAS-102 (Trifluridine/Tipiracil) Tablets Relative to an Oral Solution Containing Equivalent Amounts of Trifluridine and Tipiracil.

PubMed

Becerra, Carlos R; Yoshida, Kenichiro; Mizuguchi, Hirokazu; Patel, Manish; Von Hoff, Daniel

2017-06-01

TAS-102 (trifluridine/tipiracil) is composed of an antineoplastic thymidine-based nucleoside analogue trifluridine (FTD), and a thymidine phosphorylase inhibitor, tipiracil (TPI), at a molar ratio of 1:0.5 (weight ratio, 1:0.471). A phase 1 study evaluated relative bioavailability of TAS-102 tablets compared with an oral solution containing equivalent amounts of FTD and TPI. In an open-label, 2-sequence, 3-period, crossover bioavailability study (part 1), patients 18 years or older with advanced solid tumors were randomized to receive TAS-102 tablets (60 mg; 3 × 20-mg tablets) on day 1 and TAS-102 oral solution (60 mg) on days 8 and 15, or the opposite sequence. In an extension (part 2), all patients received TAS-102 tablets. Of the 46 patients treated in the crossover study, 38 were evaluable in the crossover bioavailability pharmacokinetic population. For area under the concentration-time curve (AUC) 0-∞ and AUC 0-last for FTD and TPI, and maximum plasma concentration (C max ) for TPI, the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) of the geometric mean ratios were within the 0.80 to 1.25 boundary for demonstration of bioequivalence; for FTD C max , the lower limit of the 90%CI was 0.786. The most frequently reported treatment-related grade 3 or 4 adverse events were neutropenia (7 patients) and decreased neutrophil count (3 patients). Although the lower limit of the 90%CI for the geometric mean ratio of FTD C max was slightly lower than 0.80, the bioavailability of the TAS-102 tablet is considered clinically similar to that of a TAS-102 oral solution. TAS-102 was well tolerated in this population of patients with advanced solid tumors. © 2016, The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

Comparative fasting bioavailability of 2 bepotastine formulations in healthy male Chinese volunteers: an open-label, randomized, single-dose, 2-way crossover study.

PubMed

Shentu, Jianzhong; Zhou, Huili; Hu, Xingjiang; Wu, Guolan; Wu, Lihua; Zhu, Meixiang; Zhai, You; Zheng, Yunliang; Liu, Jian

2014-04-01

Bepotastine is a second-generation histamine1 receptor antagonist that is used in the treatment of allergic rhinitis, urticaria, and pruritus associated with skin disease. A new generic formulation of bepotastine has been developed in China, and information concerning bioavailability and pharmacokinetic properties in the Chinese population has not been reported. The aim of the present study was to compare the bioavailability and pharmacokinetic properties of 2 tablet formulations of bepotastine, the 10-mg generic formulation (test) and a branded formulation (reference), in healthy male Chinese volunteers to obtain registration approval of the test formulation. A single-center, open-label, randomized, 2-way crossover study with a 1-week washout period was conducted in 24 healthy male volunteers. Blood samples were collected for 16 hours after a single dose of the 10-mg bepotastine test formulation or the reference formulation. Plasma bepotastine concentrations were determined using a validated LC-MS/MS method. Cmax, Tmax, AUC₀-t, AUC₀-∞, and t½ were determined using noncompartmental analysis. The formulations were considered bioequivalent if the 90% CIs for the log-transformed Cmax and AUC values were within the predetermined interval of 75% to 133% and 80% to 125%, respectively, according to the guidelines of the China Food and Drug Administration. No significant differences were found in mean (SD) pharmacokinetic parameters between the test and reference drugs, including Cmax (74.81 [9.91] ng/mL vs 78.60 [29.58] ng/mL), AUC₀-t (295.55[115.29] ng·h/mL vs 299.17[109.29] ng·h/mL), and AUC0-∞ (305.28 [118.50] ng·h/mL vs 310.90 [112.20] ng·h/mL). The mean (SD) t½ values of the test and reference formulations were 2.53 (0.50) hours and 2.62 (0.41) hours, respectively. The 90% CIs of the treatment ratios for the logarithmic transformed values of Cmax, AUC₀-t, and AUC₀-∞ were 86.96% to 101.80%, 93.22% to 104.13%, and 92.66% to 103.30%, respectively

78 FR 66743 - Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Iron Sucrose; Availability

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-11-06

... DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Food and Drug Administration [Docket No. FDA-2007-D-0369] Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Iron Sucrose; Availability AGENCY... guidance, FDA recommended an in vivo fasting BE study with pharmacokinetic endpoints and in vitro studies...

78 FR 46965 - Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Mesalamine Rectal Suppositories...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-08-02

... Recommendations for Mesalamine.'' The recommendations provide specific guidance on the design of bioequivalence... suppositories: A fasting BE study with pharmacokinetic endpoints and comparative in vitro studies (melting point...). The draft guidance, when finalized, will represent the Agency's current thinking on the design of BE...

Pharmacokinetics of lacosamide and omeprazole coadministration in healthy volunteers: results from a phase I, randomized, crossover trial.

PubMed

Cawello, Willi; Mueller-Voessing, Christa; Fichtner, Andreas

2014-05-01

The antiepileptic drug lacosamide has a low potential for drug-drug interactions, but is a substrate and moderate inhibitor of the cytochrome P450 (CYP) enzyme CYP2C19. This phase I, randomized, open-label, two-way crossover trial evaluated the pharmacokinetic effects of lacosamide and omeprazole coadministration. Healthy, White, male volunteers (n = 36) who were not poor metabolizers of CYP2C19 were randomized to treatment A (single-dose 40 mg omeprazole on days 1 and 8 together with 6 days of multiple-dose lacosamide [200-600 mg/day] on days 3-8) and treatment B (single doses of 300 mg lacosamide on days 1 and 8 with 7 days of 40 mg/day omeprazole on days 3-9) in pseudorandom order, separated by a ≥ 7-day washout period. Area under the concentration-time curve (AUC) and peak concentration (C(max)) were the primary pharmacokinetic parameters measured for lacosamide or omeprazole administered alone (reference) or in combination (test). Bioequivalence was determined if the 90 % confidence interval (CI) of the ratio (test/reference) fell within the acceptance range of 0.8-1.25. The point estimates (90 % CI) of the ratio of omeprazole + lacosamide coadministered versus omeprazole alone for AUC (1.098 [0.996-1.209]) and C(max) (1.105 [0.979-1.247]) fell within the acceptance range for bioequivalence. The point estimates (90 % CI) of the ratio of lacosamide + omeprazole coadministration versus lacosamide alone also fell within the acceptance range for bioequivalence (AUC 1.133 [1.102-1.165]); C(max) 0.996 (0.947-1.047). Steady-state lacosamide did not influence omeprazole single-dose pharmacokinetics, and multiple-dose omeprazole did not influence lacosamide single-dose pharmacokinetics.

Bioequivalance and pharmacokinetic study of febuxostat in human plasma by using LC-MS/MS with liquid liquid extraction method.

PubMed

Chandu, Babu Rao; Kanala, Kanchanamala; Hwisa, Nagiat T; Katakam, Prakash; Khagga, Mukkanti

2013-12-01

A bioequivalence study was proved of generic Febuxostat 80 mg tablets (T) in healthy volunteers.For this purpose, Authors developed a simple, sensitive, selective, rapid, rugged and reproducible liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method for the quantification of Febuxostat (FB) in human plasma using Febuxostat D7 (FBD7) as an internal standard (IS) was used. Chromatographic separation was performed on Ascentis Express C18 (50x4.6 mm, 3.5 μ) column. Mobile phase composed of 10 mM Ammonium formate: Acetonitrile (20:80 v/v), with 0.8 mL/min flow-rate. Drug and IS were extracted by Liquid- liquid extraction. FB and FBD7 were detected with proton adducts at m/z 317.1→261.1 and 324.2→262.1 in multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) positive mode respectively. The method was validated with the correlation coefficients of (r(2)) ≥ 0.9850 over a linear concentration range of 1.00-8000.00 ng/mL. This method demonstrated intra and inter-day precision within 2.64 to 3.88 and 2.76 to 8.44% and accuracy within 97.33 to 99.05 and 100.30 to 103.19% for FB. This method is successfully applied in the Bioequivalence study of 9 human volunteers.

78 FR 20925 - Draft and Revised Draft Guidances for Industry Describing Product-Specific Bioequivalence...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-04-08

... Recommendations; Availability AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS. ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: The Food and...-specific bioequivalence (BE) recommendations. The recommendations provide product-specific guidance on the design of BE studies to support abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs). In the Federal Register of...

77 FR 35688 - Draft and Revised Draft Guidances for Industry Describing Product-Specific Bioequivalence...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-06-14

... Recommendations; Availability AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS. ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: The Food and...-specific bioequivalence (BE) recommendations. The recommendations provide product-specific guidance on the design of BE studies to support abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs). In the Federal Register of...

77 FR 16842 - Draft and Revised Draft Guidances for Industry Describing Product-Specific Bioequivalence...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-03-22

... Recommendations; Availability AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS. ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: The Food and...-specific bioequivalence (BE) recommendations. The recommendations provide product-specific guidance on the design of BE studies to support abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs). In the Federal Register of...

Comparative bioavailability study of cefuroxime axetil (equivalent to 500 mg cefuroxime/tablet) tablets (Zednad® versus Zinnat®) in healthy male volunteers.

PubMed

Asiri, Y A; Al-Hadiya, B M; Kadi, A A; Al-Khamis, K I; Mowafy, H A; El-Sayed, Y M

2011-09-01

This study was performed to investigate the bioequivalence of cefuroxime axetil tablets between a generic test product (A) Zednad® Tablet (500 mg cefuroxime/ tablet, Diamond Pharma, Syria), and the Reference Product (B) Zinnat® Tablet (500 mg cefuroxime/tablet, GlaxoSmithKline, Saudi Arabia). The bioavailability study was carried out for 24 healthy male volunteers. The subjects received 1 Zednad® Tablet (500 mg/ tablet) and 1 Zinnat® Tablet (500 mg/tablet) in a randomized, two-way crossover design fashion on 2 treatment days, after an overnight fast of at least 10 h, with a washout period of 7 days. 24 volunteers plus 2 alternatives completed the crossover. The bioanalysis of clinical plasma samples was accomplished by HPLC method, which was developed and validated in accordance with international guidelines. Pharmacokinetic parameters, determined by standard non-compartmental methods, and ANOVA statistics were calculated using SAS Statistical Software. The significance of a sequence effect was tested using the subjects nested in sequence as the error term. The 90% confidence intervals for the ratio between the test and reference product pharmacokinetic parameters of AUC0→t, AUC0→∞, and Cmax were calculated and found to be within the confidence limits of 80.00 - 125.00% for AUC0→t, AUC0→∞ and Cmax. The study demonstrated that the test product (A) was found bioequivalent to the reference product (B) following an oral dose of 500 mg tablet. Therefore, the two formulations were considered to be bioequivalent.

Pharmacokinetics and bioequivalence of a rosuvastatin/ezetimibe fixed-dose combination tablet versus single agents in healthy male subjects
.

PubMed

Kang, Woo Youl; Seong, Sook Jin; Ohk, Boram; Gwon, Mi-Ri; Kim, Bo Kyung; Na, Sookie; Kim, Hyun-Ju; Yoon, Young-Ran; Lee, Hae Won

2018-01-01

The pharmacokinetic profiles and bioequivalence of a new rosuvastatin/ezetimibe fixed-dose combination (FDC; NVP-1205) vs. rosuvastatin and ezetimibe concomitantly administered as single agents were evaluated. In this open-label, single-dose, crossover study (NCT02029625), eligible subjects were randomly assigned in a 1 : 1 ratio to receive a single dose of rosuvastatin (10 mg) with ezetimibe (10 mg) as either a FDC or as single agents concomitantly administered under fasted conditions, followed by a 2-week washout period and administration of the alternate formulation. Serial blood samples were collected predose and up to 96 hours postdose in each period for determination of plasma rosuvastatin and ezetimibe concentrations by liquid-chromatography tandem mass spectroscopy and calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters. The mean C_max and AUC_0-t values of rosuvastatin were 12.5 ng/mL and 115.6 ng×h/mL for the FDC, and 12.2 ng/mL and 115.1 ng×h/mL for the single agents concomitantly administered, respectively. The mean C_max and AUC_0-t values of ezetimibe were 4.7 ng/mL and 67.3 ng×h/mL for the FDC, and 4.5 ng/mL and 68.2 ng×h/mL for the single agents concomitantly administered, respectively. The geometric mean ratio (GMR) and 90% confidence interval (CI) for the rosuvastatin C_max and AUC_0-t were 106.20 (96.62 - 116.74) and 102.88 (96.32 - 109.90), respectively. The GMR and 90% CI for the ezetimibe C_max and AUC_0-t were 108.96 (98.56 - 120.51) and 98.13 (92.01 - 104.66), respectively. All treatments were well tolerated during this study, with no serious adverse events reported. The rosuvastatin/ezetimibe (10/10 mg) FDC was bioequivalent to single agents concomitantly administered. A single dose of rosuvastatin/ezetimibe as the FDC or as single agents was well tolerated.
.

Acceptability and characteristics of 124 human bioequivalence studies with active substances classified according to the Biopharmaceutic Classification System

PubMed Central

Ramirez, Elena; Laosa, Olga; Guerra, Pedro; Duque, Blanca; Mosquera, Beatriz; Borobia, Alberto M; Lei, Suhua H; Carcas, Antonio J; Frias, Jesus

2010-01-01

AIM The aim of this study was to evaluate the acceptability of 124 bioequivalence (BE) studies with 80 active substances categorized according to the Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS) in order to establish if there were different probabilities of proving BE between the different BCS classes. METHODS We evaluated the differences between pharmaceutical products with active substances from different BCS classes in terms of acceptability, number of subjects in the study (n), the point estimates, and intra- and inter-subject coefficients of variation data from BE studies with generic products. RESULTS Out of 124 BE studies 89 (71.77%) were performed with pharmaceutical products containing active substances classified by the BCS. In all BCS classes there were non-bioequivalent pharmaceutical products: 4 out of 26 (15.38%) in class 1, 14 out of 28 (50%) in class 2, 3 out of 22 (13.63%) in class 3 and 1 out of 13 (7.69%) in class 4. When we removed those pharmaceutical products in which intra-subject variability was higher than predicted (2 in class 1 active substances, 9 in class 2 and 2 in class 3) there were still non-BE pharmaceutical products in classes 1, 2 and 3. CONCLUSIONS Comparisons between pharmaceutical products with active substances from the four BCS classes have not allowed us to define differential characteristics of each class in terms of n, inter and intra-subject variability for Cmax or AUC. Despite the usually employed test dissolution methodology proposed as quality control, pharmaceutical products with active substances from the four classes of BCS showed non-BE studies. PMID:21039763

Bioequivalence of isoniazid in a two drug fixed dose combination and in a single drug dosage form.

PubMed

Agrawal, S; Kaul, C L; Panchagnula, R

2001-08-01

To increase the patient compliance and reduce the risk of drug resistant strains, WHO and IUATLD recommend the use of Fixed Dose Combination (FDC) tablets as a routine therapeutic regimen in Directly Observed Treatment Shortcourse (DOTS). But the main issue in the use of FDC is the quality of the formulation. At present WHO and IUATLD suggest the bioequivalence assessment of only rifampicin from FDC compared to separate formulations. For the therapeutic effectiveness all the components of the FDCs should be bioavailable at tissue site. Also, the primary and acquired resistance rate of isoniazid is much higher compared to other anti-tubercular drugs. Hence, a comparative bioavailability study of isoniazid from a two drugs FDC compared to a separate formulation was carried out on a group of 12 healthy volunteers. When evaluated by normal or log transformed confidence interval, Two Way ANOVA and Hauschke analysis, the bioequivalence limits for AUC0-8 and AUC0-24 were within 0.8-1.25. For Cmax and Tmax, these limits were within 0.7-1.43. Hence, isoniazid from a FDC formulation was found to be bioequivalent to a separate formulation at same dose levels.

Tolerability, pharmacokinetics, and bioequivalence of the tablet and syrup formulations of lacosamide in plasma, saliva, and urine: saliva as a surrogate of pharmacokinetics in the central compartment.

PubMed

Cawello, Willi; Bökens, Hilmar; Nickel, Brunhild; Andreas, Jens-Otto; Halabi, Atef

2013-01-01

To test for bioequivalence of 200 mg lacosamide oral tablet and syrup formulations. Additional objectives were to compare the pharmacokinetic profile of lacosamide in saliva and plasma, and to evaluate its tolerability. This open-label, randomized, two-way crossover trial was conducted in 16 healthy Caucasian male participants in Germany. The bioequivalence of 200 mg lacosamide tablet and syrup was evaluated using plasma to determine maximum measured concentration (C(max)) and area under the curve from zero to the last time point (AUC)(0-tz). Plasma and saliva samples for evaluation of pharmacokinetic parameters of lacosamide and the major metabolite O-desmethyl lacosamide (SPM 12809) were taken over 15 time points (0.5-72 h) and used to statistically compare bioavailability of the two. Urine samples were collected predose and over five time points (0-48 h) to evaluate the cumulative amount of unchanged drug and metabolite. Lacosamide median time to reach C(max) (t(max)) was 1 h for tablet and 0.5 h for syrup in plasma and saliva. Mean terminal half life (t(½)) for tablet and syrup was 12.5 and 12.4 h in plasma, and 13.1 and 13.3 h in saliva, respectively. Tablet and syrup mean plasma AUC(0-tz) was 84.5 and 83.3 μg/mL*h, respectively. Mean AUC(0-tz) in saliva was 93.2 μg/mL*h for tablet and syrup. Mean C(max) for tablet was 5.26 μg/mL in plasma and 5.63 μg/mL in saliva. Syrup mean C(max) was 5.14 and 8.32 μg/mL in plasma and saliva, respectively. Within 2 h of syrup administration, elevated lacosamide concentration in saliva compared to plasma was observed. The ratio of lacosamide syrup to tablet was 0.98 for C(max) and 0.99 for AUC(0-tz) in plasma, and 1.00 for AUC((0-tz)) in saliva; the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for these parameters were within the range of 0.80-1.25, which meets accepted bioequivalence criteria. The syrup-to-tablet ratio for C(max) in saliva was 1.48, and the 90% CIs exceeded the accepted upper boundary for bioequivalence (1

Studies on Methanol Crossover in Liquid-Feed Direct Methanol Pem Fuel Cells

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Narayanan, S. R.

1995-01-01

The performance of liquid feed direct methanol fuel cells using various types of Nafion membranes as the solid polymer electrolyte have been studied. The rate of fuel crossover and electrical performance has been measured for cells with Nafion membranes of various thicknesses and equivalent weights. The crossover rate is found to decrease with increasing thickness and applied current. The dependence of crossover rate on current density can be understood in terms of a simple linear diffusion model which suggests that the crossover rate can be influenced by the electrode structure in addition to the membrane. The studies suggest that Nafion EW 1500 is a very promising alternate to Nafion EW 1100 for direct methanol fuel cells.

Analysis of Non-Pivotal Bioequivalence Studies Submitted in Abbreviated New Drug Submissions for Delayed-Release Drug Products.

PubMed

Kaur, Paramjeet; Jiang, Xiaojian; Stier, Ethan

2017-01-01

The US FDA's rule on "Requirements for Submission of Bioequivalence Data" requiring submission of all bioequivalence (BE) studies conducted on the same formulation of the drug product submitted for approval was published in Federal Register in January 2009. With the publication of this rule, we evaluated the impact of data from non-pivotal BE studies in assessing BE and identified the reasons for failed in vivo BE studies for generic oral delayed-release (DR) drug products only. We searched the Agency databases from January 2009 toDecember 2016 to identify Abbreviated New Drug Applications (ANDAs) submitted for DR drug products containing non-pivotal BE studies. Out of 202 ANDAs, 43 ANDAs contained 102 non-pivotal BE studies. Forty-nine non-pivotal BE studies were conducted on the to-be-marketed (TBM) formulation and 53 were conducted on formulations different from the TBM formulation. These experimental formulations primarily differed in the ratio of components of the enteric coating layer and/or amount (i.e., %w/w) of enteric coating layer. Of the 49 non-pivotal BE studies conducted on the TBM formulation, 41 failed to meet the BE acceptance criteria. The majority of failed non-pivotal BE studies on the TBM DR generic products had insufficient power, which was expected as these studies are exploratory in nature and not designed to have adequate power to pass the BE statistical criteria. In addition, among the failed non-pivotal BE studies on the TBM DR generic products, the most commonly failing pharmacokinetic parameter was Cmax. The data from these non-pivotal BE studies indicate that inadequate BE study design can lead to failure of the BE on the same formulation. Also, the non-pivotal BE studies on formulations different from the TBM formulation help us link the formulation design to the product performance in vivo. This article is open to POST-PUBLICATION REVIEW. Registered readers (see "For Readers") may comment by clicking on ABSTRACT on the issue

21 CFR 320.24 - Types of evidence to measure bioavailability or establish bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... effectiveness of the drug product, for purposes of measuring bioavailability, or appropriately designed comparative clinical trials, for purposes of demonstrating bioequivalence. This approach is the least accurate...

21 CFR 320.24 - Types of evidence to measure bioavailability or establish bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

... effectiveness of the drug product, for purposes of measuring bioavailability, or appropriately designed comparative clinical trials, for purposes of demonstrating bioequivalence. This approach is the least accurate...

21 CFR 320.24 - Types of evidence to measure bioavailability or establish bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

... effectiveness of the drug product, for purposes of measuring bioavailability, or appropriately designed comparative clinical trials, for purposes of demonstrating bioequivalence. This approach is the least accurate...

21 CFR 320.24 - Types of evidence to measure bioavailability or establish bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... effectiveness of the drug product, for purposes of measuring bioavailability, or appropriately designed comparative clinical trials, for purposes of demonstrating bioequivalence. This approach is the least accurate...

21 CFR 320.24 - Types of evidence to measure bioavailability or establish bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... effectiveness of the drug product, for purposes of measuring bioavailability, or appropriately designed comparative clinical trials, for purposes of demonstrating bioequivalence. This approach is the least accurate...

21 CFR 320.30 - Inquiries regarding bioavailability and bioequivalence requirements and review of protocols by...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... bioequivalence requirements and review of protocols by the Food and Drug Administration. 320.30 Section 320.30... requirements and review of protocols by the Food and Drug Administration. (a) The Commissioner of Food and... for the study to FDA for review prior to the initiation of the study. (b) FDA may review a proposed...

21 CFR 320.30 - Inquiries regarding bioavailability and bioequivalence requirements and review of protocols by...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

... bioequivalence requirements and review of protocols by the Food and Drug Administration. 320.30 Section 320.30... requirements and review of protocols by the Food and Drug Administration. (a) The Commissioner of Food and... for the study to FDA for review prior to the initiation of the study. (b) FDA may review a proposed...

21 CFR 320.30 - Inquiries regarding bioavailability and bioequivalence requirements and review of protocols by...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

... bioequivalence requirements and review of protocols by the Food and Drug Administration. 320.30 Section 320.30... requirements and review of protocols by the Food and Drug Administration. (a) The Commissioner of Food and... for the study to FDA for review prior to the initiation of the study. (b) FDA may review a proposed...

Effect of Truncating AUC at 12, 24 and 48 hr When Evaluating the Bioequivalence of Drugs with a Long Half-Life.

PubMed

Moreno, Isabel; Ochoa, Dolores; Román, Manuel; Cabaleiro, Teresa; Abad-Santos, Francisco

2016-01-01

Bioequivalence studies of drugs with a long half-life require long periods of time for pharmacokinetic sampling. The latest update of the European guideline allows the area under the curve (AUC) truncated at 72 hr to be used as an alternative to AUC0-t as the primary parameter. The objective of this study was to evaluate the effect of truncating the AUC at 48, 24 and 12 hr on the acceptance of the bioequivalence criterion as compared with truncation at 72 hr in bioequivalence trials. The effect of truncated AUC on the within-individual coefficient of variation (CVw) and on the ratio of the formulations was also analysed. Twenty-eight drugs were selected from bioequivalence trials. Pharmacokinetic data were analysed using WinNonLin 2.0 based on the trapezoidal method. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) was performed to obtain the ratios and 90% confidence intervals for AUC at different time-points. The degree of agreement of AUC0-72 in relation to AUC0-48 and AUC0-24, according to the Landis and Koch classification, was 'almost perfect'. Statistically significant differences were observed when the CVw of AUC truncated at 72, 48 and 24 hr was compared with the CVw of AUC0-12. There were no statistically significant differences in the AUC ratio at any time-point. Compared to AUC0-72, Pearson's correlation coefficient for mean AUC, AUC ratio and AUC CVw was worse for AUC0-12 than AUC0-24 or AUC0-48. These preliminary results could suggest that AUC truncation at 24 or 48 hr is adequate to determine whether two formulations are bioequivalent. © 2015 Nordic Association for the Publication of BCPT (former Nordic Pharmacological Society).

[Relative bioavailability study of two oral formulations of mycophenolate mofetil in healthy volunteers].

PubMed

Saavedra S, Iván; Sasso A, Jaime; Quiñones S, Luis; Saavedra B, Mónica; Gaete G, Leonardo; Boza T, Ignacio; Carvajal H, Cristóbal; Soto L, Jorge

2011-07-01

The bioequivalence of different formulations of a same pharmaceutical product must be tested empirically. To evaluate the relative bioavailability for an oralformulation of mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) (Linfonex™) compared to the reference formulation (Cellcept™) to determine the bioequivalence between both formulations. A randomized, crossover, double-blind trial in 22 healthy male volunteers, who received a single oral dose of 1000 mg of Linfonex and Cellcept with a washout period of 10 days. Plasma levels of the drug were determined by high performance liquid chr ornatography. Plasma concentrations were plotted and maximum concentration, area under the plasma concentration versus time between 0 and 12 hours after administration and área under plasma concentration curve versus time after administration between 0 and infinity, were calculated for both products. The active compound, mycophenolic acid, was similarly absorbed in both formulations. No statistically significant differences were found in calculated pharmacokinetic parameters between both formulations. Linfonex™ 500 mg is bioequivalent to Cellcept™ 500 mg.

21 CFR 320.22 - Criteria for waiver of evidence of in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Criteria for waiver of evidence of in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence. 320.22 Section 320.22 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT... indication in a Drug Efficacy Study Implementation notice or which is identical, related, or similar to such...

21 CFR 320.22 - Criteria for waiver of evidence of in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Criteria for waiver of evidence of in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence. 320.22 Section 320.22 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT... indication in a Drug Efficacy Study Implementation notice or which is identical, related, or similar to such...

21 CFR 320.22 - Criteria for waiver of evidence of in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Criteria for waiver of evidence of in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence. 320.22 Section 320.22 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT... indication in a Drug Efficacy Study Implementation notice or which is identical, related, or similar to such...

21 CFR 320.22 - Criteria for waiver of evidence of in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Criteria for waiver of evidence of in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence. 320.22 Section 320.22 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT... indication in a Drug Efficacy Study Implementation notice or which is identical, related, or similar to such...

21 CFR 320.22 - Criteria for waiver of evidence of in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Criteria for waiver of evidence of in vivo bioavailability or bioequivalence. 320.22 Section 320.22 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT... indication in a Drug Efficacy Study Implementation notice or which is identical, related, or similar to such...

Investigation of the Bioequivalence of Rosuvastatin 20 mg Tablets after a Single Oral Administration in Mediterranean Arabs Using a Validated LC-MS/MS Method

PubMed Central

Zaid, Abdel Naser; Al Ramahi, Rowa; Cortesi, Rita; Mousa, Ayman; Jaradat, Nidal; Ghazal, Nadia; Bustami, Rana

2016-01-01

There is a wide inter-individual response to statin therapy including rosuvastatin calcium (RC), and it has been hypothesized that genetic differences may contribute to these variations. In fact, several studies have shown that pharmacokinetic (PK) parameters for RC are affected by race. The aim of this study is to demonstrate the interchangeability between two generic RC 20 mg film-coated tablets under fasting conditions among Mediterranean Arabs and to compare the pharmacokinetic results with Asian and Caucasian subjects from other studies. A single oral RC 20 mg dose, randomized, open-label, two-way crossover design study was conducted in 30 healthy Mediterranean Arab volunteers. Blood samples were collected prior to dosing and over a 72-h period. Concentrations in plasma were quantified using a validated liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry method. Twenty-six volunteers completed the study. Statistical comparison of the main PK parameters showed no significant difference between the generic and branded products. The point estimates (ratios of geometric mean %) were 107.73 (96.57–120.17), 103.61 (94.03–114.16), and 104.23 (94.84–114.54) for peak plasma concentration (Cmax), Area Under the Curve (AUC)0→last, and AUC0→∞, respectively. The 90% confidence intervals were within the pre-defined limits of 80%–125% as specified by the Food and Drug Administration and European Medicines Agency for bioequivalence studies. Both formulations were well-tolerated and no serious adverse events were reported. The PK results (AUC0→last and Cmax) were close to those of the Caucasian subjects. This study showed that the test and reference products met the regulatory criteria for bioequivalence following a 20 mg oral dose of RC under fasting conditions. Both formulations also showed comparable safety results. The PK results of the test and reference in the study subjects fall within the acceptable interval of 80%–125% and they were very close to the

Significance of metabolites in bioequivalence: losartan potassium as a case study.

PubMed

Charoo, Naseem Ahmad; Cristofoletti, Rodrigo; Khatri, Aamer Roshanali; Ali, Areeg Anwer

2014-06-01

Estimation of metabolite data as a supportive evidence of comparable therapeutic outcome is recommended by various guidance documents. However, a consensus on using it solely to establish bioequivalence (BE) is lacking as parent drug is believed to detect pharmacokinetic differences between test and reference formulations better. Four BE studies of losartan potassium reported in the literature are reviewed. In all the four studies, 90% confidence intervals (CIs) of geometric mean ratios of the test and reference formulations for maximum blood drug concentration (Cmax ) of losartan potassium were outside the acceptable range of 80%-125%, whereas, 90% CIs for its active metabolite, losartan carboxylic acid (LCA), were within the acceptance criteria. Although BE with respect to area under the plasma concentration versus time profile curve was demonstrated in all the cases, BE with respect to Cmax could not be established. However, marketing authorization in all the four cases was granted based on scientific evidence that LCA is 10-40 times more potent than losartan, LCA exhibited higher plasma concentration levels than losartan, pharmacodynamic effects correlate with LCA, and losartan shows wide therapeutic index. Further, widened CI limits for losartan were accepted. Losartan presents an opportunity in the diligence of the principles of quality risk management for selecting moiety on which BE decision must be based. © 2014 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. and the American Pharmacists Association.

Proposing the Use of Partial AUC as an Adjunctive Measure in Establishing Bioequivalence Between Deltoid and Gluteal Administration of Long-Acting Injectable Antipsychotics.

PubMed

Lee, Lik Hang N; Choi, Charles; Gershkovich, Pavel; Barr, Alasdair M; Honer, William G; Procyshyn, Ric M

2016-12-01

The maximum plasma concentration (C max ) and the area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC) are commonly used to establish bioequivalence between two formulations of the same oral medication. Similarly, these pharmacokinetic parameters have also been used to establish bioequivalence between two sites of administration for the same injectable formulation. However, these conventional methods of establishing bioequivalence are of limited use when comparing modified-release formulations of a drug, particularly those with rates of absorption that are amenable to change with the site of injection. Inherent differences in the rate of absorption can result in clinically significant differences in early exposure and drug response. Here, we propose the use of the partial AUC (pAUC) as a measure of early exposure to aid in the assessment of bioequivalence between the gluteal and the deltoid site of administration for long-acting injectable antipsychotics.

Bioequivalence and Pharmacokinetic Evaluation Study of Acetaminophen vs. Acetaminophen Plus Caffeine Tablets in Healthy Mexican Volunteers.

PubMed

Guzmán, Nora Angélica Núñez; Molina, Daniel Ruiz; Núñez, Benigno Figueroa; Soto-Sosa, Juan Carlos; Abarca, Jorge Eduardo Herrera

2016-12-01

The aim of this clinical trial was to establish the bioequivalence of two tablets containing acetaminophen 650 mg (reference) and acetaminophen 650 mg plus caffeine 65 mg (test), administered orally, in fasting conditions in healthy Mexican volunteers. Blood samples were taken from 21 male and five female individuals, during a 24-h period, to characterize the pharmacokinetic profile of acetaminophen. Plasma samples were quantified by ultra-performance liquid chromatography, tandem mass spectrometry. Pharmacokinetic metrics (maximum plasma concentration, area under the curve from time zero to the last sampling time, and area under the curve from time zero to infinity) were used to determine the 90 % confidence interval of the test/reference coefficient. The geometric mean values for maximum plasma concentration obtained for the reference and test products were 9.46 ± 34.21 and 9.72 ± 32.38 µg/mL, respectively, whereas for the area under the curve from time zero to the last sampling time the values obtained were 34.93 ± 32.58 and 35.89 ± 31.03 µg h/mL for the reference and test formulations, respectively. The 90 % confidence intervals were within the acceptance range (80-125 %). The test product was bioequivalent to the reference product. A faster absorption was seen in the test formulation in the Mexican population.

Meiotic recombination protein Rec12: functional conservation, crossover homeostasis and early crossover/non-crossover decision

PubMed Central

Kan, Fengling; Davidson, Mari K.; Wahls, Wayne P.

2011-01-01

In fission yeast and other eukaryotes, Rec12 (Spo11) is thought to catalyze the formation of dsDNA breaks (DSBs) that initiate homologous recombination in meiosis. Rec12 is orthologous to the catalytic subunit of topoisomerase VI (Top6A). Guided by the crystal structure of Top6A, we engineered the rec12 locus to encode Rec12 proteins each with a single amino acid substitution in a conserved residue. Of 21 substitutions, 10 significantly reduced or abolished meiotic DSBs, gene conversion, crossover recombination and the faithful segregation of chromosomes. Critical residues map within the metal ion-binding pocket toprim (E179A, D229A, D231A), catalytic region 5Y-CAP (R94A, D95A, Y98F) and the DNA-binding interface (K201A, G202E, R209A, K242A). A subset of substitutions reduced DSBs but maintained crossovers, demonstrating crossover homeostasis. Furthermore, a strong separation of function mutation (R304A) suggests that the crossover/non-crossover decision is established early by a protein–protein interaction surface of Rec12. Fission yeast has multiple crossovers per bivalent, and chromosome segregation was robust above a threshold of about one crossover per bivalent, below which non-disjunction occurred. These results support structural and functional conservation among Rec12/Spo11/Top6A family members for the catalysis of DSBs, and they reveal how Rec12 regulates other features of meiotic chromosome dynamics. PMID:21030440

Pharmacokinetics and bioequivalence of ranitidine and bismuth derived from two compound preparations

PubMed Central

Zhou, Quan; Ruan, Zou-Rong; Yuan, Hong; Jiang, Bo; Xu, Dong-Hang

2006-01-01

AIM: To evaluate the bioequivalence of ranitidine and bismuth derived from two compound preparations. METHODS: The bioavailability was measured in 20 healthy male Chinese volunteers following a single oral dose (equivalent to 200 mg of ranitidine and 220 mg of bismuth) of the test or reference products in the fasting state. Then blood samples were collected for 24 h. Plasma concentrations of ranitidine and bismuth were analyzed by high-performance liquid chromatography and inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry (ICP-MS), respectively. The non-compartmental method was used for pharmacokinetic analysis. Log-transformed Cmax, AUC(0-t) and AUC(0-infinity) were tested for bioequivalence using ANOVA and Schuirmann two-one sided t-test. Tmax was analyzed by Wilcoxon’s test. RESULTS: Various pharmacokinetic parameters of ranitidine derived from the two compound preparations, including Cmax, AUC(0-t), AUC(0-infinity), Tmax and T1/2, were nearly consistent with previous observations. These parameters derived from test and reference drug were as follows: Cmax (0.67 ± 0.21 vs 0.68 ± 0.22 mg/L), AUC(0-t) (3.1 ± 0.6 vs 3.0 ± 0.7 mg/L per hour), AUC(0-infinity) (3.3 ± 0.6 vs 3.2 ± 0.8 mg/L per hour), Tmax (2.3 ± 0.9 vs 2.1 ± 0.9 h) and T1/2 (2.8 ± 0.3 vs 3.1 ± 0.4 h). In addition, double-peak absorption profiles of ranitidine were found in some Chinese volunteers. For bismuth, those parameters derived from test and reference drug were as follows: Cmax (11.80 ± 7.36 vs 11.40 ± 6.55 μg/L), AUC(0-t) (46.65 ± 16.97 vs 47.03 ± 21.49 μg/L per hour), Tmax (0.50 ± 0.20 vs 0.50 ± 0.20 h) and T1/2 (10.2 ± 2.3 vs 13.0 ± 6.9 h). Ninety percent of confidence intervals for the test/reference ratio of Cmax, AUC(0-t) and AUC(0-infinity) derived from both ranitidine and bismuth were found within the bioequivalence acceptable range of 80%-125%. No significant difference was found in Tmax derived from both ranitidine and bismuth. CONCLUSION: The two compound preparations

Assessment of bioequivalence of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide in a four drug fixed dose combination with separate formulations at the same dose levels.

PubMed

Agrawal, Shrutidevi; Kaur, Kanwal Jit; Singh, Inderjit; Bhade, Shantaram R; Kaul, Chaman Lal; Panchagnula, Ramesh

2002-02-21

Tuberculosis (TB) needs treatment with three to five different drugs simultaneously, depending on the patient category. These drugs can be given as single drug preparations or fixed dose combinations (FDCs) of two more drugs in a single formulation. World Health Organization and International Union against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease (IUATLD) recommend FDCs only of proven bioavailability. The relative bioavailability of rifampicin (RIF), isoniazid (INH) and pyrazinamide (PYZ) was assessed on a group of 13 healthy male subjects from a four drug FDC versus separate formulations at the same dose levels. The study was designed to be an open, crossover experiment. A total of nine blood samples each of 3 ml volume were collected over a period of 24-h. The concentrations of RIF, its main metabolite desacetyl RIF (DRIF), INH and PYZ in plasma were assessed by HPLC analysis. Pharmacokinetic parameters namely AUC(0-24), AUC(0-inf), C(max), T(max), were calculated and subjected to different statistical tests (Hauschke analysis, two way ANOVA, normal and log transformed confidence interval) at 90% confidence interval. In addition, elimination rate constant (K(el)) and absorption efficiencies for each drug were also calculated. It was concluded that four drugs FDC tablet is bioequivalent for RIF, INH and PYZ to separate formulation at the same dose levels.

Scientific perspectives on extending the provision for waivers of in vivo bioavailability and bioequivalence studies for drug products containing high solubility-low permeability drugs (BCS-Class 3).

PubMed

Stavchansky, Salomon

2008-06-01

Recently, there has been increased interest in extending the provision for waivers of in vivo bioavailability and bioequivalence (BA-BE) studies that appeared in the guidance published by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) (1) to pharmaceutical products containing Class 3 drugs (High solubility-Low Permeability). The extension of the Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS) to Class 3 drugs is meritorious because of its impact on public health policy considerations. The rate limiting step in the absorption of Class 3 drugs is the permeability through the intestinal membrane. This commentary will focus its attention on the scientific considerations which need to be examined to assess the risk and the benefit prior to granting a waiver of in vivo bioavailability and/or bioequivalence studies for Class 3 drugs. It will examine the forces affecting the interconnectivity of the neuronal, immunological and hormonal systems in the gastrointestinal tract that may affect its permeability and functionality. It will also challenge the assumption that in vitro dissolution and in vitro permeability studies in tissue cultures in the presence and absence of excipients are good predictors for in vivo dissolution and in vivo permeability which are at the heart of the BCS.

77 FR 58399 - Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Pentosan Polysulfate Sodium...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-09-20

... Polysulfate Sodium Capsule; Availability AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS. ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY... entitled ``Bioequivalence Recommendations for Pentosan Polysulfate Sodium.'' The recommendations provide... (ANDAs) for pentosan polysulfate sodium capsule. DATES: Although you can comment on any guidance at any...

21 CFR 320.23 - Basis for measuring in vivo bioavailability or demonstrating bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

... HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS FOR HUMAN USE BIOAVAILABILITY AND BIOEQUIVALENCE REQUIREMENTS... bloodstream, bioavailability may be assessed by measurements intended to reflect the rate and extent to which... labeling, is not essential to the attainment of effective body drug concentrations on chronic use, and is...

21 CFR 320.23 - Basis for measuring in vivo bioavailability or demonstrating bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS FOR HUMAN USE BIOAVAILABILITY AND BIOEQUIVALENCE REQUIREMENTS... bloodstream, bioavailability may be assessed by measurements intended to reflect the rate and extent to which... labeling, is not essential to the attainment of effective body drug concentrations on chronic use, and is...

21 CFR 320.23 - Basis for measuring in vivo bioavailability or demonstrating bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS FOR HUMAN USE BIOAVAILABILITY AND BIOEQUIVALENCE REQUIREMENTS... bloodstream, bioavailability may be assessed by measurements intended to reflect the rate and extent to which... labeling, is not essential to the attainment of effective body drug concentrations on chronic use, and is...

21 CFR 320.23 - Basis for measuring in vivo bioavailability or demonstrating bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

... HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS FOR HUMAN USE BIOAVAILABILITY AND BIOEQUIVALENCE REQUIREMENTS... bloodstream, bioavailability may be assessed by measurements intended to reflect the rate and extent to which... labeling, is not essential to the attainment of effective body drug concentrations on chronic use, and is...

21 CFR 320.23 - Basis for measuring in vivo bioavailability or demonstrating bioequivalence.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS FOR HUMAN USE BIOAVAILABILITY AND BIOEQUIVALENCE REQUIREMENTS... bloodstream, bioavailability may be assessed by measurements intended to reflect the rate and extent to which... labeling, is not essential to the attainment of effective body drug concentrations on chronic use, and is...

Generics Substitution, Bioequivalence Standards, and International Oversight: Complex Issues Facing the FDA.

PubMed

Bate, Roger; Mathur, Aparna; Lever, Harry M; Thakur, Dinesh; Graedon, Joe; Cooperman, Tod; Mason, Preston; Fox, Erin R

2016-03-01

The regulations for assessing the quality of generic drugs and their bioequivalence to innovator products are outdated and need to be substantially modernized. There are multiple reasons why these changes are needed, including: (i) the regulations remain largely unchanged since the passage of the Hatch-Waxman Act in 1984; (ii) medication therapies have become substantially more complex over the three decades since the passage of the Act; (iii) a switch from an innovator drug to a generic drug, or switching from one generic to another, is not a benign process - there is substantial clinical professional judgment involved and in some instances these decisions should be better informed; and (iv) pharmaceutical ingredients for finished products, whether innovator or generic, are from multiple sources of supply, adding variability in their production, and which may not be accounted for in specification tolerances. When these elements are viewed together, they clearly suggest that more transparency of responsible manufacturers in product labels and updated standards for bioequivalence are required. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

A Pharmacokinetics Phase 1 Bioequivalence Study of the Trastuzumab Biosimilar MYL-1401O vs EU-Trastuzumab and US-Trastuzumab.

PubMed

Waller, Cornelius F; Vutikullird, Apinya; Lawrence, Tracey E; Shaw, Andrew; Liu, Mark Shiyao; Baczkowski, Mark; Sharma, Rajiv; Barve, Abhijit; Goyal, Parag; Donnelly, Charles; Sengupta, Nilanjan; Pennella, Eduardo J

2018-06-21

Trastuzumab is a humanized monoclonal antibody that binds the human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (HER2) oncoprotein and is an effective therapy for HER2-overexpressing breast cancer. MYL-1401O is a trastuzumab biosimilar. Here, we report results from a phase 1 study that investigated bioequivalence among MYL-1401O, reference EU-trastuzumab, and US-trastuzumab. This single-center, randomized, double-blind, three-arm, parallel-group, phase 1 study was conducted in healthy adult male volunteers. Subjects were randomized 1:1:1 to receive a single 8 mg kg -1 dose of MYL-1401O, EU-trastuzumab, or US-trastuzumab as a 90-minute intravenous infusion. Primary objective was to assess PK similarity among all three products. Primary endpoints assessed were peak serum concentration (Cmax), area under the serum concentration-time curve from time of dosing to time of last quantifiable concentration (AUC 0-last ), and AUC from time of dosing to infinity (AUC 0-∞ ). Secondary endpoints included time of Cmax (tmax), elimination rate constant (λz), half-life (t ½ ), safety, and immunogenicity. Of 132 subjects enrolled (44/treatment), 120 (MYL-1401O, n=42; EU-trastuzumab, n=41; US-trastuzumab, n=37) were included in the PK analysis. The 90% CIs of the ratios of geometric means for the primary endpoints were bounded within the predefined bioequivalence criterion of 80% to 125%. Secondary endpoints tmax, λz, and t ½ were similar among groups. All treatment-emergent adverse events were mild or moderate, similar across groups, and no serious adverse events were reported. No treatment-related antidrug antibodies were detected. MYL-1401O was well tolerated, and demonstrated PK and safety profiles similar to EU-trastuzumab and US-trastuzumab in healthy volunteers (ClinicalTrials.gov, NCT02594761). This article is protected by copyright. All rights reserved.

Bioequivalence assessment of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide in a fixed dose combination of rifampicin, isoniazid, pyrazinamide and ethambutol vs. separate formulations.

PubMed

Agrawal, S; Singh, I; Kaur, K J; Bhade, S R; Kaul, C L; Panchagnula, R

2002-10-01

Depending on the patient category, tuberculosis requires treatment with 3 to 5 drugs which means that patient's compliance to therapy may not be optimal. To increase patient's adherence to treatment schedules, these drugs can be given as single drug preparations or fixed dose combinations (FDCs) of 2 or more drugs in a single formulation. However, an important issue associated with a rifampicin-containing FDC is its quality. Hence, to avoid spurious formulations entering the market, the World Health Organization and the International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease have recommended FDCs only of proven bioavailability. In this study, the relative bioavailability of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide was assessed in a group of 14 healthy male subjects using the FDC tablet containing 4 drugs versus separate formulations at the same dose levels. The study was designed as an open, crossover trial. A total of 9 blood samples were collected over a period of 24 h. The concentration of rifampicin, its main metabolite desacetyl rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide in plasma were assessed using HPLC analysis. The pharmacokinetic parameters AUC(0-24) and Cmax were subjected to parametric and non-parametric statistical tests at 90% confidence interval. In addition, time to reach peak concentration (tmax), elimination rate constant (Kel) and terminal elimination half-life (t1/2) for each drug were also calculated. It was concluded that the FDC tablet containing 4 drugs is bioequivalent to separate rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide formulations at the same dose levels.

78 FR 19271 - Draft Guidance for Industry on Bioequivalence Recommendations for Metronidazole Vaginal Gel...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2013-03-29

... Metronidazole Vaginal Gel; Availability AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS. ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: The... entitled ``Bioequivalence Recommendations for Metronidazole Vaginal Gel.'' The guidance provides specific...) for metronidazole vaginal gel. DATES: Although you can comment on any guidance at any time (see 21 CFR...

Bioavailability of ambroxol sustained release preparations. Part II: Single and multiple oral dose studies in man.

PubMed

Janssen, T J; Guelen, P J; Vree, T B; Botterblom, M H; Valducci, R

1988-01-01

The bioavailability of a new ambroxol sustained release preparation (75 mg) based on a dialyzing membrane for controlled release was studied in healthy volunteers after single and multiple oral dose in comparison with a standard sustained release formulation in a cross-over study under carefully controlled conditions. Plasma concentrations of ambroxol were measured by means of a HPLC method. Based on AUC data both preparations are found to be bioequivalent, but show different plasma concentration profiles. The test preparation showed a more pronounced sustained release profile than the reference preparation (single dose) resulting in significantly higher steady state plasma levels.

Comparative bioavailability of rifampicin and isoniazid in fixed-dose combinations and single-drug formulations.

PubMed

Hao, L-H; Guo, S-C; Liu, C-C; Zhu, H; Wang, B; Fu, L; Chen, M-T; Zhou, L; Chi, J-Y; Yang, W; Nie, W-J; Lu, Y

2014-12-01

The bioavailability of rifampicin (RMP) decreases by ∼30% on interaction with isoniazid (INH) in stomach acid conditions, which can result in the development of drug resistance and treatment failure. To compare the bioavailability in healthy volunteers of five anti-tuberculosis fixed-drug combinations (FDCs) used in China (formulations A-E) containing RMP and INH against single-drug formulations taken as reference. Two- or three-period, two- or three-sequence crossover study of drugs. Only RMP formulation E passed the bioequivalence criteria, with 90% confidence intervals for the log-transformed ratios of AUC₀₋₂₄, AUC₀₋∞, and Cmax of respectively 89.9-103.7, 89.6-102.2 and 87.7-107.9. For INH, formulations A, B, C and D passed the bioequivalence test, but not product E, where the 90%CIs of the log-transformed ratios of AUC₀₋₂₄, AUC₀₋∞, and Cmax were respectively 85.2-100.7, 85.2-100.7 and 73.8-100.9. According to the results of the bioequivalence analysis carried out in this study, RMP formulations A, B, C and D were not within the acceptable range and only formulation E passed the bioequivalence criteria of 80-125%. In comparison, four-test INH formulations (A, B, C and D) were bioequivalent to the corresponding single-drug formulation, while product E failed in the bioequivalence criteria.

Application of the BCS biowaiver approach to assessing bioequivalence of orally disintegrating tablets with immediate release formulations.

PubMed

Ono, Asami; Sugano, Kiyohiko

2014-11-20

The aim of this study was to compare the dissolution profiles of oral disintegrating tablets (ODTs) and immediate release (IR) formulations in order to experimentally validate the regulatory biowaiver scheme (BWS) for biopharmaceutical classification system (BCS) class III drugs. We examined six drugs that show clinical bioequivalence between the ODTs and IR formulations: taltirelin, olopatadine, droxidopa, famotidine, fexofenadine, and hydrochlorothiazide. The dissolution profiles of these drugs were evaluated using the compendium paddle apparatus at pH 1.2 and 6.8. Taltirelin and olopatadine showed very rapid dissolution and met the dissolution criteria in the BWS, whereas droxidopa, famotidine, fexofenadine, and hydrochlorothiazide did not. Furthermore, in the case of famotidine, fexofenadine, and hydrochlorothiazide, the ODTs and IR formulations showed dissimilar dissolution profiles. The dose-to-solubility ratio (D:S) of these drugs was larger than that of the other drugs. The results of this study suggest that extension of the BCS-BWS to ODTs and IR formulations of BCS class III drugs is appropriate. Furthermore, for BCS class III drugs with relatively high D:S, clinical bioequivalence would be achievable even when two formulations showed different dissolution profiles in vitro. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Comparative Bioavailability and Tolerability of a Single 2-mg Dose of 2 Repaglinide Tablet Formulations in Fasting, Healthy Chinese Male Volunteers: An Open-Label, Randomized-Sequence, 2-Period Crossover Study.

PubMed

Zhai, Xue-Jia; Hu, Kai; Chen, Fen; Lu, Yong-Ning

2013-12-01

Repaglinide, an oral insulin secretagogue, was the first meglitinide analogue to be approved for use in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. In our study, the bioavailability and tolerability of the proposed generic formulation with the established reference formulation of repaglinide 2 mg were compared in a fasting, healthy Chinese male population. This 2-week, open-label, randomized-sequence, single-dose, 2-period crossover study was conducted in 22 healthy native Han Chinese male volunteers. Eligible subjects were randomly assigned in a 1:1 ratio to receive a single 2-mg dose of the test or reference formulation, followed by a 7-day washout period and administration of the alternate formulation. After an overnight fast, subjects received a single oral dose of repaglinide (2 mg). Blood samples were drawn at predetermined time points (0, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, and 6.0 hours). All plasma concentrations of repaglinide were measured by LC-MS/MS. The observed Cmax, Tmax, t1/2, and AUC were assessed. The formulations were to be considered bioequivalent if the ln-transformed ratios of Cmax and AUC were within the predetermined bioequivalence range of 80% to 125% established by the State Food and Drug Administration of the People's Republic of China. Tolerability was assessed throughout the study via subject interview, vital signs, and blood sampling. The mean (SD) age of the subjects was 24.2 (2.3) years; their mean (SD) weight was 62.6 (5.8) kg, their mean (SD) height was 172 (5.7) cm, and their mean (SD) body mass index was 21.0 (1.1). The mean (SD) Cmax for repaglinide with the test and reference formulations were 20.0 (5.1) and 18.7 (8.7) ng/mL. The AUC0-t for the test formulation was 46.3 (15.1) and AUC0-∞ was 47.9 (16.5) ng(•)h/mL. With the reference formulation, the corresponding values were 46.4 (26.1) and 49.0 (31.3) ng(•)h/mL. The mean (SD) Tmax values with the test and reference formulations were 1.2 (0.7) hours and 1

The relative bioavailability and fasting pharmacokinetics of three formulations of olmesartan medoxomil 20-mg capsules and tablets in healthy Chinese male volunteers: An open-label, randomized-sequence, single-dose, three-way crossover study.

PubMed

Li, Kun-Yan; Liang, Jian-Ping; Hu, Bing-Qiang; Qiu, Yu; Luo, Chen-Hui; Jiang, Yun; Lin, Xiao-Ping; Yang, Nong

2010-08-01

Olmesartan medoxomil is an angiotensin II-receptor antagonist used in the treatment of hypertension. It is a prodrug and is converted to the pharmacologically active compound on de-esterification by arylesterase in the gastrointestinal tract. This study investigated the relative bioavailability and fasting pharmacokinetic properties of olmesartan after single doses of a 20-mg test tablet, a 20-mg test capsule, and a commercially available 20-mg reference tablet in healthy Chinese male volunteers. The study was conducted to satisfy Chinese State Food and Drug Administration regulatory requirements for approval of a generic formulation of olmesartan medoxomil. This study had an open-label, randomized-sequence, single-dose, 3-treatment, 3-period crossover design. Healthy volunteers were randomly assigned in a 1:1:1 ratio to receive a single 20-mg dose of the test tablet, test capsule, or reference tablet, each administered after a 12-hour overnight fast, followed by a 1-week washout period and administration of the alternate formulation. Blood samples were obtained at baseline and at 0.5, 1, 1.5,2,2.5,3,4,6,8,12,24,36, and 48 hours after dosing. Tolerability was assessed based on vital signs and laboratory values obtained before and after administration of study drug. The formulations were assumed to be bioequivalent if the 90% CIs for the log-transformed ratios of C(max), AUC(0-t), and AUC(0-∞) were within the predetermined equivalence range (70%-143% for C(max); 80%-125% for AUC(0-t) and AUC(0-∞)), as established by the Chinese State Food and Drug Administration. Twenty-one healthy male subjects (mean age, 21 years [range, 18-25 years]; weight, 62.1 kg [range, 54.0-80.0 kg]) were enrolled in and completed the study. No period or sequence effect was observed. The mean AUC(0-∞) values for the test tablet, test capsule, and reference tablet were 3993 (1070), 3567 (850), and 3849 (872) ng/mL/h, respectively. The 90% CIs for the log-transformed ratios of test

Phase I study evaluating the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of a novel oral dissolvable film containing dexamethasone versus Fortecortin dexamethasone tablets.

PubMed

Diamant, Zuzana; Samuelsson Palmgren, Gabriella; Westrin, Bengt; Bjermer, Leif

2017-01-01

Introduction : Systemic corticosteroids are anti-inflammatory agents with dexamethasone among the most potent in the class. Within (respiratory) allergy, systemic corticosteroids are usually applied in medical emergencies. In these situations, patients may experience physical or logistic problems taking tablets. To fulfil a practical unmet need for outpatients, Dexa ODF, an oral dissolvable film containing dexamethasone, was developed. Objectives : We compared the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics (PK) of Dexa ODF with Fortecortin tablets in healthy subjects. Methods : Thirty subjects participated in this open label, two-way, cross-over study, consisting of two treatment visits separated by 5-10 days. On both treatment visits, subjects randomly received one single dose of Dexa ODF (one strip; 8 mg dexamethasone) or one single dose of Fortecortin (two 4 mg tablets). Safety evaluations and blood sampling for PK were conducted until 48 h post-dose and bioequivalence analysis was performed on AUC(0-t), AUC(0-∞) and Cmax. Results : All subjects were dosed. Forty-five adverse events (AEs) were reported by 17 subjects and approximately 50% were deemed 'possibly treatment related' (14 on Dexa ODF; 12 on Fortecortin) with no significant difference between treatments. For all three bioequivalence parameters the 90% CIs were within the acceptance limits of bioequivalence (0.8;1.25). Conclusion : We demonstrated good tolerability and bioequivalence of Dexa ODF (8 mg dexamethasone) compared to Fortecortin tablets (2 × 4 mg dexamethasone). Dexa ODF is currently under development as an innovative treatment for use within respiratory and allergic conditions, including emergencies.

Evaluation of a 12-Hour Sustained-Release Acetaminophen (Paracetamol) Formulation: A Randomized, 3-Way Crossover Pharmacokinetic and Safety Study in Healthy Volunteers.

PubMed

Yue, Yong; Collaku, Agron; Liu, Dongzhou J

2018-01-01

Acetaminophen (paracetamol) is a first-line treatment for mild and moderate pain. A twice-daily sustained-release (SR) formulation may be more convenient for chronic users than standard immediate-release (IR) acetaminophen. This randomized, 3-way crossover study evaluated pharmacokinetics and safety of single-dose 1500- and 2000-mg SR acetaminophen formulations and 2 doses of IR acetaminophen 1000 mg given 6 hours apart in healthy adults (n = 14). Primary outcome was time that plasma acetaminophen concentration was ≥4 μg/mL (T C≥4μg/mL ). Key secondary outcomes were area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC) from time 0 to time t, when plasma acetaminophen was detectable (AUC 0-t ), AUC from 0 to infinity (AUC 0-inf ), and maximum plasma acetaminophen concentration (C max ). T C≥4μg/mL from 2000-mg SR acetaminophen was similar to that from 2 doses of IR acetaminophen, whereas T C≥4μg/mL for 1500-mg SR acetaminophen was significantly shorter than that for IR acetaminophen (P = .004). The extent of acetaminophen absorption from 2000-mg SR and 2 doses of the IR formulation was similar and within bioequivalence limits with regard to AUC 0-12 , AUC 0-t , and AUC 0-inf . The extent of acetaminophen absorption from 1500-mg SR was significantly lower than that from IR acetaminophen. The 2000-mg SR represents a potential candidate formulation for 12-hour dosing with acetaminophen. © 2017, The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

21 CFR 320.30 - Inquiries regarding bioavailability and bioequivalence requirements and review of protocols by...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Inquiries regarding bioavailability and bioequivalence requirements and review of protocols by the Food and Drug Administration. 320.30 Section 320.30 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS...

21 CFR 320.30 - Inquiries regarding bioavailability and bioequivalence requirements and review of protocols by...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... 21 Food and Drugs 5 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Inquiries regarding bioavailability and bioequivalence requirements and review of protocols by the Food and Drug Administration. 320.30 Section 320.30 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) DRUGS...

Relative bioavailability of generic and branded 250-mg and 500-mg oral chlorphenesin carbamate tablets in healthy Korean volunteers: a single-dose, randomized-sequence, open-label, two-period crossover trial.

PubMed

Yu, Ji-young; Song, Hyun Ho; Kim, Bo Gyeom; Park, Hyeon Ju; Choi, Kwang Sik; Kwon, Young Ee

2009-11-01

Chlorphenesin carbamate is a skeletal muscle relaxant approved in Korea for use in the treatment of pain and discomfort related to skeletal muscle trauma and inflammation. The aim of this study was to assess the bioequivalence of a generic formulation of chlorphenesin carbamate at doses of 250 and 500 mg and 2 branded formulations of the same doses in healthy Korean adults. This single-dose, randomized-sequence, open-label, 2-period crossover study was conducted in healthy Korean male and female volunteers. Subjects were assigned to receive, in a randomized sequence, a single dose of the generic (test) and branded (reference) formulations of chlorphenesin carbamate at a dose of 250 or 500 mg. Blood samples were drawn at 0, 0.33, 0.67, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, and 15 hours after administration. Pharmacokinetic properties (C(max), T(max), AUC(0-t) AUC(0-infinity), t(1/2), and ke) were determined using HPLC. The formulations were to be considered bioequivalent if the 90% CIs of the treatment ratios of the geometric means of C(max) and AUC(0-t) were within a predetermined range of log 0.80 to log 1.25 based on regulatory criteria. Tolerability was assessed by monitoring for adverse events (AEs) on physical examination and/or e-mail and personal interview at the beginning and end of each study period. Twenty-eight subjects (22 men, 6 women) received chlorphenesin carbamate at the 250-mg dose, and 24 male subjects received the 500-mg dose. The mean (SD) ages of the subjects were 24.0 (2.6) and 24.0 (1.9) years in the 250- and 500-mg groups, respectively. No significant differences were found between the test and reference formulations (90% CIs: C(max), 1.0048-1.1153 with the 250-mg dose and 0.9630-1.1189 with the 500-mg dose; AUC(0-t), 0.9882-1.0546 and 0.9842-1.0578, respectively). No clinically significant AEs (upper gastric pain, abdominal bloating, pyrexia, edema, nausea, heartburn, constipation, headache, dizziness, drowsiness, or fatigue) were reported throughout

Pharmacokinetics and tolerability of oral dosage forms of huperzine a in healthy Chinese male volunteers: a randomized, single dose, three-period, six-sequence crossover study.

PubMed

Wu, San-Lan; Gan, Jun; Rao, Jing; He, Si-Jie; Zhu, Wen-Wen; Zhao, Ying; Lv, Yong-Ning; Huang, Jian-Geng; Liu, Ya-Ni

2017-10-01

Huperzine A is a potent, reversible, and blood-brain barrier permeable acetylcholinesterase inhibitor. The aim of this study was to compare the pharmacokinetics, tolerability, and bioavailability of two formulations with the established reference formulation of huperzine A in a fasting, healthy Chinese male population. This was a randomized, single-dose, 3-period, 6-sequence crossover study. The plasma concentrations of huperzine A were determined by liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry. Tolerability was assessed based on subject interview, vital sign monitoring, physical examination, and routine blood and urine tests. The mean (SD) pharmacokinetic parameters of the reference drug were C max , 1.550 (0.528) ng/mL; t 1/2 , 12.092 (1.898) h; AUC 0-72h , 17.550 (3.794) ng·h/mL. Those of the test formulation A and test formulation B were C max , 1.412 (0.467), 1.521 (0.608) ng/mL; t 1/2 , 12.073 (2.068), 12.271 (1.678) h; AUC 0-72h , 15.286 (3.434) ng·h/mL, 15.673 (3.586) ng·h/mL. The 90% confidence intervals for the AUC 0-72h and C max were between 0.80 and 1.25. No adverse events were reported by the subjects or found with results of clinical laboratory test. The test and reference products met the regulatory criteria for bioequivalence in these fasting, healthy Chinese male volunteers. All three formulations appeared to be well tolerated.

Pharmacokinetics and bioequivalence of two strontium ranelate formulations after single oral administration in healthy Chinese subjects.

PubMed

Zhang, Dan; Du, Aihua; Wang, Xiaolin; Zhang, Lina; Yang, Man; Ma, Jingyi; Deng, Ming; Liu, Huichen

2018-05-08

Pharmacokinetics of exogenous strontium (Sr) and bioequivalence of a new oral formulation of strontium ranelate compared with the brand-name drug in healthy Chinese subjects was evaluated. A balanced, randomized, single-dose, two-treatment parallel study was conducted in 36 healthy Chinese subjects. Subjects were randomly allocated into two groups of 18 to receive a single oral dose of test formulation and reference formulation under a fasting state, respectively. Blood samples were collected at 19 designated time points up to 240-h post-dose. Serum concentrations of Sr were quantified by ICP-MS. A total of 36 subjects were enrolled and completed the study. Nine mild adverse events in 6 subjects were reported. The C max , AUC 0-72 h , AUC 0- t , and AUC 0-∞ of test and reference formulations shown as mean ± SD were 6.97 ± 1.78 and 6.78 ± 1.80 µg/mL, 199 ± 51 and 187 ± 38 µg·h/mL, 303 ± 89 and 278 ± 54 µg·h/mL, and 337 ± 109 and 305 ± 60 µg·h/mL, respectively. Two formulations were bioequivalent, and both were generally well tolerated.

Bioavailability of paracetamol, phenylephrine hydrochloride and guaifenesin in a fixed-combination syrup versus an oral reference product.

PubMed

Janin, Annick; Monnet, Joelle

2014-04-01

The primary objective of this study was to compare the bioavailability of paracetamol, phenylephrine hydrochloride and guaifenesin in a new oral syrup with an established oral reference product. The secondary objective was to compare the safety of the new syrup and the reference product. This was a single-centre, open-label, randomized, reference-replicated, crossover study. Healthy adult volunteers received one dose of syrup and two separate doses of a reference oral liquid formulation in a randomized sequence over three study periods, with a washout interval of ≥ 7 days between study periods. Blood samples were taken regularly postdose and analysed for paracetamol, phenylephrine hydrochloride and guaifenesin concentrations; adverse events were recorded. This study enrolled 45 subjects. For paracetamol and guaifenesin, the syrup and reference product were considered to be bioequivalent. Bioequivalence was not shown for phenylephrine hydrochloride. All adverse events were mild or moderate, most of which were considered formulation related. The syrup did not reach bioequivalence with the reference product, as bioequivalence could not be shown for phenylephrine hydrochloride. This may be due to differences in the excipients between the two products. Both the syrup and the reference product had a good safety profile and were well tolerated.

Investigation of bioequivalence of a new fixed-dose combination of acarbose and metformin with the corresponding loose combination as well as the drug-drug interaction potential between both drugs in healthy adult male subjects.

PubMed

Kim, S; Jang, I-J; Shin, D; Shin, D S; Yoon, S; Lim, K S; Yu, K-S; Li, J; Zhang, H; Liu, Y; Brendel, E; Blode, H; Wang, Y

2014-08-01

Both metformin and acarbose are recommended monotherapy and add-on therapy in type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM). A fixed-dose combination (FDC) of acarbose and metformin has been developed to reduce pill burden and potentially improve compliance. The current study investigated the bioequivalence of the acarbose/metformin FDC compared with the individual agents administered simultaneously (loose combination). Secondary endpoints were the safety and tolerability of the FDC and the potential for drug-drug interactions between acarbose and metformin. A single-centre, randomized, open-label, four-period crossover study was conducted in healthy male Korean subjects aged 18-45 years. Following one-period balanced Williams design, participants were randomized to receive four single oral treatments on different study days separated by ≥7 days' washout. Treatments were as follows: (i) acarbose/metformin 50/500 mg FDC (test); (ii) acarbose 50 mg and metformin 500 mg as loose combination (reference); (iii) acarbose 50 mg; and (iv) metformin 500 mg. Serial blood samples were taken for glucose and insulin levels for 4 h after a sucrose load on the day before and day of study drug administration. Additionally, serial blood samples were taken for analysis of metformin levels for 24 h after each drug containing metformin. The area under the curve for 4 h post-test (AUC0-4 h ) and the maximal serum concentration (Cmax ) of plasma glucose and serum insulin were primary pharmacodynamic (PD) parameters, and Cmax , AUC0-last and AUC for metformin levels were primary pharmacokinetic (PK) parameters. The bioequivalence of the FDC to the loose combination was considered established if the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) of the baseline-adjusted PD parameter ratios (test vs. reference) for plasma glucose and the PK parameter ratios for metformin fell completely within current acceptance limits (0·8-1·25). Thirty-three of 40 randomized subjects completed the study; five withdrew

A Comparative Pharmacokinetics Study of the Anti-Parkinsonian Drug Pramipexole.

PubMed

Putri, Ratih S I; Setiawati, Effi; Aziswan, Syifa A; Ong, Fenny; Tjandrawinata, Raymond R; Susanto, Liana W

2016-11-18

The present study aimed to compare pharmacokinetic parameters of two pramipexole 0.25 mg formulations in order to show bioequivalence. The study was conducted in a randomized, open-label, two-period, two-sequence, and crossover design, involving 23 healthy volunteers. One of the 0.25 mg formulations of pramipexole evaluated in the study was manufactured by PT Dexa Medica, Palembang, Indonesia, the other, used as the reference, by Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH & Co. KG, Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany. All eligible subjects were required to fast before each drug administration period, which was separated by a one-week washout period. Pramipexole concentrations in plasma were assayed using a validated ultra performance liquid chromatography with mass spectrometry (UPLC-MS/MS) detector. The evaluated pharmacokinetic parameters included the area under the plasma concentration curve from time zero to the last observed measurable concentration (AUC 0-t ), the area under the plasma concentration curve extrapolated to infinite time (AUC 0-∞ ), the maximum plasma concentration (C max ), the time to reach C max (t max ), and the plasma concentration half-life (t 1/2 ). To evaluate the bioequivalence of those two pramipexole formulations, 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for geometric mean ratios of both formulations were calculated for AUC and C max parameters, while t max and t 1/2 differences were analyzed on the non-transformed data using Wilcoxon matched-pairs and a Student's paired t -test, respectively. The 90% CIs for the geometric mean ratios of the two pramipexole formulations were 95.89% (90.73%-101.34%), 95.53% (89.75%-101.68%), and 92.11% (84.35%-100.58%) for AUC 0-t , AUC 0-∞ , and C max , respectively. There were no statistically significant differences for t max and t 1/2 between the two pramipexole formulations. It is concluded that two pramipexole formulations in this study were bioequivalent.

A Comparative Pharmacokinetics Study of the Anti-Parkinsonian Drug Pramipexole

PubMed Central

Putri, Ratih S. I.; Setiawati, Effi; Aziswan, Syifa A.; Ong, Fenny; Tjandrawinata, Raymond R.; Susanto, Liana W.

2016-01-01

The present study aimed to compare pharmacokinetic parameters of two pramipexole 0.25 mg formulations in order to show bioequivalence. The study was conducted in a randomized, open-label, two-period, two-sequence, and crossover design, involving 23 healthy volunteers. One of the 0.25 mg formulations of pramipexole evaluated in the study was manufactured by PT Dexa Medica, Palembang, Indonesia, the other, used as the reference, by Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH & Co. KG, Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany. All eligible subjects were required to fast before each drug administration period, which was separated by a one-week washout period. Pramipexole concentrations in plasma were assayed using a validated ultra performance liquid chromatography with mass spectrometry (UPLC-MS/MS) detector. The evaluated pharmacokinetic parameters included the area under the plasma concentration curve from time zero to the last observed measurable concentration (AUC0-t), the area under the plasma concentration curve extrapolated to infinite time (AUC0-∞), the maximum plasma concentration (Cmax), the time to reach Cmax (tmax), and the plasma concentration half-life (t1/2). To evaluate the bioequivalence of those two pramipexole formulations, 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for geometric mean ratios of both formulations were calculated for AUC and Cmax parameters, while tmax and t1/2 differences were analyzed on the non-transformed data using Wilcoxon matched-pairs and a Student’s paired t-test, respectively. The 90% CIs for the geometric mean ratios of the two pramipexole formulations were 95.89% (90.73%–101.34%), 95.53% (89.75%–101.68%), and 92.11% (84.35%–100.58%) for AUC0-t, AUC0-∞, and Cmax, respectively. There were no statistically significant differences for tmax and t1/2 between the two pramipexole formulations. It is concluded that two pramipexole formulations in this study were bioequivalent. PMID:27869754

New levothyroxine formulation meeting 95-105% specification over the whole shelf-life: results from two pharmacokinetic trials.

PubMed

Gottwald-Hostalek, Ulrike; Uhl, Wolfgang; Wolna, Peter; Kahaly, George J

2017-02-01

Small levothyroxine (L-T4) dose changes can lead to significant clinical effects. To ensure thyroid hormone levels are safely maintained, authorities are increasingly adopting stricter potency specifications for L-T4, the most stringent of these being 95-105% of the labeled dose over the whole shelf-life. Levothyroxine sodium (Euthyrox, Eutirox, Lévothyrox ) has been reformulated, and two studies performed, to ensure bioequivalence to the currently marketed formulation and dosage form proportionality of the new formulation. The bioequivalence study was an open-label, randomized, single-dose, two-period, two-sequence crossover comparing the highest dosage strengths of the currently marketed and the new L-T4 formulation at a total dose of 600 μg. The dosage form proportionality study was an open-label, randomized, three-period, six-sequence crossover, comparing 50 μg, 100 μg, and 200 μg L-T4 tablets, at a total dose of 600 μg. Blood samples were taken at predefined time intervals. Primary outcomes were area under the curve (AUC) and maximum concentration (C max ) of thyroxine (T4) in plasma. In the bioequivalence study, comparing the T4 profiles for the new and current formulation of L-T4, the geometric least square mean ratio of the baseline-adjusted AUC 0-72,adj was 99.3% (90% confidence interval [CI]: 95.6-103.2) and the C max,adj was 101.7% (90% CI: 98.8-104.6). Bioequivalence was established if the 90% CI lay within the predefined 0.9-1.11 limits. In the dosage form proportionality study, pairwise comparisons ranged from 99.3% to 104.8%, and all 95% CIs were within the predefined CI range (0.8-1.25): the three dose strengths were dosage form proportional. The new formulation of L-T4 meets the most stringent potency specification guidelines, and has been demonstrated to be bioequivalent to the current formulation and to show dosage form proportionality. The new formulation will enable patients to receive a dose fine tuned to their medical needs

A Pharmacokinetic Study Comparing Eslicarbazepine Acetate Administered Orally as a Crushed or Intact Tablet in Healthy Volunteers.

PubMed

Sunkaraneni, Soujanya; Kharidia, Jahnavi; Schutz, Ralph; Blum, David; Cheng, Hailong

2016-07-01

The relative bioequivalence of crushed versus intact eslicarbazepine acetate (ESL) tablets (800 mg) administered orally in healthy adults was evaluated in an open-label, randomized, 2-period crossover study with a 5-day washout between treatments. Sample blood levels of eslicarbazepine and (R)-licarbazepine were determined; pharmacokinetic parameters were derived for eslicarbazepine. Bioequivalence was established if the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for the geometric mean treatment ratios of eslicarbazepine AUC(0-∞) and Cmax were within the prespecified 80%-125% range. Twenty-seven subjects in the intent-to-treat population (n = 28) completed both treatment periods. Eslicarbazepine exposure measures were similar for crushed versus intact ESL tablets: average Cmax , 11 700 versus 11 500 ng/mL; AUC(0-∞) , 225 000 versus 234 000 ng·h/mL; AUC(0-last) , 222 000 versus 231 000 ng·h/mL, respectively. Geometric least squares mean ratios (90%CIs) comparing eslicarbazepine exposure measures were within the 80%-125% range (Cmax , 102.63% [97.07%-108.51%]; AUC(0-∞) , 96.72% [94.36%-99.13%]; AUC0-last , 96.69% [94.24%-99.21%]). In conclusion, ESL administered orally as a crushed tablet sprinkled on applesauce, or intact were bioequivalent in healthy subjects. Eslicarbazepine bioavailability was not significantly altered by crushing, indicating that ESL tablets can be administered intact or crushed. © 2016, The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

Academic Crossover Study, University of Hawaii Community Colleges, Fall 1999.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hawaii Univ., Honolulu. Office of the Chancellor for Community Colleges.

The academic crossover study was developed to answer two questions: (1) What is the course-taking pattern of the different groups of academic majors? (e.g. what is proportion of academic load taken outside the major); and (2) What is the client-serving pattern of the different subject disciplines? (e.g. what are the groups of students served by…

Assessing bioequivalence of generic antiepilepsy drugs.

PubMed

Krauss, Gregory L; Caffo, Brian; Chang, Yi-Ting; Hendrix, Craig W; Chuang, Kelly

2011-08-01

Patients with epilepsy are often concerned that switching between brand-name and generic formulations of antiepilepsy drugs (AEDs) may cause clinically significant changes in plasma drug concentrations. We assessed bioequivalence (BE) studies for approved generic AEDs to evaluate US Food and Drug Administration claims that: (1) generic AEDs are accurate copies of reference formulations; (2) delivery of reference formulations may be as variable as generic AEDs and so provide no increased benefit; and (3) switches between generic AED formulations are safe and effective. We determined differences in 90% confidence interval limits for total drug exposure (AUC(0-t) ) and peak concentration (Cmax) ratios of generic and reference formulations during fasting and fed BE studies. We simulated BE between generic formulations after adjusting for reference values. AUC(0-t) values of approved reference and generic formulations differed by <15% in 99% of BE studies; Cmax differed by <15% in 89% of studies. Food affected variability of Cmax but not AUC(0-t) . Intersubject variability in Cmax and AUC(0-t) was small and similar for reference and generic products. In simulated switches between 595 pairs of generic AED formulations, estimated AUC(0-t) differed by >15% for 17% of pairs; estimated Cmax differed by >15% for 39%. AEDs with low bioavailability and solubility (eg, oxcarbazepine) had the greatest variability in BE. Most generic AED products provide total drug delivery (AUC) similar to reference products; differences in peak concentrations between formulations are more common. Switches between generic AED products may cause greater changes in plasma drug concentrations than generic substitutions of reference products. Copyright © 2011 American Neurological Association.

Chorionic gonadotropin in weight control. A double-blind crossover study.

PubMed

Young, R L; Fuchs, R J; Woltjen, M J

1976-11-29

Two hundred two patients participated in a double-blind random cross-over study of the effectiveness of human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) vs placebo in a wieght reduction program. Serial measurements were made of weight, skin-fold thickness, dropout rates, reasons for dropping out, and patient subjective response. There was no statistically significant difference between those receiving HCG vs placebo during any phase of this study (P greater than .1).

Meige syndrome: double-blind crossover study of sodium valproate.

PubMed Central

Snoek, J W; van Weerden, T W; Teelken, A W; van den Burg, W; Lakke, J P

1987-01-01

A double-blind crossover study of sodium valproate and placebo was conducted in five patients with Meige syndrome. CSF neurotransmitter studies were performed at the end of each treatment period. GABA levels were not influenced by the administration of sodium valproate. An increase in HVA levels was observed in every patient, which may reflect an increase in central dopaminergic activity. This finding may explain the trend towards clinical deterioration which was observed during treatment with sodium valproate. Sodium valproate appears to be ineffective in Meige syndrome. PMID:3121795

Mood spillover and crossover among dual-earner couples: a cell phone event sampling study.

PubMed

Song, Zhaoli; Foo, Maw-Der; Uy, Marilyn A

2008-03-01

In this study, the authors examined affective experiences of dual-earner couples. More specifically, the authors explored how momentary moods can spill over between work and family and cross over from one spouse to another. Fifty couples used their cell phones to provide reports of their momentary moods over 8 consecutive days. Results show significant spillover and crossover effects for both positive and negative moods. Work orientation moderated negative mood spillover from work to home, and the presence of children in the family decreased negative mood crossover between spouses. Crossover was observed when spouses were physically together and when the time interval between the spouses' reports was short. With this study, the authors contribute to the work and family research by examining the nature of mood transfers among dual-earner couples, including the direction, valence, and moderators of these transfers across work and family domains. The authors also contribute to the event sampling methodology by introducing a new method of using cell phones to collect momentary data. Copyright 2008 APA

Determination of itopride in human plasma by liquid chromatography coupled to tandem mass spectrometric detection: application to a bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Lee, Heon-Woo; Seo, Ji-Hyung; Choi, Seung-Ki; Lee, Kyung-Tae

2007-01-30

A simple method using a one-step liquid-liquid extraction (LLE) with butyl acetate followed by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with positive ion electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometric (ESI-MS/MS) detection was developed for the determination of itopride in human plasma, using sulpiride as an internal standard (IS). Acquisition was performed in multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) mode, by monitoring the transitions: m/z 359.5>166.1 for itopride and m/z 342.3>111.6 for IS, respectively. Analytes were chromatographed on an YMC C18 reverse-phase chromatographic column by isocratic elution with 1 mM ammonium acetate buffer-methanol (20: 80, v/v; pH 4.0 adjusted with acetic acid). Results were linear (r2=0.9999) over the studied range (0.5-1000 ng mL(-1)) with a total analysis time per run of 2 min for LC-MS/MS. The developed method was validated and successfully applied to bioequivalence studies of itopride hydrochloride in healthy male volunteers.

[Role of food interaction pharmacokinetic studies in drug development. Food interaction studies of theophylline and nifedipine retard and buspirone tablets].

PubMed

Drabant, S; Klebovich, I; Gachályi, B; Renczes, G; Farsang, C

1998-09-01

studied in a single-dose, three-way (test and reference products administered after consumption of standard breakfast, as well as test product in fasting condition), cross-over, food effect bioequivalence study. According to the results, the test product--which, in a former study proved to be bioequivalent with the reference product in fasting state--is bioequivalent with the reference product under feeding conditions and the food intake influenced the pharmacokinetics of the test tablets.

Sodium ferric gluconate (SFG) in complex with sucrose for IV infusion: bioequivalence of a new generic product with the branded product in healthy volunteers.

PubMed

Baribeault, David

2011-08-01

Parenteral sodium ferric gluconate in complex (Ferrlecit [branded SFG]) is used to treat patients with iron deficiency anemia undergoing chronic hemodialysis and receiving supplemental epoetin. This comparative pharmacokinetic study (GeneraMedix, Inc., Study 17909) evaluates whether the recently approved generic product Nulecit (generic SFG) and the branded product Ferrlecit (branded SFG) are bioequivalent. In this open-label study, 240 healthy volunteers in a fasting state were assigned randomly to a single 10-min intravenous (IV) infusion of 125 mg of generic or branded SFG. Total and transferrin-bound iron concentrations were determined for the 36-h period after infusion and corrected for pretreatment levels. Maximum concentration (Cmax) and area under the concentration-time curve of 0 to 36 h (AUC[0-36]) were compared between the two products. Demonstration of bioequivalence required that the 90% confidence intervals of each parameter evaluated for generic SFG were within 80% to 125% of the corresponding values for branded SFG. Uncorrected and baseline-corrected mean serum concentrations of total serum iron during the 36-h assessment period were similar for generic and branded SFG. For total serum iron, the geometric mean ratios of corrected Cmax and AUC[0-36] were 100%. For transferrin-bound iron, the geometric mean ratios were 87% for corrected Cmax and 92% for corrected AUC[0-36]. All associated 90% confidence intervals were within the range of 80% to 125%. A new generic SFG in complex for IV infusion is bioequivalent to the branded SFG in complex for IV infusion. The generic SFG is AB rated by the FDA and considered therapeutically equivalent to the branded product.

Modern Methods for Analysis of Antiepileptic Drugs in the Biological Fluids for Pharmacokinetics, Bioequivalence and Therapeutic Drug Monitoring

PubMed Central

Park, Yoo-Sin; Kim, Shin-Hee; Kim, Sang-Hyun; Jun, Min-Young

2011-01-01

Epilepsy is a chronic disease occurring in approximately 1.0% of the world's population. About 30% of the epileptic patients treated with availably antiepileptic drugs (AEDs) continue to have seizures and are considered therapy-resistant or refractory patients. The ultimate goal for the use of AEDs is complete cessation of seizures without side effects. Because of a narrow therapeutic index of AEDs, a complete understanding of its clinical pharmacokinetics is essential for understanding of the pharmacodynamics of these drugs. These drug concentrations in biological fluids serve as surrogate markers and can be used to guide or target drug dosing. Because early studies demonstrated clinical and/or electroencephalographic correlations with serum concentrations of several AEDs, It has been almost 50 years since clinicians started using plasma concentrations of AEDs to optimize pharmacotherapy in patients with epilepsy. Therefore, validated analytical method for concentrations of AEDs in biological fluids is a necessity in order to explore pharmacokinetics, bioequivalence and TDM in various clinical situations. There are hundreds of published articles on the analysis of specific AEDs by a wide variety of analytical methods in biological samples have appears over the past decade. This review intends to provide an updated, concise overview on the modern method development for monitoring AEDs for pharmacokinetic studies, bioequivalence and therapeutic drug monitoring. PMID:21660146

[GENERIC DRUGS: IS BIOEQUIVALENCE SUFFICIENT TO ENSURE QUALITY, EFFICACY AND SAFETY?].

PubMed

Carrillo Norte, Juan Antonio; Postigo Mota, Salvador

2015-05-01

This article is focusing on the current debate that prescription of generic drugs is producing among patients and healthcare professionals. Following European Medicine Agency (EMA) recommendations, a number of generic medicines have recently been withdrawn from the market in Spain. The authorization for these generic drugs was primarily based on clinical studies conducted at GVK Biosciences in Hyderabad, India. The EMA inspection of GVK revealed data manipulation of electrocardiograms during the development of some studies of generic medicines. These manipulations had taken place over a period of at least five years. The article is also dealing with the consideration that bioavailability and bioequivalence studies receive as a cornerstone to approve generic drugs, and the discrepancies between the national regulatory agencies of medicines to implement guidelines of approval. Likewise, in the last few years, the rapid expansion of clinical trial activity regarding generic medicines and other drugs in emerging markets, is often leading to doubt on the integrity of the way trials were performed and on the reliability of data obtained from these studies.

Geosat crossover analysis in the tropical Pacific. Part 1: Constrained sinusoidal crossover adjustment

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Tai, Chang-Kou

1988-01-01

A new method (constrained sinusoidal crossover adjustment) for removing the orbit error in satellite altimetry is tested (using crossovers accumulated in the first 91 days of the Geosat non-repeat era in the tropical Pacific) and found to have excellent qualities. Two features distinguish the new method from the conventional bias-and-tilt crossover adjustment. First, a sine wave (with wavelength equaling the circumference of the Earth) is used to represent the orbit error for each satellite revolution, instead of the bias-and-tilt (and curvature, if necessary) approach for each segment of the satellite ground track. Secondly, the indeterminacy of the adjustment process is removed by a simple constraint minimizing the amplitudes of the sine waves, rather than by fixing selected tracks. Overall the new method is more accurate, more efficient, and much less cumbersome than the old. The idea of restricting the crossover adjustment to crossovers between tracks that are less than certain days apart in order to preserve the large-scale long-term oceanic variability is also tested with inconclusive results because the orbit error was unusually nonstationary in the initial 91 days of the GEOSAT mission.

Bioequivalence of HX575 (recombinant human epoetin alfa) and a comparator epoetin alfa after multiple intravenous administrations: an open-label randomised controlled trial.

PubMed

Sörgel, Fritz; Thyroff-Friesinger, Ursula; Vetter, Andrea; Vens-Cappell, Bernhard; Kinzig, Martina

2009-05-22

HX575 is a human recombinant epoetin alfa that was approved for use in Europe in 2007 under the European Medicines Agency biosimilar approval pathway. Therefore, in order to demonstrate the bioequivalence of HX575 to an existing epoetin alfa, the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic response to steady state circulating concentrations of HX575 and a comparator epoetin alfa were compared following multiple intravenous administrations. An open, randomised, parallel group study was conducted in 80 healthy adult males. Subjects were randomised to multiple intravenous doses of 100 IU/kg body weight of HX575 or of the comparator epoetin alfa three-times-weekly for four weeks. Serum epoetin concentrations were measured using an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay and pharmacokinetic parameters for the two treatments were compared. The time course and area under the effect curve ratio of haematological characteristics were used as surrogate parameters for efficacy evaluation. The haematological profiles of both treatments were similar, as determined from their population mean curves and the AUECHb ratio and 90% confidence interval (99.9% [98.5-101.2%]), the primary pharmacodynamic endpoint of this study. The pharmacokinetic parameters after the treatments showed minor differences after single dosing, but not at steady state doses. After multiple doses, HX575 was bioequivalent to the comparator with respect to the rate and extent of exposure of exogenous epoetin (AUCtau ratio and 90% confidence interval: 89.2% [82.5-96.2%]). Study medication was well tolerated with no clinically relevant differences between safety profiles of the treatments. Anti-epoetin antibodies were not detected. HX575 and the comparator epoetin alfa were bioequivalent at steady state circulating drug concentrations with respect to their pharmacokinetic profile and pharmacodynamic action. This supports the conclusion that HX575 and the comparator epoetin alfa, when administered intraveneously, will be

Audiovisual distraction for pain relief in paediatric inpatients: A crossover study.

PubMed

Oliveira, N C A C; Santos, J L F; Linhares, M B M

2017-01-01

Pain is a stressful experience that can have a negative impact on child development. The aim of this crossover study was to examine the efficacy of audiovisual distraction for acute pain relief in paediatric inpatients. The sample comprised 40 inpatients (6-11 years) who underwent painful puncture procedures. The participants were randomized into two groups, and all children received the intervention and served as their own controls. Stress and pain-catastrophizing assessments were initially performed using the Child Stress Scale and Pain Catastrophizing Scale for Children, with the aim of controlling these variables. The pain assessment was performed using a Visual Analog Scale and the Faces Pain Scale-Revised after the painful procedures. Group 1 received audiovisual distraction before and during the puncture procedure, which was performed again without intervention on another day. The procedure was reversed in Group 2. Audiovisual distraction used animated short films. A 2 × 2 × 2 analysis of variance for 2 × 2 crossover study was performed, with a 5% level of statistical significance. The two groups had similar baseline measures of stress and pain catastrophizing. A significant difference was found between periods with and without distraction in both groups, in which scores on both pain scales were lower during distraction compared with no intervention. The sequence of exposure to the distraction intervention in both groups and first versus second painful procedure during which the distraction was performed also significantly influenced the efficacy of the distraction intervention. Audiovisual distraction effectively reduced the intensity of pain perception in paediatric inpatients. The crossover study design provides a better understanding of the power effects of distraction for acute pain management. Audiovisual distraction was a powerful and effective non-pharmacological intervention for pain relief in paediatric inpatients. The effects were

Pharmacokinetic bioequivalence, safety and acceptability of Ornibel®, a new polymer composition contraceptive vaginal ring (etonogestrel/ethinylestradiol 11.00/3.474 mg) compared with Nuvaring® (etonogestrel/ethinylestradiol 11.7/2.7 mg).

PubMed

Algorta, Jaime; Diaz, Maria; de Benito, Raquel; Lefebvre, Marc; Sicard, Eric; Furtado, Milton; Regidor, Pedro Antonio; Ronchi, Celestino

2017-12-01

To show the clinical development of Ornibel ® (ExeltisHealthcare, Spain) a contraceptive vaginal ring manufactured with a new polymer composition and containing etonogestrel/ethinylestradiol, compared to Nuvaring ® (MSD, Spain). Randomised, single dose, 2-period, 2-sequence, 2-stage crossover, comparative bioavailability study conducted in 40 healthy female subjects. All subjects received both treatments for 28 days in each of two periods, separated by a 28 days washout. Ornibel ® contains etonogestrel/ethinylestradiol 11.00/3.47 mg and Nuvaring ® contains etonogestrel/ethinylestradiol 11.7/2.7 mg, both rings delivering 120/15 µg/day. For the calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters, 37 blood samples were collected up to 840 h after each ring insertion to quantify plasma concentrations of etonogestrel and ethinylestradiol using a validated MS/MS-HPLC. Safety was assessed by adverse events recording, clinical laboratory and vital signs and tolerability by vaginal examination. Acceptability was investigated by a 5-point scale questionnaire. Bioequivalence was demonstrated in the first stage as the 94.12% Confidence Intervals of the primary parameters laid within the 80-125% acceptance range for both etonogestrel (C max : 96.81-112.20%; AUC 0-504h : 98.71-108.61%; AUC 0-t : 100.14-109.10%) and ethinylestradiol. (C max : 105.91-120.62%; AUC 0-504h : 105.47-114.59%; AUC 0-t : 108.31-117.61%). During the first day of use a burst effect was observed with Nuvaring ® , with significantly higher level of ethinylestradiol (C max0-24h ratio: 78.34%, 94.12CI: 73.55-83.45%). Both products were well tolerated and accepted, without significant differences between them. Ornibel ® is bioequivalent to Nuvaring ® in terms of efficacy, safety, tolerability and acceptability. The new polymer composition provides Ornibel ® with more stability and gradual hormonal release during the first day of use, particularly for ethinylestradiol.

The Lack of Effect of Food on the Pharmacokinetics of ZX008 (Fenfluramine Oral Solution): Results of a Single-dose, Two-period Crossover Study.

PubMed

Gammaitoni, Arnold; Smith, Steven; Boyd, Brooks

2018-06-22

Fenfluramine is being developed as a low-dose adjunctive treatment for seizures in patients with Dravet syndrome and other epileptic encephalopathies, including Lennox-Gastaut syndrome. Most patients with Dravet syndrome receive multiple antiepileptic drugs, making it challenging for caregivers to track correct administration times. The present Phase I study was conducted to determine the effect of food on the pharmacokinetic properties of fenfluramine. Healthy nonsmoking subjects aged 18 to 50years were enrolled in an open-label, crossover, Phase I pharmacokinetic and safety profile study and received 2 single 0.8-mg/kg doses of ZX008 (fenfluramine hydrochloride oral solution), 1 after a 10-hour overnight fast and the other 30 minutes after the start of consumption of a high-fat breakfast, in a randomly assigned order. A washout period of at least 9days separated the 2 treatment periods. Venous blood samples were taken before each dose and periodically for 72hours after each dose for determination of concentrations of fenfluramine and its active metabolite norfenfluramine. Plasma pharmacokinetic parameters were estimated for each subject by noncompartmental analysis. In the 13 subjects completing both treatment periods, food had no effect on the rate or extent of absorption and bioavailability of fenfluramine as assessed by fed vs fasted adjusted geometric mean observed plasma C max (59.1vs 56.7 ng/mL; NS) and AUC 0-∞ (1640vs 1600 ng · h/mL; NS). Additionally, there was no impact of food on systemic exposure of norfenfluramine. Seven subjects reported at least 1 treatment-emergent adverse event; all treatment-emergent adverse events were mild in severity. The bioequivalence and tolerability of single 0.8-mg/kg oral doses of ZX008 in the fed and fasted states support ZX008 administration without regard to meals. Copyright © 2018 The Author(s). Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Bioavailability study of dronabinol oral solution versus dronabinol capsules in healthy volunteers

PubMed Central

Parikh, Neha; Kramer, William G; Khurana, Varun; Cognata Smith, Christina; Vetticaden, Santosh

2016-01-01

Background Dronabinol, a pharmaceutical Δ-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, was originally developed as an oral capsule. This study evaluated the bioavailability of a new formulation, dronabinol oral solution, versus a dronabinol capsule formulation. Methods In an open-label, four-period, single-dose, crossover study, healthy volunteers were randomly assigned to one of two treatment sequences (T-R-T-R and R-T-R-T; T = dronabinol 4.25 mg oral solution and R = dronabinol 5 mg capsule) under fasted conditions, with a minimum 7-day washout period between doses. Analyses were performed on venous blood samples drawn 15 minutes to 48 hours postdose, and dronabinol concentrations were assayed by liquid chromatography–tandem mass spectrometry. Results Fifty-one of 52 individuals had pharmacokinetic data for analysis. The 90% confidence interval of the geometric mean ratio (oral solution/capsule) for dronabinol was within the 80%–125% bioequivalence range for area under the plasma concentration–time curve (AUC) from time zero to last measurable concentration (AUC0–t) and AUC from time zero to infinity (AUC0–∞). Maximum plasma concentration was also bioequivalent for the two dronabinol formulations. Intraindividual variability in AUC0–∞ was >60% lower for dronabinol oral solution 4.25 mg versus dronabinol capsule 5 mg. Plasma dronabinol concentrations were detected within 15 minutes postdose in 100% of patients when receiving oral solution and in <25% of patients when receiving capsules. Conclusion Single-dose dronabinol oral solution 4.25 mg was bioequivalent to dronabinol capsule 5 mg under fasted conditions. Dronabinol oral solution formulation may provide an easy-to-swallow administration option with lower intraindividual variability as well as more rapid absorption versus dronabinol capsules. PMID:27785111

Liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry for the quantification of flurbiprofen in human plasma and its application in a study of bioequivalence.

PubMed

Mei, Chenghan; Li, Bin; Yin, Qiangfeng; Jin, Jing; Xiong, Ting; He, Wenjuan; Gao, Xiujuan; Xu, Rong; Zhou, Piqi; Zheng, Heng; Chen, Hui

2015-07-01

A simple, quick and accurate LC-MS/MS method for the quantification of flurbiprofen in human plasma with indomethacin as internal standard (IS) was developed and validated. Samples were treated with methanol to precipitate proteins, then separated on a Ultimate C18 column (5μm, 2.1×50mm) with a gradient elusion process. Mobile phase A was comprised of water and formic acid, mobile phase B was comprised of acetonitrile and formic acid. Multi reaction monitoring (MRM) signals were saved on a negative ionization electrospray mass spectrometer. The calibration curve showed good linearity in the range of 40.00-10000.00μg/L (r(2)=0.998). Intra-day RE was 0.2-2.2%. Inter-day RE was 0.5-3.4%. The samples showed good stability under the study conditions. No significant matrix effect was observed. The established method was then applied to a bioequivalence study of a flurbiprofen axetil formulation. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Comparative bioavailability and tolerability of a single 20-mg dose of two fluoxetine hydrochloride dispersible tablet formulations in fasting, healthy Chinese male volunteers: an open-label, randomized-sequence, two-period crossover study.

PubMed

Shi, Shaojun; Liu, Yani; Wu, Jianhong; Li, Zhongfang; Zhao, Yan; Zhong, Dafang; Zeng, Fandian

2010-10-01

The proprietary formulation of fluoxetine hydrochloride is an antidepressant of the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor class. Pharmacokinetic studies investigating the bioequivalence of generic and branded formulations are needed to market generic fluoxetine in China. The aim of this study was to compare the bioavailability and tolerability of the proposed generic formulation with the established reference formulation of fluoxetine hydrochloride 20 mg in a fasting, healthy Chinese male population. This 10-week, open-label, randomized-sequence, single-dose, 2-period crossover study was conducted in healthy native Han Chinese male volunteers. Eligible subjects were randomly assigned in a 1:1 ratio to receive a single 20-mg dose of the test or reference formulation, followed by a 35-day washout period and administration of the alternate formulation. Doses were administered after a 12-hour overnight fast. For analysis of pharmacokinetic properties (including C(max), T(max), AUC(0-t), AUC(0-∞), and t(½)), blood samples were obtained over a 672-hour period after dosing. Plasma concentrations of fluoxetine and its active metabolite, norfluoxetine, were analyzed using a validated LC-MS/MS method. The formulations were to be considered bioequivalent if the ln-transformed ratios (test/ reference) of C(max) and AUC were within the predetermined bioequivalence range of 80% to 125%, as established by the US Food and Drug Administration, and if the P values were <0.05 for the 90% CIs. Signs and symptoms of adverse effects of fluoxetine hydrochloride such as nausea, vomiting, insomnia, somnolence, anxiety, and nervousness, as well as any untoward effects, were collected using a daily written questionnaire and recorded by the study physicians. Tolerability was assessed using monitoring of vital signs, physical ex- amination, ECG, and routine blood and urine tests, along with blood biochemical tests, at the start as well as at the end of the study. Twenty-four subjects were

Effect of sex, age and genetics on crossover interference in cattle

PubMed Central

Wang, Zhiying; Shen, Botong; Jiang, Jicai; Li, Jinquan; Ma, Li

2016-01-01

Crossovers generated by homologous recombination ensure proper chromosome segregation during meiosis. Crossover interference results in chiasmata being more evenly distributed along chromosomes, but the mechanism underlying crossover interference remains elusive. Based on large pedigrees of Holstein and Jersey cattle with genotype data, we extracted three-generation families, including 147,327 male and 71,687 female meioses in Holstein, and 108,163 male and 37,008 female meioses in Jersey, respectively. We identified crossovers in these meioses and fitted the Housworth-Stahl “interference-escape” model to study crossover interference patterns in the cattle genome. Our result reveals that the degree of crossover interference is stronger in females than in males. We found evidence for inter-chromosomal variation in the level of crossover interference, with smaller chromosomes exhibiting stronger interference. In addition, crossover interference levels decreased with maternal age. Finally, sex-specific GWAS analyses identified one locus near the NEK9 gene on chromosome 10 to have a significant effect on crossover interference levels. This locus has been previously associated with recombination rate in cattle. Collectively, this large-scale analysis provided a comprehensive description of crossover interference across chromosome, sex and age groups, identified associated candidate genes, and produced useful insights into the mechanism of crossover interference. PMID:27892966

Pharmacokinetic and bioequivalence study of a telmisartan/S-amlodipine fixed-dose combination (CKD-828) formulation and coadministered telmisartan and S-amlodipine in healthy subjects.

PubMed

Kang, Woo Youl; Seong, Sook Jin; Ohk, Boram; Gwon, Mi-Ri; Kim, Bo Kyung; La, Sookie; Kim, Hyun-Ju; Cho, Seungil; Yoon, Young-Ran; Yang, Dong Heon; Lee, Hae Won

2018-01-01

A new fixed-dose combination (FDC) formulation of telmisartan 80 mg and S-amlodipine 5 mg (CKD-828) has been developed to increase convenience (as only one tablet is required per day) and improve treatment compliance. The pharmacokinetic characteristics and tolerability of an FDC of telmisartan and S-amlodipine were compared to those after coadministration of the individual agents in this randomized, open-label, single-dose, two-way, four-period, crossover study. To analyze the telmisartan and S-amlodipine plasma concentrations using a validated liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method, serial blood samples were collected up to 48 hours post-dose for telmisartan and 144 hours post-dose for S-amlodipine, in each period. Forty-eight healthy subjects were enrolled, and 43 completed the study. The mean peak plasma concentration (C max ) and the area under the plasma concentration-time curve from time 0 to the last measurement (AUC 0-t ) values of telmisartan were 522.29 ng/mL and 2,475.16 ng·h/mL for the FDC, and 540.45 ng/mL and 2,559.57 ng·h/mL for the individual agents concomitantly administered, respectively. The mean C max and AUC 0-t values of S-amlodipine were 2.71 ng/mL and 130.69 ng·h/mL for the FDC, and 2.74 ng/mL and 129.81 ng·h/mL for the individual agents concomitantly administered, respectively. The geometric mean ratio (GMR) and 90% confidence interval (CI) for the telmisartan C max and AUC 0-t (FDC of telmisartan and S-amlodipine/concomitant administration) were 0.8509 (0.7353-0.9846) and 0.9431 (0.8698-1.0226), respectively. The GMR and 90% CI for the S-amlodipine C max and AUC 0-t (FDC/concomitant administration) were 0.9829 (0.9143-1.0567) and 0.9632 (0.8798-1.0546), respectively. As the intrasubject variability of the C max for telmisartan administered individually was 42.94%, all 90% CIs of the GMRs fell within the predetermined acceptance range. Both treatments were well tolerated in this study. CKD-828 FDC tablets were shown to

A Crossover Study of Risperidone in Children, Adolescents and Adults with Mental Retardation

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hellings, Jessica A.; Zarcone, Jennifer R.; Reese, R. Matthew; Valdovinos, Maria G.; Marquis, Janet G.; Fleming, Kandace K.; Schroeder, Stephen R.

2006-01-01

Risperidone has shown safety and efficacy for aggressive and destructive behaviors in short-term studies. This longer-duration study includes a broad sample. Forty subjects, aged 8-56 years (mean=22), all with mental retardation and 36 with autism spectrum disorders participated in this 22-week crossover study, with 24 weeks of open maintenance…

Crossover ensembles of random matrices and skew-orthogonal polynomials

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kumar, Santosh, E-mail: skumar.physics@gmail.com; Pandey, Akhilesh, E-mail: ap0700@mail.jnu.ac.in

2011-08-15

Highlights: > We study crossover ensembles of Jacobi family of random matrices. > We consider correlations for orthogonal-unitary and symplectic-unitary crossovers. > We use the method of skew-orthogonal polynomials and quaternion determinants. > We prove universality of spectral correlations in crossover ensembles. > We discuss applications to quantum conductance and communication theory problems. - Abstract: In a recent paper (S. Kumar, A. Pandey, Phys. Rev. E, 79, 2009, p. 026211) we considered Jacobi family (including Laguerre and Gaussian cases) of random matrix ensembles and reported exact solutions of crossover problems involving time-reversal symmetry breaking. In the present paper we givemore » details of the work. We start with Dyson's Brownian motion description of random matrix ensembles and obtain universal hierarchic relations among the unfolded correlation functions. For arbitrary dimensions we derive the joint probability density (jpd) of eigenvalues for all transitions leading to unitary ensembles as equilibrium ensembles. We focus on the orthogonal-unitary and symplectic-unitary crossovers and give generic expressions for jpd of eigenvalues, two-point kernels and n-level correlation functions. This involves generalization of the theory of skew-orthogonal polynomials to crossover ensembles. We also consider crossovers in the circular ensembles to show the generality of our method. In the large dimensionality limit, correlations in spectra with arbitrary initial density are shown to be universal when expressed in terms of a rescaled symmetry breaking parameter. Applications of our crossover results to communication theory and quantum conductance problems are also briefly discussed.« less

Pharmacokinetic characterization of three novel 4-mg nicotine lozenges
.

PubMed

Sukhija, Manpreet; Srivastava, Reena; Kaushik, Aditya

2018-03-01

Nicotine replacement therapy (NRT) increases the probability of smoking cessation. This study was conducted to determine if three prototype 4-mg nicotine lozenges produced locally in India were bioequivalent to a globally marketed reference product, Nicorette® 4-mg nicotine lozenge. Healthy adult smokers (N = 39) were treated with three prototype 4-mg nicotine lozenges in comparison with a reference 4-mg lozenge in this single-center, randomized, open-label, single-dose, 4-way crossover study. Pharmacokinetic sampling was obtained to test for bioequivalence using maximal plasma concentration (Cmax) and extent of absorption (AUC0-t). Secondarily, AUC;0-∞, time to maximal plasma concentration (tmax), half-life (T1/2), elimination rate constant (Kel), and safety of the prototype lozenges versus the reference lozenge were compared. Each prototype 4-mg nicotine lozenge was found to be bioequivalent to the reference 4-mg nicotine lozenge based on the ratio of geometric means and 90% confidence intervals for Cmax, AUC0-t, and AUC;0-∞. Although tmax; was significantly longer for prototype III, all four lozenges achieved maximum plasma nicotine concentrations at a median of 1.5 hours. The safety profiles of the three prototype 4-mg lozenges did not differ from that of the 4-mg reference product. Each prototype 4-mg nicotine lozenge was bioequivalent to the reference 4-mg nicotine lozenge and was well tolerated. Furthermore, as these bioequivalent prototypes differed in in-vitro dissolution profiles, these data suggest that performance from the in -vitro method deployed is not a firm predictor of pharmacokinetic behavior.
.

Comparative bioavailability of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide from a four drug fixed dose combination with separate formulations at the same dose levels.

PubMed

Agrawal, Shrutidevi; Singh, Inderjit; Kaur, Kanwal Jit; Bhade, Shantaram R; Kaul, Chaman Lal; Panchagnula, Ramesh

2004-05-19

Fixed dose combination (FDC) formulations became popular in the treatment of tuberculosis (TB) because of the better patient compliance, reduced risk of monotherapy and emergence of drug resistance in contrast to treatment with separate formulations of two to four first-line drugs. However, its successful implementation in national programs is limited by probable bioinequivalency of rifampicin if present in FDC form. In this regard, World Health Organization (WHO) and International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease (IUATLD) recommend FDCs only of proven bioavailability. Hence, bioequivalence study of four drug FDC tablet was conducted using 22 healthy male volunteers according to WHO recommended protocol to determine bioavailability of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide compared to standard separate combination at the same dose level. The study was designed as two period, two treatment crossover experiment with a washout period of 1 week. Bioequivalence of rifampicin was estimated by plasma and urinary method for both rifampicin and its active metabolite, des-acetyl rifampicin whereas isoniazid and pyrazinamide were estimated from plasma. Mean concentration time profiles and all the pharmacokinetic parameters of rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide from FDC tablet were comparable to individual formulations and passed the bioequivalence test with power of the test above 95%. Further, bioequivalence of both rifampicin and isoniazid shows that in vitro interaction of rifampicin and isoniazid is clinically insignificant. Thus, it was concluded that FDC formulation is bioequivalent for rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide and ensures the successful treatment of TB without compromising therapeutic efficacy of any of these components of anti-TB therapy.

Assessing bioequivalence of generic modified-release antiepileptic drugs

PubMed Central

Chang, Yi-Ting; Davit, Barbara; Gidal, Barry E.; Krauss, Gregory L.

2016-01-01

Objectives: The purpose of this study was to determine how closely generic modified-release antiepileptic drugs (MR-AEDs) resemble reference (brand) formulations by comparing peak concentrations (Cmax), total absorption (area under the curve [AUC]), time to Cmax (Tmax), intersubject variability, and food effects between generic and reference products. Methods: We tabulated Cmax and AUC data from the bioequivalence (BE) studies used to support the approvals of generic Food and Drug Administration–approved MR-AEDs. We compared differences in 90% confidence intervals of the generic/reference AUC and Cmax geometric mean ratios, and intersubject variability, Tmax and delivery profiles and food effects. Results: Forty-two MR-AED formulations were studied in 3,175 healthy participants without epilepsy in 97 BE studies. BE ratios for AUC and Cmax were similar between most generic and reference products: AUC ratios varied by >15% in 11.4% of BE studies; Cmax varied by >15% in 25.8% of studies. Tmax was more variable, with >30% difference in 13 studies (usually delayed in the fed compared to fasting BE studies). Generic and reference MR products had similar intersubject variability. Immediate-release AEDs showed less intersubject variability in AUC than did MR-AEDs. Conclusions: Most generic and reference MR-AEDs have similar AUC and Cmax values. Ratios for some products, however, are near acceptance limits and Tmax values may vary. Food effects are common with MR-AED products. High variability in pharmacokinetic values for once-a-day MR-AEDs suggests their major advantage compared to immediate-release AED formulations may be the convenience of less frequent dosing to improve adherence. PMID:27016518

Relative bioavailability of two 5-mg montelukast sodium chewable tablets: a single dose, randomized, open-label, 2-period crossover comparison in healthy korean adult male volunteers.

PubMed

Kim, H T; Song, Y-K; Lee, S D; Park, Y; Kim, C-K

2012-03-01

Montelukast sodium, cysteinyl leukotriene receptor 1 specific antagonist, has been marketed in Korea for the treatment of bronchial asthma and allergic rhinitis. The aim of this study was to compare the pharmacokinetics and relative bioavailability of a test and reference formulation of montelukast 5-mg chewable tablets in healthy Korean male volunteers to meet KFDA regulatory criteria for marketing of the new generic formulation. This study was designed as a single-dose, 2-treatment, and 2-period crossover trial with 32 healthy volunteers. Each subject was randomly assigned to receive the test (Dong-Kook Montelukast Sodium Chewable Tablet 5 mg®) or reference (Singulair Chewable Tablet 5 mg®) formulation. The tablet was chewed 20 times, and then swallowed with 240 mL of water. Plasma concentrations of montelukast up to 24 h after the dose were determined using a validated UPLC-MS/MS method, and the bioequivalence between the 2 formulations was assessed by statistical analysis of mean ratios of log-transformed AUC0-24 h and Cmax. No period or sequence effects were detected. The AUC0-24 h was 1 835 ng·h/mL for the test formulation, and 1 930 ng·h/mL for the reference formulation. The respective values of AUC0-∞ were 1 917 and 2 015 ng·h/mL. The Cmax of the test and reference products (247 and 283 ng/mL, respectively) reached at 2.25 and 2.72 h, respectively. Then, they gradually decreased with the mean terminal t1/2 of 5.25 and 5.30 h for the test and reference products, respectively. The 90% CIs for the ratio of log-transformed AUC0-24 h and Cmax for the test and reference formulations were 0.92-0.99 and 0.83-0.91, respectively. No adverse events were reported in this study. This single dose study found that the test and reference products met the regulatory criteria for bioequivalence in these fasting healthy Korean male volunteers. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

What's Mine Is Yours: The Crossover of Day-Specific Self-Esteem

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Neff, Angela; Sonnentag, Sabine; Niessen, Cornelia; Unger, Dana

2012-01-01

This diary study examines the daily crossover of self-esteem within working couples. By integrating self-esteem research into the crossover framework, we hypothesized that the day-specific self-esteem experienced by one partner after work crosses over to the other partner. Furthermore, we proposed that this daily crossover process is moderated by…

Melatonin improves sleep in children with epilepsy: randomized, double-blind cross-over study

PubMed Central

Jain, Sejal V; Horn, Paul S; Simakajornboon, Narong; Beebe, Dean W; Holland, Katherine; Byars, Anna W; Glauser, Tracy A

2015-01-01

Objective Insomnia, especially maintenance insomnia is widely prevalent in epilepsy. Although melatonin is commonly used, limited data address its efficacy. We performed a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, cross-over study to identify the effects of melatonin on sleep and seizure control in children with epilepsy. Methods Eleven pre-pubertal, developmentally normal children aged 6–11 years with epilepsy were randomized by software algorithm to receive placebo or 9 mg sustained release melatonin for 4 weeks, followed by a 1-week washout and 4-week crossover condition. The pharmacy performed blinding; patients, parents and study staff other than a statistician were blinded. Primary outcomes were sleep onset latency and wakefulness after sleep onset (WASO) measured on polysomnography. Secondary outcomes included seizure frequency, epileptiform spike density per hour of sleep on EEG and reaction time measures on psychomotor vigilance task. Statistical tests appropriate for cross-over designs were used for analysis. Results Data were analyzed from ten subjects who completed the study. Melatonin decreased sleep latency (Mean difference (MD): 11.4 min, p= 0.02) and WASO (MD 22 min, p=0.04) as compared to placebo. No worsening of spike density or seizure frequency was seen. Additionally, Slow-wave sleep duration and REM latency were increased with melatonin and REM sleep duration was decreased. These changes were statistically significant. Worsening of headache was noted in one subject with migraine on melatonin. Conclusion Sustained-release melatonin resulted in statistically significant decreases in sleep latency and WASO. No clear effects on seizures were observed but the study was too small to allow any conclusions to be drawn in this regard. PMID:25862116

Comparative bioavailability and pharmacokinetics of two oral formulations of flurbiprofen: a single-dose, randomized, open-label, two-period, crossover study in Pakistani subjects.

PubMed

Qayyum, Aisha; Najmi, Muzammil Hasan; Abbas, Mateen

2013-11-01

Comparative bioavailability studies are conducted to establish the bioequivalence of generic formulation with that of branded reference formulation, providing confidence to clinicians to use these products interchangeably. This study was carried out to compare a locally manufactured formulation of flurbiprofen with that of a branded product. Twenty two healthy male adults received a single dose of flurbiprofen (100mg) either generic or branded product according to randomization scheme on each of 2 periods. Blood samples were collected and plasma flurbiprofen concentration was determined by a validated HPLC method. Pharmacokinetic parameters like AUC(0-t), AUC(0-oo), Cmax, Tmax, t½, Vd and clearance were determined. The 90% CI for the ratio of geometric means of test to reference product's pharmacokinetic variables was calculated. Pharmacokinetic parameters for two formulations were comparable. Ratio of means of AUC(0-24), AUC(0-oo) and Cmax for test to reference products and 90% CI for these ratios were within the acceptable range. The p-values calculated by TOST were much less than the specified value (p-0.05). ANOVA gave p-values which were more than the specified value (p-0.05) for sequence, subject, period and formulation. Test formulation of flurbiprofen (tablet Flurso) was found to meet the criteria for bioequivalence to branded product (tablet Ansaid) based on pharmacokinetic parameters.

Cross-over studies underestimate energy compensation: The example of sucrose-versus sucralose-containing drinks.

PubMed

Gadah, Nouf S; Brunstrom, Jeffrey M; Rogers, Peter J

2016-12-01

The vast majority of preload-test-meal studies that have investigated the effects on energy intake of disguised nutrient or other food/drink ingredient manipulations have used a cross-over design. We argue that this design may underestimate the effect of the manipulation due to carry-over effects. To test this we conducted comparable cross-over (n = 69) and parallel-groups (n = 48) studies testing the effects of sucrose versus low-calorie sweetener (sucralose) in a drink preload on test-meal energy intake. The parallel-groups study included a baseline day in which only the test meal was consumed. Energy intake in that meal was used to control for individual differences in energy intake in the analysis of the effects of sucrose versus sucralose on energy intake on the test day. Consistent with our prediction, the effect of consuming sucrose on subsequent energy intake was greater when measured in the parallel-groups study than in the cross-over study (respectively 64% versus 36% compensation for the 162 kcal difference in energy content of the sucrose and sucralose drinks). We also included a water comparison group in the parallel-groups study (n = 24) and found that test-meal energy intake did not differ significantly between the water and sucralose conditions. Together, these results confirm that consumption of sucrose in a drink reduces subsequent energy intake, but by less than the energy content of the drink, whilst drink sweetness does not increase food energy intake. Crucially, though, the studies demonstrate that study design affects estimated energy compensation. Copyright © 2016 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Ltd.. All rights reserved.

Bioequivalence between two serum-free recombinant factor VIII preparations (N8 and ADVATE®)--an open-label, sequential dosing pharmacokinetic study in patients with severe haemophilia A.

PubMed

Martinowitz, U; Bjerre, J; Brand, B; Klamroth, R; Misgav, M; Morfini, M; Santagostino, E; Tiede, A; Viuff, D

2011-11-01

Recombinant coagulation factor VIII (rFVIII) concentrates provide a safe and efficacious replacement therapy for treatment and prevention of bleeding in patients with severe haemophilia A. The aim of this study was to compare the pharmacokinetic (PK) and safety profiles of two serum-free rFVIII products: N8, a new rFVIII manufactured by Novo Nordisk and Advate(®), a marketed product. Patients with severe haemophilia A with >150 exposure days to FVIII, without current or past inhibitors, were enrolled in an open-label, first human dose (FHD), multicentre trial. Twenty-three patients first received a single dose of 50 IU kg(-1) body weight Advate(®) followed by 50 IU kg(-1) body weight N8 at the next visit. A 4-day washout period was required prior to each dosing. Blood samples for PK and safety analyses were drawn prior to dosing and at intervals up until 48 h postdosing. The PK parameters were based on FVIII clotting activity (FVIII:C) measurements. Occurrence of adverse events was closely monitored. The mean profiles of FVIII:C and all primary and secondary parameters for Advate(®) and N8 were comparable. The 90% CI for the treatment ratio (Advate(®)/N8) for all primary endpoints (incremental recovery, t(1/2), AUC and Cl), and the secondary endpoints (AUC(last) and C(max)) were within the bioequivalence interval of 0.8-1.25. There were no safety concerns in the study and no reports of inhibitor formation in the 72-h period following exposure to a single N8 dose. In conclusion, N8 is bioequivalent to Advate(®). Furthermore, N8 is well tolerated in the FHD trial. © 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

Topoisomerase II Mediates Meiotic Crossover Interference

PubMed Central

Zhang, Liangran; Wang, Shunxin; Yin, Shen; Hong, Soogil; Kim, Keun P.; Kleckner, Nancy

2014-01-01

Summary Spatial patterning is a ubiquitous feature of biological systems. Meiotic crossovers provide an interesting example, defined by the classical phenomenon of crossover interference. Here, analysis of crossover patterns in budding yeast identifies a molecular pathway for interference. Topoisomerase II (Topo II) plays a central role, thus identifying a new function for this critical molecule. SUMOylation [of TopoII and axis component Red1] and ubiquitin-mediated removal of SUMOylated proteins are also required. These and other findings support the hypothesis that crossover interference involves accumulation, relief and redistribution of mechanical stress along the protein/DNA meshwork of meiotic chromosome axes, with TopoII required to adjust spatial relationships among DNA segments. PMID:25043020

[Troubleshooting of bioinequivalence of compound valsartan tablets].

PubMed

Shao, Da; Zhang, Yi-Fan; Zhan, Yan; Chen, Xiao-Yan; Zhong, Da-Fang

2014-04-01

The study aims to evaluate the bioequivalence of valsartan hydrochlorothiazide tablets, and to investigate the potential cause of bioinequivalence. This was a single-center study with an open, randomized double-way crossover design. Test and reference preparations containing 160 mg of valsartan and 25 mg of hydrochlorothiazide were given to 36 healthy male volunteers. Plasma concentrations of valsartan and hydrochlorothiazide were determined simultaneously by LC-MS/MS. The pharmacokinetic parameters and relative bioavailability were calculated, while the bioequivalence between test and reference preparations were evaluated. The dissolution profiles of test and reference preparations in four different mediums were determined via dissolution test and HPLC. The similarity was investigated according to the similarity factors (f2). The F(o-t) and F(0-infinity) were (139.4 +/- 65.2)% and (137.5 +/- 61.2)% for valsartan of test preparations. It led to get the conclusion that test and reference preparations were not bioequivalent for valsartan. A significant difference was observed between test and reference tablets in the valsartan dissolution test of pH 1.2 hydrochloric acid solution. The key factor of the bioinequivalence might be that dissolution of valsartan in acid medium has marked difference between two preparations.

Stress Crossover in Newlywed Marriage: A Longitudinal and Dyadic Perspective

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Neff, Lisa A.; Karney, Benjamin R.

2007-01-01

Studies of stress and marital quality often assess stress as an intrapersonal phenomenon, examining how spouses' stress may influence their own relationship well-being. Yet spouses' stress also may influence partners' relationship evaluations, a phenomenon referred to as stress crossover. This study examined stress crossover, and conditions that…

A novel once-daily fixed-dose combination of memantine extended release and donepezil for the treatment of moderate to severe Alzheimer's disease: two phase I studies in healthy volunteers.

PubMed

Boinpally, Ramesh; Chen, Laishun; Zukin, Stephen R; McClure, Natalie; Hofbauer, Robert K; Periclou, Antonia

2015-07-01

Combining two standard-of-care medications for Alzheimer's disease (AD) into a single once-daily dosage unit may improve treatment adherence, facilitate drug administration, and reduce caregiver burden. A new fixed-dose combination (FDC) capsule containing 28 mg memantine extended release (ER) and 10 mg donepezil was evaluated for bioequivalence with co-administered commercially available memantine ER and donepezil, and for bioavailability with regard to food intake. Two phase I, single-dose, randomized, open-label, crossover studies were conducted in 18- to 45-year-old healthy individuals. In MDX-PK-104 study, fasting participants (N = 38) received co-administered memantine ER and donepezil or the FDC. In MDX-PK-105 study, participants (N = 36) received three treatments: intact FDC taken while fasting or after a high-fat meal, or FDC contents sprinkled on applesauce while fasting. Standard pharmacokinetic parameters for memantine and donepezil were calculated from the plasma concentration time-curve using non-compartmental analyses. Linear mixed-effects models were used to compare: (a) FDC versus co-administered individual drugs; (b) FDC fasted versus with food; and (c) FDC sprinkled on applesauce versus FDC intact, both fasted. Safety parameters were also evaluated. The FDC capsule was bioequivalent to co-administered memantine ER and donepezil. There was no significant food effect on the bioavailability of the FDC components. There were no clinically relevant differences in time to maximum plasma concentration or safety profiles across treatments. An FDC capsule containing 28 mg memantine ER and 10 mg donepezil is bioequivalent to commercially available memantine ER and donepezil, and bioavailability is not affected by food intake or sprinkling of capsule contents on applesauce.

Bioequivalence of Oral Products and the Biopharmaceutics Classification System: Science, Regulation, and Public Policy

PubMed Central

Amidon, KS; Langguth, P; Lennernäs, H; Yu, L; Amidon, GL

2011-01-01

The demonstration of bioequivalence (BE) is an essential requirement for ensuring that patients receive a product that performs as indicated by the label. The BE standard for a particular product is set by its innovator, and this standard must subsequently be matched by generic drug products. The Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS) sets a scientific basis for an improved BE standard for immediate-release solid oral dosage forms. In this paper, we discuss BE and the BCS, as well as the issues that are currently relevant to BE as a pharmaceutical product standard. PMID:21775984

Generic OCs bioequivalent, but much maligned.

PubMed

1989-06-01

Although generic oral contraceptives (OCs) are bioequivalent to brand-name formulations, many family planning professionals do not prescribe the significantly lower-priced generics. The Planned Parenthood Federation of America, for example, has refused to approve generic OCs for use in the organization's clinics, presumably because of concerns about their equivalent efficacy and safety. However, much of this skepticism may be fueled by misleading marketing by brand-name OC manufacturers. Sales representatives have reportedly told clinicians that generic OCs can be as much as 20% different from brand-name formulations, despite evidence collected by the US Food and Drug Administration confirming that there is virtually no difference except in terms of inert ingredients. In the case of many formulations, the variability between the generic and brand-name products is no different than the variability found between different lots of the same brand-name drug. Another obstacle to wider use of generic OCs is that discounts for large volume purchases make brand-name OCs the best buy for family planning clinics. Clinicians also note that clients complain of minor side effects whenever OC brands are changed, even if the compounds are the same. As the price of medication continues to rise, the more widespread availability of generic OCs will be especially important for teenagers and other low-income clients.

Clinical bioequivalence of a dose of clopidogrel Leti Cravid tablets 75 mg versus clopidogrel Sanofi Plavix tablets 75 mg administered on a daily dose for 7 days on healthy volunteers: a clinical trial.

PubMed

Müller, Aixa; Octavio, José; González, María Y; Contreras, Jesús; Méndez, Gisela; Portillo, Milagros; Valero, Zuleima

2010-01-01

Patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention procedures, as in patients with coronary disease, should receive treatment indefinitely with acetylsalicylic acid and clopidogrel. New brands of clopidogrel have been developed at lower costs, for helping to avoid premature suspension of antiplatelet therapy, as Cravid Leti Laboratories clopidogrel. Its effectiveness and safety must be compared with Plavix international standard. A prospective, comparative, cross-over, and randomized study was conducted in healthy volunteers. Each group received 1 tablet of Clopidogrel Leti or Clopidogrel Sanofi, 75 mg in a single dose daily for 7 days, followed by 7-day washout period before administration of second treatment. Platelet aggregation was measured at the start of each period and at 7 days of treatment through optical aggregometry, using an optical aggregometer 490-2D Chrono-Log, with a self-calibration system working with platelet-rich plasma with readings 0%-100% of light transmission. An important decrease of platelet aggregation was observed in both groups at 7 days of treatment of more than 50%, independent of adenosine diphosphate reactive (Helena and Chrono-Log) used for aggregation (P < 0.05). The relationship between the mean and 90% confidence interval ratio obtained with the 2 different adenosine diphosphate brands were between 80% and 125%, therefore, it can be considered that both brands are bioequivalent and perfectly exchangeable.

Exchangeability in the case-crossover design

PubMed Central

Mittleman, Murray A; Mostofsky, Elizabeth

2014-01-01

In cohort and case-control studies, confounding that arises as a result of differences in the distribution of determinants of the outcome between exposure groups leading to non-exchangeability are addressed by restriction, matching or with statistical models. In case-only studies, this issue is addressed by comparing each individual with his/herself. Although case-only designs use self-matching and only include individuals who develop the outcome of interest, issues of non-exchangeability are identical to those that arise in traditional case-control and cohort studies. In this review, we describe one type of case-only design, the case-crossover design, and discuss how the concept of exchangeability can be used to understand issues of confounding, carryover effects, period effects and selection bias in case-crossover studies. PMID:24756878

Bioequivalence and in vitro antimicrobial activity between generic and brand-name levofloxacin.

PubMed

Sun, Hsin-Yun; Liao, Hsiao-Wei; Sheng, Meng-Huei; Tai, Hui-Min; Kuo, Ching-Hua; Sheng, Wang-Huei

2016-07-01

Generic agents play a crucial role in reducing the cost of medical care in many countries. However, the therapeutic equivalence remains a great concern. Our study aims to assess the in vitro antimicrobial activity and bioequivalence between generic and brand-name levofloxacin. Enantiomeric purity test, dissolution test, and in vitro antimicrobial susceptibility against seven clinically important pathogens by the agar dilution method were employed to assess the similarity between four generic products and brand-name levofloxacin (Daiichi Sankyo). All the generic and brand-name levofloxacin passed enantiomeric purity test. The results of dissolution tests were not similar among the generic products and the brand-name levofloxacin. Compared with the generic products, the brand-name levofloxacin had the smallest mean variations (-25% to 13%) with reference standard (United States Pharmacopeia levofloxacin Reference Standards). Variations were observed particularly in dissolution profiles and in vitro activity between generic products and brand-name levofloxacin. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Complexity of intravenous iron nanoparticle formulations: implications for bioequivalence evaluation.

PubMed

Pai, Amy Barton

2017-11-01

Intravenous iron formulations are a class of complex drugs that are commonly used to treat a wide variety of disease states associated with iron deficiency and anemia. Venofer® (iron-sucrose) is one of the most frequently used formulations, with more than 90% of dialysis patients in the United States receiving this formulation. Emerging data from global markets outside the United States, where many iron-sucrose similars or copies are available, have shown that these formulations may have safety and efficacy profiles that differ from the reference listed drug. This may be attributable to uncharacterized differences in physicochemical characteristics and/or differences in labile iron release. As bioequivalence evaluation guidance evolves, clinicians should be educated on these potential clinical issues before a switch to the generic formulation is made in the clinical setting. © 2017 New York Academy of Sciences.

Even apparently insignificant chemical deviations among bioequivalent generic antibiotics can lead to therapeutic nonequivalence: the case of meropenem.

PubMed

Agudelo, M; Rodriguez, C A; Pelaez, C A; Vesga, O

2014-01-01

Several studies with animal models have demonstrated that bioequivalence of generic products of antibiotics like vancomycin, as currently defined, do not guarantee therapeutic equivalence. However, the amounts and characteristics of impurities and degradation products in these formulations do not violate the requirements of the U.S. Pharmacopeia (USP). Here, we provide experimental data with three generic products of meropenem that help in understanding how these apparently insignificant chemical differences affect the in vivo efficacy. Meropenem generics were compared with the innovator in vitro by microbiological assay, susceptibility testing, and liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry (LC/MS) analysis and in vivo with the neutropenic guinea pig soleus infection model (Pseudomonas aeruginosa) and the neutropenic mouse thigh (P. aeruginosa), brain (P. aeruginosa), and lung (Klebisella pneumoniae) infection models, adding the dihydropeptidase I (DHP-I) inhibitor cilastatin in different proportions to the carbapenem. We found that the concentration and potency of the active pharmaceutical ingredient, in vitro susceptibility testing, and mouse pharmacokinetics were identical for all products; however, two generics differed significantly from the innovator in the guinea pig and mouse models, while the third generic was therapeutically equivalent under all conditions. Trisodium adducts in a bioequivalent generic made it more susceptible to DHP-I hydrolysis and less stable at room temperature, explaining its therapeutic nonequivalence. We conclude that the therapeutic nonequivalence of generic products of meropenem is due to greater susceptibility to DHP-I hydrolysis. These failing generics are compliant with USP requirements and would remain undetectable under current regulations.

NON-HOMOGENEOUS POISSON PROCESS MODEL FOR GENETIC CROSSOVER INTERFERENCE.

PubMed

Leu, Szu-Yun; Sen, Pranab K

2014-01-01

The genetic crossover interference is usually modeled with a stationary renewal process to construct the genetic map. We propose two non-homogeneous, also dependent, Poisson process models applied to the known physical map. The crossover process is assumed to start from an origin and to occur sequentially along the chromosome. The increment rate depends on the position of the markers and the number of crossover events occurring between the origin and the markers. We show how to obtain parameter estimates for the process and use simulation studies and real Drosophila data to examine the performance of the proposed models.

Effect of Study Design on Sample Size in Studies Intended to Evaluate Bioequivalence of Inhaled Short-Acting β-Agonist Formulations.

PubMed

Zeng, Yaohui; Singh, Sachinkumar; Wang, Kai; Ahrens, Richard C

2018-04-01

Pharmacodynamic studies that use methacholine challenge to assess bioequivalence of generic and innovator albuterol formulations are generally designed per published Food and Drug Administration guidance, with 3 reference doses and 1 test dose (3-by-1 design). These studies are challenging and expensive to conduct, typically requiring large sample sizes. We proposed 14 modified study designs as alternatives to the Food and Drug Administration-recommended 3-by-1 design, hypothesizing that adding reference and/or test doses would reduce sample size and cost. We used Monte Carlo simulation to estimate sample size. Simulation inputs were selected based on published studies and our own experience with this type of trial. We also estimated effects of these modified study designs on study cost. Most of these altered designs reduced sample size and cost relative to the 3-by-1 design, some decreasing cost by more than 40%. The most effective single study dose to add was 180 μg of test formulation, which resulted in an estimated 30% relative cost reduction. Adding a single test dose of 90 μg was less effective, producing only a 13% cost reduction. Adding a lone reference dose of either 180, 270, or 360 μg yielded little benefit (less than 10% cost reduction), whereas adding 720 μg resulted in a 19% cost reduction. Of the 14 study design modifications we evaluated, the most effective was addition of both a 90-μg test dose and a 720-μg reference dose (42% cost reduction). Combining a 180-μg test dose and a 720-μg reference dose produced an estimated 36% cost reduction. © 2017, The Authors. The Journal of Clinical Pharmacology published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

[Bioequivalence of dermatological topical medicines:the Brazilian scenario and the challenges for health surveillance].

PubMed

Soares, Kelen Carine Costa; Moraes, Marcelo Vogler; Gelfuso, Guilherme Martins; Gratieri, Taís

2015-11-01

The comparative evaluation required for the registration of generic topical medicines in Brazil is conducted by means of a pharmaceutical equivalence study, which merely assesses the physical/chemical and microbiological parameters of the formulations. At the international level, clinical or pharmacodynamic studies are now being required to prove the efficacy and safety of semisolid topical generic formulations. This work presents a comparison of the different requirements for the registration of topical formulations, taking into consideration the various regulatory authorities, and presents a survey of topical medicines registered in Brazil prior to 2013. The survey revealed that in comparison with the USA there were many more copies of these formulations registered in Brazil. This fact, together with the large number of studies in the literature showing the lack of bioequivalence of topical medication, is clear proof of the major importance of the need to realign Brazilian legislation with respect to the technical requirements for the registration of generic and similar medication for dermatological topical application in Brazil.

Recent Studies on Methanol Crossover in Liquid-Feed Direct Methanol Fuel Cells

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Valdez, T. I.; Narayanan, S. R.

2000-01-01

In this work, the effects of methanol crossover and airflow rates on the cathode potential of an operating direct methanol fuel cell are explored. Techniques for quantifying methanol crossover in a fuel cell and for separating the electrical performance of each electrode in a fuel cell are discussed. The effect of methanol concentration on cathode potential has been determined to be significant. The cathode is found to be mass transfer limited when operating on low flow rate air and high concentrations of methanol. Improvements in cathode structure and operation at low methanol concentration have been shown to result in improved cell performance.

Large-volume injection of sample diluents not miscible with the mobile phase as an alternative approach in sample preparation for bioanalysis: an application for fenspiride bioequivalence.

PubMed

Medvedovici, Andrei; Udrescu, Stefan; Albu, Florin; Tache, Florentin; David, Victor

2011-09-01

Liquid-liquid extraction of target compounds from biological matrices followed by the injection of a large volume from the organic layer into the chromatographic column operated under reversed-phase (RP) conditions would successfully combine the selectivity and the straightforward character of the procedure in order to enhance sensitivity, compared with the usual approach of involving solvent evaporation and residue re-dissolution. Large-volume injection of samples in diluents that are not miscible with the mobile phase was recently introduced in chromatographic practice. The risk of random errors produced during the manipulation of samples is also substantially reduced. A bioanalytical method designed for the bioequivalence of fenspiride containing pharmaceutical formulations was based on a sample preparation procedure involving extraction of the target analyte and the internal standard (trimetazidine) from alkalinized plasma samples in 1-octanol. A volume of 75 µl from the octanol layer was directly injected on a Zorbax SB C18 Rapid Resolution, 50 mm length × 4.6 mm internal diameter × 1.8 µm particle size column, with the RP separation being carried out under gradient elution conditions. Detection was made through positive ESI and MS/MS. Aspects related to method development and validation are discussed. The bioanalytical method was successfully applied to assess bioequivalence of a modified release pharmaceutical formulation containing 80 mg fenspiride hydrochloride during two different studies carried out as single-dose administration under fasting and fed conditions (four arms), and multiple doses administration, respectively. The quality attributes assigned to the bioanalytical method, as resulting from its application to the bioequivalence studies, are highlighted and fully demonstrate that sample preparation based on large-volume injection of immiscible diluents has an increased potential for application in bioanalysis.

Speed behaviour in work zone crossovers. A driving simulator study.

PubMed

Domenichini, Lorenzo; La Torre, Francesca; Branzi, Valentina; Nocentini, Alessandro

2017-01-01

Reductions in speed and, more critically, in speed variability between vehicles are considered an important factor to reduce crash risk in work zones. This study was designed to evaluate in a virtual environment the drivers' behaviour in response to nine different configurations of a motorway crossover work zone. Specifically, the speed behaviour through a typical crossover layout, designed in accordance with the Italian Ministerial Decree 10 July 2002, was compared with that of eight alternative configurations which differ in some characteristics such as the sequence of speed limits, the median opening width and the lane width. The influence of variable message signs, of channelizing devices and of perceptual treatments based on Human Factor principles were also tested. Forty-two participants drove in driving simulator scenarios while data on their speeds and decelerations were collected. The results indicated that drivers' speeds are always higher than the temporary posted speed limits for all configurations and that speeds decreases significantly only within the by-passes. However the implementation of higher speed limits, together with a wider median opening and taller channelization devices led to a greater homogeneity of the speeds adopted by the drivers. The presence of perceptual measures generally induced both the greatest homogenization of speeds and the largest reductions in mean speed values. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Semiparametric time varying coefficient model for matched case-crossover studies.

PubMed

Ortega-Villa, Ana Maria; Kim, Inyoung; Kim, H

2017-03-15

In matched case-crossover studies, it is generally accepted that the covariates on which a case and associated controls are matched cannot exert a confounding effect on independent predictors included in the conditional logistic regression model. This is because any stratum effect is removed by the conditioning on the fixed number of sets of the case and controls in the stratum. Hence, the conditional logistic regression model is not able to detect any effects associated with the matching covariates by stratum. However, some matching covariates such as time often play an important role as an effect modification leading to incorrect statistical estimation and prediction. Therefore, we propose three approaches to evaluate effect modification by time. The first is a parametric approach, the second is a semiparametric penalized approach, and the third is a semiparametric Bayesian approach. Our parametric approach is a two-stage method, which uses conditional logistic regression in the first stage and then estimates polynomial regression in the second stage. Our semiparametric penalized and Bayesian approaches are one-stage approaches developed by using regression splines. Our semiparametric one stage approach allows us to not only detect the parametric relationship between the predictor and binary outcomes, but also evaluate nonparametric relationships between the predictor and time. We demonstrate the advantage of our semiparametric one-stage approaches using both a simulation study and an epidemiological example of a 1-4 bi-directional case-crossover study of childhood aseptic meningitis with drinking water turbidity. We also provide statistical inference for the semiparametric Bayesian approach using Bayes Factors. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

A Case Study of Controlling Crossover in a Selection Hyper-heuristic Framework Using the Multidimensional Knapsack Problem.

PubMed

Drake, John H; Özcan, Ender; Burke, Edmund K

2016-01-01

Hyper-heuristics are high-level methodologies for solving complex problems that operate on a search space of heuristics. In a selection hyper-heuristic framework, a heuristic is chosen from an existing set of low-level heuristics and applied to the current solution to produce a new solution at each point in the search. The use of crossover low-level heuristics is possible in an increasing number of general-purpose hyper-heuristic tools such as HyFlex and Hyperion. However, little work has been undertaken to assess how best to utilise it. Since a single-point search hyper-heuristic operates on a single candidate solution, and two candidate solutions are required for crossover, a mechanism is required to control the choice of the other solution. The frameworks we propose maintain a list of potential solutions for use in crossover. We investigate the use of such lists at two conceptual levels. First, crossover is controlled at the hyper-heuristic level where no problem-specific information is required. Second, it is controlled at the problem domain level where problem-specific information is used to produce good-quality solutions to use in crossover. A number of selection hyper-heuristics are compared using these frameworks over three benchmark libraries with varying properties for an NP-hard optimisation problem: the multidimensional 0-1 knapsack problem. It is shown that allowing crossover to be managed at the domain level outperforms managing crossover at the hyper-heuristic level in this problem domain.

An approach to checking case-crossover analyses based on equivalence with time-series methods.

PubMed

Lu, Yun; Symons, James Morel; Geyh, Alison S; Zeger, Scott L

2008-03-01

The case-crossover design has been increasingly applied to epidemiologic investigations of acute adverse health effects associated with ambient air pollution. The correspondence of the design to that of matched case-control studies makes it inferentially appealing for epidemiologic studies. Case-crossover analyses generally use conditional logistic regression modeling. This technique is equivalent to time-series log-linear regression models when there is a common exposure across individuals, as in air pollution studies. Previous methods for obtaining unbiased estimates for case-crossover analyses have assumed that time-varying risk factors are constant within reference windows. In this paper, we rely on the connection between case-crossover and time-series methods to illustrate model-checking procedures from log-linear model diagnostics for time-stratified case-crossover analyses. Additionally, we compare the relative performance of the time-stratified case-crossover approach to time-series methods under 3 simulated scenarios representing different temporal patterns of daily mortality associated with air pollution in Chicago, Illinois, during 1995 and 1996. Whenever a model-be it time-series or case-crossover-fails to account appropriately for fluctuations in time that confound the exposure, the effect estimate will be biased. It is therefore important to perform model-checking in time-stratified case-crossover analyses rather than assume the estimator is unbiased.

Investigational new drug safety reporting requirements for human drug and biological products and safety reporting requirements for bioavailability and bioequivalence studies in humans. Final rule.

PubMed

2010-09-29

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is amending its regulations governing safety reporting requirements for human drug and biological products subject to an investigational new drug application (IND). The final rule codifies the agency's expectations for timely review, evaluation, and submission of relevant and useful safety information and implements internationally harmonized definitions and reporting standards. The revisions will improve the utility of IND safety reports, reduce the number of reports that do not contribute in a meaningful way to the developing safety profile of the drug, expedite FDA's review of critical safety information, better protect human subjects enrolled in clinical trials, subject bioavailability and bioequivalence studies to safety reporting requirements, promote a consistent approach to safety reporting internationally, and enable the agency to better protect and promote public health.

Crossover from capillary fingering to viscous fingering in a rough fracture

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hu, R.; Chen, Y.; Wu, D. S.

2017-12-01

Controlled by the competition between capillary and viscous forces, the displacement patterns of one fluid displacing another more viscous one exhibit capillary fingering, viscous fingering, and the crossover between the two. Although extensive studies have investigated viscous and capillary fingerings in porous and fractured media, a few studies focused on the crossover in rough fractures, and how viscous and capillary forces affect the crossover remains unclear. Using a transparent fracture visualization system, we studied how the competition impacts the crossover in a horizontal rough fracture. Drainage experiments of water displacing oil were conducted at seven flow rates (capillary number log10Ca ranging from -7.07 to -3.07) and four viscosity ratios (M = 1/1000, 1/500, 1/100 and 1/50). We consistently observed lower invading fluid saturations in the crossover zone. In addition, we proposed a phase diagram for the displacement patterns in a rough fracture that is consistent with similar studies in porous media. Based on real-time imaging and statistical analysis of the invasion morphology, we showed that the competition between the capillary and viscous forces is responsible for the saturation reduction in the crossover zone. In this zone, finger propagation toward the outlet (characteristic of viscous fingering) as well as void-filling in the transverse and backward directions (characteristic of capillary fingering), are both suppressed. Therefore, the invading fluid tends to occupy larger apertures with higher characteristic front velocity, promoting void-filling toward the outlet with thinner finger growth and resulting in a larger volume of defending fluid left behind.

Two Phase 1, Open-Label, Single-Dose, Randomized, Crossover Studies to Assess the Pharmacokinetics, Safety, and Tolerability of Orally Administered Granules of Secnidazole (2 g) in Healthy Female Volunteers Under Different Administration Conditions.

PubMed

Pentikis, Helen S; Adetoro, Nikki

2017-11-10

Bacterial vaginosis (BV) is the most common vaginal infection in reproductive-age women and a significant risk factor for sexually transmitted diseases and pregnancy complications. Standard 5- to 7-day antimicrobial treatments for BV are associated with high rates of recurrence and adverse events. SYM-1219 is a novel granule formulation containing 2 g of secnidazole, developed as an oral, single-dose BV treatment. Two phase 1, open-label, single-center, randomized, crossover trials (studies 102 and 103) assessed the pharmacokinetics and safety of SYM-1219 single doses (≥7-day washout between doses) in healthy, nonpregnant women aged 18 to 65 years inclusive. Study 102 compared SYM-1219 in applesauce in fasted vs fed states. Study 103 compared SYM-1219 (fasted) in pudding and yogurt vs applesauce. Studies 102 and 103 each dosed 24 subjects (mean [standard deviation] ages, 36 [1.8] and 40 [11.6] years, respectively). In both studies the 90% confidence intervals for all treatment comparisons of maximum plasma concentration, area under the concentration-time curve from 0 to last measurable concentration and to infinity, geometric mean ratios were within 80% to 125%, demonstrating bioequivalence. In both studies median fasted time to maximum plasma concentration was 4 hours (6 hours fed in study 102), and mean half-life ranged from 17 to 19 hours. Treatment-emergent adverse events occurred in 70.8% and 83.3% subjects in studies 102 and 103, respectively, most commonly headache (41.7% and 50.0%) and gastrointestinal treatment-emergent adverse events. The pharmacokinetics of SYM-1219 were similar in fed and fasted states and when administered in different foods. © 2017 The Authors. Clinical Pharmacology in Drug Development published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

24 CFR 3285.701 - Electrical crossovers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... 24 Housing and Urban Development 5 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Electrical crossovers. 3285.701... URBAN DEVELOPMENT MODEL MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION STANDARDS Electrical Systems and Equipment § 3285.701 Electrical crossovers. Multi-section homes with electrical wiring in more than one section require...

24 CFR 3285.701 - Electrical crossovers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

... 24 Housing and Urban Development 5 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Electrical crossovers. 3285.701... URBAN DEVELOPMENT MODEL MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION STANDARDS Electrical Systems and Equipment § 3285.701 Electrical crossovers. Multi-section homes with electrical wiring in more than one section require...

24 CFR 3285.701 - Electrical crossovers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

... 24 Housing and Urban Development 5 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Electrical crossovers. 3285.701... URBAN DEVELOPMENT MODEL MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION STANDARDS Electrical Systems and Equipment § 3285.701 Electrical crossovers. Multi-section homes with electrical wiring in more than one section require...

24 CFR 3285.701 - Electrical crossovers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... 24 Housing and Urban Development 5 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Electrical crossovers. 3285.701... URBAN DEVELOPMENT MODEL MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION STANDARDS Electrical Systems and Equipment § 3285.701 Electrical crossovers. Multi-section homes with electrical wiring in more than one section require...

A compartmentalized signaling network mediates crossover control in meiosis

PubMed Central

Zhang, Liangyu; Köhler, Simone; Rillo-Bohn, Regina

2018-01-01

During meiosis, each pair of homologous chromosomes typically undergoes at least one crossover (crossover assurance), but these exchanges are strictly limited in number and widely spaced along chromosomes (crossover interference). The molecular basis for this chromosome-wide regulation remains mysterious. A family of meiotic RING finger proteins has been implicated in crossover regulation across eukaryotes. Caenorhabditis elegans expresses four such proteins, of which one (ZHP-3) is known to be required for crossovers. Here we investigate the functions of ZHP-1, ZHP-2, and ZHP-4. We find that all four ZHP proteins, like their homologs in other species, localize to the synaptonemal complex, an unusual, liquid crystalline compartment that assembles between paired homologs. Together they promote accumulation of pro-crossover factors, including ZHP-3 and ZHP-4, at a single recombination intermediate, thereby patterning exchanges along paired chromosomes. These proteins also act at the top of a hierarchical, symmetry-breaking process that enables crossovers to direct accurate chromosome segregation. PMID:29521627

The BCS-BEC Crossover

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Parish, Meera M.

2015-09-01

This chapter presents the crossover from the Bardeen-Cooper-Schrieffer (BCS) state of weakly correlated pairs of fermions to the Bose-Einstein condensation (BEC) of diatomic molecules in the atomic Fermi gas. Our aim is to provide a pedagogical review of the BCS-BEC crossover, with an emphasis on the basic concepts, particularly those that are not generally known or are difficult to find in the literature. We shall not attempt to give an exhaustive survey of current research in the limited space here; where possible, we will direct the reader to more extensive reviews.

Effect of Study Design on Sample Size in Studies Intended to Evaluate Bioequivalence of Inhaled Short‐Acting β‐Agonist Formulations

PubMed Central

Zeng, Yaohui; Singh, Sachinkumar; Wang, Kai

2017-01-01

Abstract Pharmacodynamic studies that use methacholine challenge to assess bioequivalence of generic and innovator albuterol formulations are generally designed per published Food and Drug Administration guidance, with 3 reference doses and 1 test dose (3‐by‐1 design). These studies are challenging and expensive to conduct, typically requiring large sample sizes. We proposed 14 modified study designs as alternatives to the Food and Drug Administration–recommended 3‐by‐1 design, hypothesizing that adding reference and/or test doses would reduce sample size and cost. We used Monte Carlo simulation to estimate sample size. Simulation inputs were selected based on published studies and our own experience with this type of trial. We also estimated effects of these modified study designs on study cost. Most of these altered designs reduced sample size and cost relative to the 3‐by‐1 design, some decreasing cost by more than 40%. The most effective single study dose to add was 180 μg of test formulation, which resulted in an estimated 30% relative cost reduction. Adding a single test dose of 90 μg was less effective, producing only a 13% cost reduction. Adding a lone reference dose of either 180, 270, or 360 μg yielded little benefit (less than 10% cost reduction), whereas adding 720 μg resulted in a 19% cost reduction. Of the 14 study design modifications we evaluated, the most effective was addition of both a 90‐μg test dose and a 720‐μg reference dose (42% cost reduction). Combining a 180‐μg test dose and a 720‐μg reference dose produced an estimated 36% cost reduction. PMID:29281130

Energy expenditure in people with transtibial amputation walking with crossover and energy storing prosthetic feet: A randomized within-subject study.

PubMed

McDonald, Cody L; Kramer, Patricia A; Morgan, Sara J; Halsne, Elizabeth G; Cheever, Sarah M; Hafner, Brian J

2018-05-01

Energy storing feet are unable to reduce the energy required for normal locomotion among people with transtibial amputation. Crossover feet, which incorporate aspects of energy storing and running specific feet, are designed to maximize energy return while providing stability for everyday activities. Do crossover prosthetic feet reduce the energy expenditure of walking across a range of speeds, when compared with energy storing feet among people with transtibial amputation due to non-dysvascular causes? A randomized within-subject study was conducted with a volunteer sample of twenty-seven adults with unilateral transtibial amputation due to non-dysvascular causes. Participants were fit with two prostheses. One had an energy storing foot (Össur Variflex) and the other a crossover foot (Össur Cheetah Xplore). Other components, including sockets, suspension, and interface were standardized. Energy expenditure was measured with a portable respirometer (Cosmed K4b2) while participants walked on a treadmill at self-selected slow, comfortable, and fast speeds with each prosthesis. Gross oxygen consumption rates (VO 2  ml/min) were compared between foot conditions. Energy storing feet were used as the baseline condition because they are used by most people with a lower limb prosthesis. Analyses were performed to identify people who may benefit from transition to crossover feet. On average, participants had lower oxygen consumption in the crossover foot condition compared to the energy storing foot condition at each self-selected walking speed, but this difference was not statistically significant. Participants with farther six-minute walk test distances, higher daily step counts, and higher Medicare Functional Classification Levels at baseline were more likely to use less energy in the crossover foot. Crossover feet may be most beneficial for people with higher activity levels and physical fitness. Further research is needed to examine the effect of crossover feet on

Skating crossovers on a motorized flywheel: a preliminary experimental design to test effect on speed and on crossovers.

PubMed

Smith, Aynsley M; Krause, David A; Stuart, Michael J; Montelpare, William J; Sorenson, Matthew C; Link, Andrew A; Gaz, Daniel V; Twardowski, Casey P; Larson, Dirk R; Stuart, Michael B

2013-12-01

Ice hockey requires frequent skater crossovers to execute turns. Our investigation aimed to determine the effectiveness of training crossovers on a motorized, polyethylene high-resistance flywheel. We hypothesized that high school hockey players training on the flywheel would perform as well as their peers training on ice. Participants were 23 male high-school hockey players (age 15-19 years). The study used an experimental prospective design to compare players who trained for 9 sessions on the 22-foot flywheel with players who trained for 9 sessions on a similarly sized on-ice circle. Both groups were compared with control subjects who were randomly selected from the same participant pool as those training on ice. All players were tested before and after their 3-week training regimens, and control subjects were asked to not practice crossovers between testing. Group 1 trained in a hockey training facility housing the flywheel, and group 2 trained in the ice hockey arena where testing occurred. Primary outcome measures tested in both directions were: (a) speed (time in seconds) required to skate crossovers for 3 laps of a marked face-off circle, (b) cadence of skating crossovers on the similarly sized circles, and (c) a repeat interval speed test, which measures anaerobic power. No significant changes were found between groups in on-ice testing before and after training. Among the group 1 players, 7 of 8 believed they benefited from flywheel training. Group 2 players, who trained on ice, did not improve performance significantly over group 1 players. Despite the fact that no significant on-ice changes in performance were observed in objective measures, players who trained on the flywheel subjectively reported that the flywheel is an effective cost-effective alternative to training on ice. This is a relevant finding when placed in context with limited availability of on-ice training.

Effect of lacosamide on the steady-state pharmacokinetics of digoxin: results from a phase I, multiple-dose, double-blind, randomised, placebo-controlled, crossover trial.

PubMed

Cawello, Willi; Mueller-Voessing, Christa; Andreas, Jens-Otto

2014-05-01

Recent data suggest that P-glycoprotein may be involved in cellular transport of lacosamide. To investigate potential drug-drug interactions (DDIs) between lacosamide and digoxin, this phase I, multiple-dose, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover trial assessed the pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, safety and tolerability of digoxin administered in combination with lacosamide or placebo. Twenty healthy White male volunteers were randomised. After receiving digoxin 0.25 mg three times daily on day 1 (loading dose), participants received digoxin 0.25 mg once daily on days 2-22. Participants received either lacosamide (200 mg twice daily) or placebo on days 8-11 and vice versa on days 18-21, after a 6-day washout. The steady-state area under concentration-time curve over the dosing interval (AUC(24,ss)) and maximum steady-state plasma concentration (C(max,ss)) of digoxin were measured; ratios of these parameters for co-administration of digoxin + lacosamide versus digoxin alone were used to evaluate potential DDIs. Interaction was excluded if the 90 % confidence interval (CI) for the geometric mean ratio of AUC24,ss and C max,ss fell within the acceptance range for bioequivalence (0.8-1.25). The point estimates (90 % CI) of the geometric mean ratios for co-administration of digoxin with lacosamide versus digoxin alone for AUC(24,ss) [1.024 (0.979-1.071)] and C(max,ss) [1.049 (0.959-1.147)] were within the acceptance range for bioequivalence. Digoxin and lacosamide co-administration was generally well-tolerated. A small numerical increase in the mean PR interval following co-administered digoxin + lacosamide was observed versus digoxin alone and versus pre-treatment baseline values (178.5 vs. 170.4 or 166.8 ms, respectively). The RR interval increased in parallel. The change was not considered clinically relevant. Co-administration of steady-state digoxin (0.25 mg/day) with multiple-dose lacosamide (400 mg/day) versus digoxin alone revealed no

Controlling the type I error rate in two-stage sequential adaptive designs when testing for average bioequivalence.

PubMed

Maurer, Willi; Jones, Byron; Chen, Ying

2018-05-10

In a 2×2 crossover trial for establishing average bioequivalence (ABE) of a generic agent and a currently marketed drug, the recommended approach to hypothesis testing is the two one-sided test (TOST) procedure, which depends, among other things, on the estimated within-subject variability. The power of this procedure, and therefore the sample size required to achieve a minimum power, depends on having a good estimate of this variability. When there is uncertainty, it is advisable to plan the design in two stages, with an interim sample size reestimation after the first stage, using an interim estimate of the within-subject variability. One method and 3 variations of doing this were proposed by Potvin et al. Using simulation, the operating characteristics, including the empirical type I error rate, of the 4 variations (called Methods A, B, C, and D) were assessed by Potvin et al and Methods B and C were recommended. However, none of these 4 variations formally controls the type I error rate of falsely claiming ABE, even though the amount of inflation produced by Method C was considered acceptable. A major disadvantage of assessing type I error rate inflation using simulation is that unless all possible scenarios for the intended design and analysis are investigated, it is impossible to be sure that the type I error rate is controlled. Here, we propose an alternative, principled method of sample size reestimation that is guaranteed to control the type I error rate at any given significance level. This method uses a new version of the inverse-normal combination of p-values test, in conjunction with standard group sequential techniques, that is more robust to large deviations in initial assumptions regarding the variability of the pharmacokinetic endpoints. The sample size reestimation step is based on significance levels and power requirements that are conditional on the first-stage results. This necessitates a discussion and exploitation of the peculiar properties

A sequential bioequivalence design with a potential ethical advantage.

PubMed

Fuglsang, Anders

2014-07-01

This paper introduces a two-stage approach for evaluation of bioequivalence, where, in contrast to the designs of Diane Potvin and co-workers, two stages are mandatory regardless of the data obtained at stage 1. The approach is derived from Potvin's method C. It is shown that under circumstances with relatively high variability and relatively low initial sample size, this method has an advantage over Potvin's approaches in terms of sample sizes while controlling type I error rates at or below 5% with a minute occasional trade-off in power. Ethically and economically, the method may thus be an attractive alternative to the Potvin designs. It is also shown that when using the method introduced here, average total sample sizes are rather independent of initial sample size. Finally, it is shown that when a futility rule in terms of sample size for stage 2 is incorporated into this method, i.e., when a second stage can be abolished due to sample size considerations, there is often an advantage in terms of power or sample size as compared to the previously published methods.

Bioavailability and tolerability of combination treatment with revaprazan 200 mg + itopride 150 mg: a randomized crossover study in healthy male Korean volunteers.

PubMed

Choi, Hee Youn; Noh, Yook-Hwan; Jin, Seok-Joon; Kim, Yo Han; Kim, Mi-Jo; Sung, Hyeryoung; Jang, Seong Bok; Lee, Sung Jae; Bae, Kyun-Seop; Lim, Hyeong-Seok

2012-09-01

To date, no definitive treatment of functional dyspepsia (FD) has been proven to be effective and reasonably well-tolerated. Proton pump inhibitors (PPIs) combined with prokinetic agents are considered an effective option. Revaprazan is a selective potassium-competitive acid blocker that reversibly inhibits gastric H(+)/K(+)-ATPase and shows effective acid suppression comparable to PPIs. Itopride is a prokinetic agent that has anticholinesterase activity as well as dopamine D(2) receptor antagonistic activity. For this reason, revaprazan and itopride have been prescribed for FD; however, no available studies have reported the pharmacokinetic interactions of these 2 drugs. The objective of this study was to compare the bioavailability and tolerability of revaprazan and itopride combination therapy to those of equally dosed monotherapies to acquire basic drug-drug interaction information about revaprazan. This multiple-dose, randomized crossover study was conducted in healthy male Korean subjects. Subjects received, in randomized sequence, a 7-day oral dose of revaprazan 200 mg once daily, itopride 50 mg TID, or both. Each treatment period was separated by a 7-day washout period. Blood samples were collected for up to 24 hours following the last dose at steady state, and drug concentrations were determined using validated LC/MS-MS. Pharmacokinetic properties were obtained using noncompartmental analysis. Drug tolerability was assessed throughout the study, using measurements of vital signs, clinical chemistry testing, and interviews. A total of 30 subjects were enrolled in the study. Among them, 28 subjects completed revaprazan treatment, and 27 completed the study (3 subjects were withdrawn). The geometric mean ratios (GMRs) (90% CI) of C(max,ss), and AUC(τ,ss) with revaprazan were 0.92 (0.84-1.00) and 0.96 (0.89-1.03), respectively. The GMRs of C(max,ss) and AUC(τ,ss) with itopride were 1.07 (0.96-1.20) and 1.12 (1.06-1.18), respectively. A total of 15 adverse

Single-crossover recombination in discrete time.

PubMed

von Wangenheim, Ute; Baake, Ellen; Baake, Michael

2010-05-01

Modelling the process of recombination leads to a large coupled nonlinear dynamical system. Here, we consider a particular case of recombination in discrete time, allowing only for single crossovers. While the analogous dynamics in continuous time admits a closed solution (Baake and Baake in Can J Math 55:3-41, 2003), this no longer works for discrete time. A more general model (i.e. without the restriction to single crossovers) has been studied before (Bennett in Ann Hum Genet 18:311-317, 1954; Dawson in Theor Popul Biol 58:1-20, 2000; Linear Algebra Appl 348:115-137, 2002) and was solved algorithmically by means of Haldane linearisation. Using the special formalism introduced by Baake and Baake (Can J Math 55:3-41, 2003), we obtain further insight into the single-crossover dynamics and the particular difficulties that arise in discrete time. We then transform the equations to a solvable system in a two-step procedure: linearisation followed by diagonalisation. Still, the coefficients of the second step must be determined in a recursive manner, but once this is done for a given system, they allow for an explicit solution valid for all times.

Comparative bioavailability study of clonazepam after oral administration of two tablet formulations.

PubMed

Chauhan, B L; Sane, S P; Revankar, S N; Rammamurthy, L; Doshi, B; Bhatt, A D; Bhate, V R; Kulkarni, R D

2000-10-01

To assess the bioavailability of clonazepam from two brands of 2 mg tablet formulations--Epitril and reference brand. A two-way randomised cross-over bioavailability study was carried out in 12 healthy male volunteers. Coded plasma samples were analysed for levels of clonazepam by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method. The mean Cmax, Tmax t1/2 beta and AUC (0-48) for Epitril were: 16.31 +/- 3.07 ng/mL, 1.63 +/- 0.48 h, 46.97 +/- 12.26 h and 207.70 +/- 57.07 ng/ml.h; for reference brand were 19.75 +/- 5.95 ng/mL, 1.42 +/- 0.29 h, 46.88 +/- 11.29 h and 215.70 +/- 50.89 ng/ml.h respectively. These were comparable and the differences were not statistically significant. Based on above pharmacokinetic parameters, Epitril was bioequivalent to reference brand.

An investigation into the influence of experimental conditions on in vitro drug release from immediate-release tablets of levothyroxine sodium and its relation to oral bioavailability.

PubMed

Kocic, Ivana; Homsek, Irena; Dacevic, Mirjana; Parojcic, Jelena; Miljkovic, Branislava

2011-09-01

The aim of this study was to investigate the influence of experimental conditions on levothyroxine sodium release from two immediate-release tablet formulations which narrowly passed the standard requirements for bioequivalence studies. The in vivo study was conducted as randomised, single-dose, two-way cross-over pharmacokinetic study in 24 healthy subjects. The in vitro study was performed using various dissolution media, and obtained dissolution profiles were compared using the similarity factor value. Drug solubility in different media was also determined. The in vivo results showed narrowly passing bioequivalence. Considering that levothyroxine sodium is classified as Class III drug according to the Biopharmaceutics Classification System, drug bioavailability will be less sensitive to the variation in its dissolution characteristics and it can be assumed that the differences observed in vitro in some of investigated media probably do not have significant influence on the absorption process, as long as rapid and complete dissolution exists. The study results indicate that the current regulatory criteria for the value of similarity factor in comparative dissolution testing, as well as request for very rapid dissolution (more than 85% of drug dissolved in 15 min), are very restricted for immediate-release dosage forms containing highly soluble drug substance and need further investigation. The obtained results also add to the existing debate on the appropriateness of the current bioequivalence standards for levothyroxine sodium products.

Dimensional crossover in fragmentation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sotolongo-Costa, Oscar; Rodriguez, Arezky H.; Rodgers, G. J.

2000-11-01

Experiments in which thick clay plates and glass rods are fractured have revealed different behavior of fragment mass distribution function in the small and large fragment regions. In this paper we explain this behavior using non-extensive Tsallis statistics and show how the crossover between the two regions is caused by the change in the fragments’ dimensionality during the fracture process. We obtain a physical criterion for the position of this crossover and an expression for the change in the power-law exponent between the small and large fragment regions. These predictions are in good agreement with the experiments on thick clay plates.

Use of partial AUC (PAUC) to evaluate bioequivalence--a case study with complex absorption: methylphenidate.

PubMed

Fourie Zirkelbach, Jeanne; Jackson, Andre J; Wang, Yaning; Schuirmann, Donald J

2013-01-01

Methylphenidate modified-release products produce early and late peak concentrations critical for treatment of morning and afternoon symptoms of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Standard bioequivalence (BE) criteria cannot be applied to these products. The performance of partial area under the drug concentration-time curve (PAUC), Cmax and AUCINF to assess BE were independently evaluated for two products. A two-stage analysis was performed on plasma data for two methylphenidate modified-release products (Product 1 and 2). Simulations using the fitted parameters determined how changes in fast absorption rate constant (K0Fast) and fraction available (F1) affected curve shape and BE determination using Cmax, AUCINF and PAUC. The sensitivity of the mean PAUC(test)/PAUC(reference) ratios to changes in K0Fast(test) are product dependent. Product 1 mean PAUC(test)/PAUC(reference) ratios for PAUC0-4h are more responsive to both decreases and increases in K0Fast(test) than Product 2. Product 2 showed a greater response in the mean PAUC(test)/PAUC(reference) ratio for PAUC0-4h when the K0Fast(test) is decreased and less response as the value is increased. PAUC estimated curve shape is sensitive to changes in absorption and are product specific, and may require a new PAUC metric for each drug. A non-product specific metric to assess curve shape is warranted.

PM₁₀ exposure and non-accidental mortality in Asian populations: a meta-analysis of time-series and case-crossover studies.

PubMed

Park, Hye Yin; Bae, Sanghyuk; Hong, Yun-Chul

2013-01-01

We investigated the association between particulate matter less than 10 µm in aerodynamic diameter (PM₁₀) exposure and non-accidental mortality in Asian populations by meta-analysis, using both time-series and case-crossover analysis. Among the 819 published studies searched from PubMed and EMBASE using key words related to PM₁₀ exposure and non-accidental mortality in Asian countries, 8 time-series and 4 case-crossover studies were selected for meta-analysis after exclusion by selection criteria. We obtained the relative risk (RR) and 95% confidence intervals (CI) of non-accidental mortality per 10 µg/m³ increase of daily PM₁₀ from each study. We used Q statistics to test the heterogeneity of the results among the different studies and evaluated for publication bias using Begg funnel plot and Egger test. Testing for heterogeneity showed significance (p<0.001); thus, we applied a random-effects model. RR (95% CI) per 10 µg/m³ increase of daily PM₁₀ for both the time-series and case-crossover studies combined, time-series studies relative risk only, and case-crossover studies only, were 1.0047 (1.0033 to 1.0062), 1.0057 (1.0029 to 1.0086), and 1.0027 (1.0010 to 1.0043), respectively. The non-significant Egger test suggested that this analysis was not likely to have a publication bias. We found a significant positive association between PM₁₀ exposure and non-accidental mortality among Asian populations. Continued investigations are encouraged to contribute to the health impact assessment and public health management of air pollution in Asian countries.

Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of a new reformulated microemulsion and the long-chain triglyceride emulsion of propofol in beagle dogs

PubMed Central

Lee, S-H; Ghim, J-L; Song, M-H; Choi, H-G; Choi, B-M; Lee, H-M; Lee, E-K; Roh, Y-J; Noh, G-J

2009-01-01

Background and purpose: Microemulsion propofol was developed to eliminate lipid solvent-related adverse events of long-chain triglyceride emulsion (LCT) propofol. We compared dose proportionality, pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic characteristics of both formulations. Experimental approach: The study was a randomized, two-period and crossover design with 7-day wash-out period. Microemulsion and LCT propofol were administered by zero-order infusion (0.75, 1.00 and 1.25 mg·kg−1·min−1) for 20 min in 30 beagle dogs (male/female = 5/5 for each rate). Arterial samples were collected at preset intervals. The electroencephalographic approximate entropy (ApEn) was used as a measure of propofol effect. Dose proportionality, pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic bioequivalence were evaluated by non-compartmental analyses. Population analysis was performed using nonlinear mixed effects modelling. Key results: Both formulations showed dose proportionality at the applied dose range. The ratios of geometric means of AUClast and AUCinf between both formulations were acceptable for bioequivalence, whereas that of Cmax was not. The pharmacodynamic bioequivalence was indicated by the arithmetic means of AAC (areas above the ApEn time curves) and E0 (baseline ApEn)–Emax (maximally decreased ApEn) between both formulations. The pharmacokinetics of both formulations were best described by three compartment models. Body weight was a significant covariate for V1 of both formulations and sex for k21 of microemulsion propofol. The blood-brain equilibration rate constants (ke0, min−1) were 0.476 and 0.696 for microemulsion and LCT propofol respectively. Conclusions and implications: Microemulsion propofol was pharmacodynamically bioequivalent to LCT propofol although pharmacokinetic bioequivalence was incomplete, and demonstrated linear pharmacokinetics at the applied dose ranges. PMID:19925493

Comparative Bioavailability and Tolerability of a Single 2-mg Dose of 2 Repaglinide Tablet Formulations in Fasting, Healthy Chinese Male Volunteers: An Open-Label, Randomized-Sequence, 2-Period Crossover Study☆

PubMed Central

Zhai, Xue-jia; Hu, Kai; Chen, Fen; Lu, Yong-ning

2013-01-01

Background Repaglinide, an oral insulin secretagogue, was the first meglitinide analogue to be approved for use in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Objective In our study, the bioavailability and tolerability of the proposed generic formulation with the established reference formulation of repaglinide 2 mg were compared in a fasting, healthy Chinese male population. Methods This 2-week, open-label, randomized-sequence, single-dose, 2-period crossover study was conducted in 22 healthy native Han Chinese male volunteers. Eligible subjects were randomly assigned in a 1:1 ratio to receive a single 2-mg dose of the test or reference formulation, followed by a 7-day washout period and administration of the alternate formulation. After an overnight fast, subjects received a single oral dose of repaglinide (2 mg). Blood samples were drawn at predetermined time points (0, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, and 6.0 hours). All plasma concentrations of repaglinide were measured by LC-MS/MS. The observed Cmax, Tmax, t1/2, and AUC were assessed. The formulations were to be considered bioequivalent if the ln-transformed ratios of Cmax and AUC were within the predetermined bioequivalence range of 80% to 125% established by the State Food and Drug Administration of the People’s Republic of China. Tolerability was assessed throughout the study via subject interview, vital signs, and blood sampling. Results The mean (SD) age of the subjects was 24.2 (2.3) years; their mean (SD) weight was 62.6 (5.8) kg, their mean (SD) height was 172 (5.7) cm, and their mean (SD) body mass index was 21.0 (1.1). The mean (SD) Cmax for repaglinide with the test and reference formulations were 20.0 (5.1) and 18.7 (8.7) ng/mL. The AUC0–t for the test formulation was 46.3 (15.1) and AUC0–∞ was 47.9 (16.5) ng•h/mL. With the reference formulation, the corresponding values were 46.4 (26.1) and 49.0 (31.3) ng•h/mL. The mean (SD) Tmax values with the test and reference

Evaluation of Crushed Tablet for Oral Administration and the Effect of Food on Apixaban Pharmacokinetics in Healthy Adults.

PubMed

Song, Yan; Chang, Ming; Suzuki, Akiyuki; Frost, Robert J A; Kelly, Anne; LaCreta, Frank; Frost, Charles

2016-07-01

These studies evaluate the relative bioavailability of crushed apixaban tablets and the effect of food on apixaban pharmacokinetic properties. An open-label, randomized, crossover study in 33 healthy adults compared the bioavailability of 2 × 5-mg apixaban tablets administered whole (reference), crushed and suspended in 30 mL of water, and crushed and mixed with 30 g of applesauce. A second open-label, randomized, crossover study in 22 healthy adults compared apixaban 1 × 5-mg tablet administered when fasted (reference) or immediately after consumption of a high-fat, high-calorie meal. Point estimates and 90% CIs for geometric mean ratios were generated for Cmax, AUC0-∞, and AUC0-t. Cmax and AUC met bioequivalence criteria for crushed tablets in water. Cmax and AUC decreased by 21.1% and 16.4%, respectively, with the lower bound of the CIs falling below the bioequivalence criteria for crushed tablets with applesauce. Similarly, administration of whole tablets with a high-fat, high-calorie meal reduced apixaban Cmax and AUC by 14.9% and 20.1%, respectively. The exposure reductions in both studies were considered not clinically significant. Apixaban tablets can be administered crushed or whole, with or without food. The results of these alternative methods of administration support their use in patients who have difficulty swallowing tablets. ClinicalTrials.gov identifiers: NCT02101112 and NCT01437839. Copyright © 2016 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Reference datasets for bioequivalence trials in a two-group parallel design.

PubMed

Fuglsang, Anders; Schütz, Helmut; Labes, Detlew

2015-03-01

In order to help companies qualify and validate the software used to evaluate bioequivalence trials with two parallel treatment groups, this work aims to define datasets with known results. This paper puts a total 11 datasets into the public domain along with proposed consensus obtained via evaluations from six different software packages (R, SAS, WinNonlin, OpenOffice Calc, Kinetica, EquivTest). Insofar as possible, datasets were evaluated with and without the assumption of equal variances for the construction of a 90% confidence interval. Not all software packages provide functionality for the assumption of unequal variances (EquivTest, Kinetica), and not all packages can handle datasets with more than 1000 subjects per group (WinNonlin). Where results could be obtained across all packages, one showed questionable results when datasets contained unequal group sizes (Kinetica). A proposal is made for the results that should be used as validation targets.

Biowaiver extension potential to BCS Class III high solubility-low permeability drugs: bridging evidence for metformin immediate-release tablet.

PubMed

Cheng, Ching-Ling; Yu, Lawrence X; Lee, Hwei-Ling; Yang, Chyun-Yu; Lue, Chang-Sha; Chou, Chen-Hsi

2004-07-01

The biopharmaceutics classification system (BCS) allows biowaiver for rapid dissolving immediate-release (IR) products of Class I drugs (high solubility and high permeability). The possibility of extending biowaivers to Class III high solubility and low permeability drugs is currently under scrutiny. In vivo bioequivalence data of different formulations of Class III drugs would support such an extension. The objective of this work was to demonstrate the bioequivalence of two marketed IR tablet products of a Class III drug, metformin hydrochloride, that are rapidly dissolving and have similar in vitro dissolution profiles. The effect of race on the systemic exposure of metformin was also explored. A randomized, open-label, two-period crossover study was conducted in 12 healthy Chinese male volunteers. Each subject received a single-dose of 500 mg of each product after an overnight fasting. The plasma concentrations of metformin were followed for 24 h. No significant formulation effect was found for the bioequivalence metrics: areas under concentration-time curve (AUC0-t, AUC0-infinity) and maximal concentration (Cmax). The 90% confidence intervals for the ratio of means were found within the acceptance range of 80-125% for the log-transformed data. Based on these results, it was concluded that the two IR products are bioequivalent. The pharmacokinetic parameters of metformin in Chinese for both products were similar and were in good agreement with those reported for metformin IR tablets in other ethnic populations. This study serves as an example for supporting biowaiver for BCS Class III drugs.

A randomized, double-blind, cross-over, phase IV trial of oros-methylphenidate (CONCERTA(®)) and generic novo-methylphenidate ER-C (NOVO-generic).

PubMed

Fallu, Angelo; Dabouz, Farida; Furtado, Melissa; Anand, Leena; Katzman, Martin A

2016-08-01

Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is a common neurobehavioral disorder with onset during childhood. Multiple aspects of a child's development are hindered, in both home and school settings, with negative impacts on social, emotional, and cognitive functioning. If left untreated, ADHD is commonly associated with poor academic achievement and low occupational status, as well as increased risk of substance abuse and delinquency. The objective of this study was to evaluate adult ADHD subject reported outcomes when switched from a stable dose of CONCERTA(®) to the same dose of generic Novo-methylphenidate ER-C(®). Randomized, double-blind, cross-over, phase IV trial consisted of two phases in which participants with a primary diagnosis of ADHD were randomized in a 1:1 ratio to 3 weeks of treatment with CONCERTA or generic Novo-Methylphenidate ER-C. Following 3 weeks of treatment, participants were crossed-over to receive the other treatment for an additional 3 weeks. Primary efficacy was assessed through the use of the Treatment Satisfaction Questionnaire for Medication, Version II (TSQM-II). Participants with ADHD treated with CONCERTA were more satisfied in terms of efficacy and side effects compared to those receiving an equivalent dose of generic Novo-Methylphenidate ER-C. All participants chose to continue with CONCERTA treatment at the conclusion of the study. Although CONCERTA and generic Novo-Methylphenidate ER-C have been deemed bioequivalent, however the present findings demonstrate clinically and statistically significant differences between generic and branded CONCERTA. Further investigation of these differences is warranted.

Automatic identification of vessel crossovers in retinal images

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sánchez, L.; Barreira, N.; Penedo, M. G.; Cancela, B.

2015-02-01

Crossovers and bifurcations are interest points of the retinal vascular tree useful to diagnose diseases. Specifically, detecting these interest points and identifying which of them are crossings will give us the opportunity to search for arteriovenous nicking, this is, an alteration of the vessel tree where an artery is crossed by a vein and the former compresses the later. These formations are a clear indicative of hypertension, among other medical problems. There are several studies that have attempted to define an accurate and reliable method to detect and classify these relevant points. In this article, we propose a new method to identify crossovers. Our approach is based on segmenting the vascular tree and analyzing the surrounding area of each interest point. The minimal path between vessel points in this area is computed in order to identify the connected vessel segments and, as a result, to distinguish between bifurcations and crossovers. Our method was tested using retinographies from public databases DRIVE and VICAVR, obtaining an accuracy of 90%.

50 CFR 660.320 - Open access fishery-crossover provisions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 13 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Open access fishery-crossover provisions... West Coast Groundfish-Open Access Fisheries § 660.320 Open access fishery—crossover provisions. The crossover provisions listed at § 660.60(h)(7), apply to vessels fishing in the open access fishery. [76 FR...

50 CFR 660.320 - Open access fishery-crossover provisions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 13 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Open access fishery-crossover provisions... West Coast Groundfish-Open Access Fisheries § 660.320 Open access fishery—crossover provisions. The crossover provisions listed at § 660.60(h)(7), apply to vessels fishing in the open access fishery. [76 FR...

50 CFR 660.320 - Open access fishery-crossover provisions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 13 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Open access fishery-crossover provisions... West Coast Groundfish-Open Access Fisheries § 660.320 Open access fishery—crossover provisions. The crossover provisions listed at § 660.60(h)(7), apply to vessels fishing in the open access fishery. [76 FR...

Pharmacokinetic Evaluation of Two Nicotine Patches in Smokers.

PubMed

Rasmussen, Scott; Horkan, Kathleen Halabuk; Kotler, Mitchell

2018-02-02

Smoking continues to be a major preventable cause of early mortality worldwide, and nicotine replacement therapy has been demonstrated to increase rates of abstinence among smokers attempting to quit. Nicotine transdermal systems (also known as nicotine patches) attach to the skin via an adhesive layer composed of a mixture of different-molecular-weight polyisobutylenes (PIBs) in a specific ratio. This randomized, single-dose, 2-treatment, crossover pharmacokinetic (PK) trial assessed the bioequivalence of nicotine patches including a replacement PIB adhesive (test) compared with the PIB adhesive historically used on marketed patches (reference). The test and reference patches were bioequivalent, as determined by the PK parameters of C max and AUC 0-t . In addition, the parameters T max and t 1/2 did not significantly differ between the 2 patches, supporting the bioequivalence finding from the primary analysis. The tolerability profiles of the patches containing the replacement and previously used PIB adhesives were similar; application-site adverse events did not significantly differ between test and reference patches. Overall, these data establish the bioequivalence of the nicotine patch with the replacement PIB adhesive formulation and the previously utilized PIB adhesive formulation. © 2018 The Authors. Clinical Pharmacology in Drug Development published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

Microelectronic superconducting crossover and coil

DOEpatents

Wellstood, F.C.; Kingston, J.J.; Clarke, J.

1994-03-01

A microelectronic component comprising a crossover is provided comprising a substrate, a first high T[sub c] superconductor thin film, a second insulating thin film comprising SrTiO[sub 3]; and a third high T[sub c] superconducting film which has strips which crossover one or more areas of the first superconductor film. An in situ method for depositing all three films on a substrate is provided which does not require annealing steps and which can be opened to the atmosphere between depositions. 13 figures.

On the equivalence of case-crossover and time series methods in environmental epidemiology.

PubMed

Lu, Yun; Zeger, Scott L

2007-04-01

The case-crossover design was introduced in epidemiology 15 years ago as a method for studying the effects of a risk factor on a health event using only cases. The idea is to compare a case's exposure immediately prior to or during the case-defining event with that same person's exposure at otherwise similar "reference" times. An alternative approach to the analysis of daily exposure and case-only data is time series analysis. Here, log-linear regression models express the expected total number of events on each day as a function of the exposure level and potential confounding variables. In time series analyses of air pollution, smooth functions of time and weather are the main confounders. Time series and case-crossover methods are often viewed as competing methods. In this paper, we show that case-crossover using conditional logistic regression is a special case of time series analysis when there is a common exposure such as in air pollution studies. This equivalence provides computational convenience for case-crossover analyses and a better understanding of time series models. Time series log-linear regression accounts for overdispersion of the Poisson variance, while case-crossover analyses typically do not. This equivalence also permits model checking for case-crossover data using standard log-linear model diagnostics.

The kinetochore prevents centromere-proximal crossover recombination during meiosis

PubMed Central

Vincenten, Nadine; Kuhl, Lisa-Marie; Lam, Isabel; Oke, Ashwini; Kerr, Alastair RW; Hochwagen, Andreas; Fung, Jennifer; Keeney, Scott; Vader, Gerben; Marston, Adèle L

2015-01-01

During meiosis, crossover recombination is essential to link homologous chromosomes and drive faithful chromosome segregation. Crossover recombination is non-random across the genome, and centromere-proximal crossovers are associated with an increased risk of aneuploidy, including Trisomy 21 in humans. Here, we identify the conserved Ctf19/CCAN kinetochore sub-complex as a major factor that minimizes potentially deleterious centromere-proximal crossovers in budding yeast. We uncover multi-layered suppression of pericentromeric recombination by the Ctf19 complex, operating across distinct chromosomal distances. The Ctf19 complex prevents meiotic DNA break formation, the initiating event of recombination, proximal to the centromere. The Ctf19 complex independently drives the enrichment of cohesin throughout the broader pericentromere to suppress crossovers, but not DNA breaks. This non-canonical role of the kinetochore in defining a chromosome domain that is refractory to crossovers adds a new layer of functionality by which the kinetochore prevents the incidence of chromosome segregation errors that generate aneuploid gametes. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.7554/eLife.10850.001 PMID:26653857

Computer simulations for bioequivalence trials: Selection of analyte in BCS class II and IV drugs with first-pass metabolism, two metabolic pathways and intestinal efflux transporter.

PubMed

Mangas-Sanjuan, Victor; Navarro-Fontestad, Carmen; García-Arieta, Alfredo; Trocóniz, Iñaki F; Bermejo, Marival

2018-05-30

A semi-physiological two compartment pharmacokinetic model with two active metabolites (primary (PM) and secondary metabolites (SM)) with saturable and non-saturable pre-systemic efflux transporter, intestinal and hepatic metabolism has been developed. The aim of this work is to explore in several scenarios which analyte (parent drug or any of the metabolites) is the most sensitive to changes in drug product performance (i.e. differences in in vivo dissolution) and to make recommendations based on the simulations outcome. A total of 128 scenarios (2 Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS) drug types, 2 levels of K M Pgp , in 4 metabolic scenarios at 2 dose levels in 4 quality levels of the drug product) were simulated for BCS class II and IV drugs. Monte Carlo simulations of all bioequivalence studies were performed in NONMEM 7.3. Results showed the parent drug (PD) was the most sensitive analyte for bioequivalence trials in all the studied scenarios. PM and SM revealed less or the same sensitivity to detect differences in pharmaceutical quality as the PD. Another relevant result is that mean point estimate of C max and AUC methodology from Monte Carlo simulations allows to select more accurately the most sensitive analyte compared to the criterion on the percentage of failed or successful BE studies, even for metabolites which frequently show greater variability than PD. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Sex differences in the pharmacokinetics and bioequivalence of the delayed-release combination of doxylamine succinate-pyridoxine hydrochloride; implications for pharmacotherapy in pregnancy.

PubMed

Koren, Gideon; Vranderick, Manon; Gill, Simerpal K; Macleod, Stuart

2013-12-01

Most bioequivalence (BE) studies are conducted in males with the assumption that variability in pharmacokinetics is similar between the sexes. The purpose of this single-center, reference replicate study was to determine the effect of sex on the pharmacokinetics and BE of doxylamine-pyridoxine 10 mg-10 mg delayed-release tablets. Healthy males (n = 12) and non-pregnant females (n = 12) were administered two tablets, and blood sampling was conducted from 1 hour pre-dose until 72 hours post-dose. After 21 days, dose administration and blood sampling were re-conducted. All analytes were measured using liquid chromatography-tandem mass-spectrometry. Pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated for each study period using standard, non-compartmental methods, and differences were assessed using ANOVA. BE testing was conducted using the relative 90% confidence interval for the AUC0-t for each analyte. Females had significantly larger AUC0-t for doxylamine, 1,550 ng h/mL (coefficient of variance [CV = 19%]) versus 1,272 ng h/mL (CV = 21%; P ≤ .05), and pyridoxine, 35 ng h/mL, (CV = 43%) versus 25 ng h/mL (CV = 31%; P ≤ .05) compared to males. A higher Cmax for doxylamine was observed in females, 107 ng/mL (CV = 16%), compared to males, 86 ng/mL (CV = 15%) (P ≤ .05). BE testing did not demonstrate bioequivalence between males and females. Pharmacokinetic differences observed between the sexes have implications for future BE studies using doxylamine-pyridoxine. © 2013, The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

Modified Veress needle decompression of tension pneumothorax: a randomized crossover animal study.

PubMed

Lubin, Dafney; Tang, Andrew L; Friese, Randall S; Martin, Matthew; Green, D J; Jones, Trevor; Means, Russell R; Ginwalla, Rashna; O'Keeffe, Terence S; Joseph, Bellal A; Wynne, Julie L; Kulvatunyou, Narong; Vercruysse, Gary; Gries, Lynn; Rhee, Peter

2013-12-01

The current prehospital standard of care using a large bore intravenous catheter for tension pneumothorax (tPTX) decompression is associated with a high failure rate. We developed a modified Veress needle (mVN) for this condition. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness and safety of the mVN as compared with a 14-gauge needle thoracostomy (NT) in a swine tPTX model. tPTX was created in 16 adult swine via thoracic CO2 insufflation to 15 mm Hg. After tension physiology was achieved, defined as a 50% reduction of cardiac output, the swine were randomized to undergo either mVN or NT decompression. Failure to restore 80% baseline systolic blood pressure within 5 minutes resulted in crossover to the alternate device. The success rate of each device, death, and need for crossover were analyzed using χ. Forty-three tension events were created in 16 swine (24 mVN, 19 NT) at 15 mm Hg of intrathoracic pressure with a mean CO2 volume of 3.8 L. tPTX resulted in a 48% decline of systolic blood pressure from baseline and 73% decline of cardiac output, and 42% had equalization of central venous pressure with pulmonary capillary wedge pressure. All tension events randomized to mVN were successfully rescued within a mean (SD) of 70 (86) seconds. NT resulted in four successful decompressions (21%) within a mean (SD) of 157 (96) seconds. Four swine (21%) died within 5 minutes of NT decompression. The persistent tension events where the swine survived past 5 minutes (11 of 19 NTs) underwent crossover mVN decompression, yielding 100% rescue. Neither the mVN nor the NT was associated with inadvertent injuries to the viscera. Thoracic insufflation produced a reliable and highly reproducible model of tPTX. The mVN is vastly superior to NT for effective and safe tPTX decompression and physiologic recovery. Further research should be invested in the mVN for device refinement and replacement of NT in the field.

Proton pump inhibitors and vascular function: A prospective cross-over pilot study.

PubMed

Ghebremariam, Yohannes T; Cooke, John P; Khan, Fouzia; Thakker, Rahul N; Chang, Peter; Shah, Nigam H; Nead, Kevin T; Leeper, Nicholas J

2015-08-01

Proton pump inhibitors (PPIs) are commonly used drugs for the treatment of gastric reflux. Recent retrospective cohorts and large database studies have raised concern that the use of PPIs is associated with increased cardiovascular (CV) risk. However, there is no prospective clinical study evaluating whether the use of PPIs directly causes CV harm. We conducted a controlled, open-label, cross-over pilot study among 21 adults aged 18 and older who are healthy (n=11) or have established clinical cardiovascular disease (n=10). Study subjects were assigned to receive a PPI (Prevacid; 30 mg) or a placebo pill once daily for 4 weeks. After a 2-week washout period, participants were crossed over to receive the alternate treatment for the ensuing 4 weeks. Subjects underwent evaluation of vascular function (by the EndoPAT technique) and had plasma levels of asymmetric dimethylarginine (ADMA, an endogenous inhibitor of endothelial function previously implicated in PPI-mediated risk) measured prior to and after each treatment interval. We observed a marginal inverse correlation between the EndoPAT score and plasma levels of ADMA (r = -0.364). Subjects experienced a greater worsening in plasma ADMA levels while on PPI than on placebo, and this trend was more pronounced amongst those subjects with a history of vascular disease. However, these trends did not reach statistical significance, and PPI use was also not associated with an impairment in flow-mediated vasodilation during the course of this study. In conclusion, in this open-label, cross-over pilot study conducted among healthy subjects and coronary disease patients, PPI use did not significantly influence vascular endothelial function. Larger, long-term and blinded trials are needed to mechanistically explain the correlation between PPI use and adverse clinical outcomes, which has recently been reported in retrospective cohort studies. © The Author(s) 2015.

Semi-physiologic model validation and bioequivalence trials simulation to select the best analyte for acetylsalicylic acid.

PubMed

Cuesta-Gragera, Ana; Navarro-Fontestad, Carmen; Mangas-Sanjuan, Victor; González-Álvarez, Isabel; García-Arieta, Alfredo; Trocóniz, Iñaki F; Casabó, Vicente G; Bermejo, Marival

2015-07-10

The objective of this paper is to apply a previously developed semi-physiologic pharmacokinetic model implemented in NONMEM to simulate bioequivalence trials (BE) of acetyl salicylic acid (ASA) in order to validate the model performance against ASA human experimental data. ASA is a drug with first-pass hepatic and intestinal metabolism following Michaelis-Menten kinetics that leads to the formation of two main metabolites in two generations (first and second generation metabolites). The first aim was to adapt the semi-physiological model for ASA in NOMMEN using ASA pharmacokinetic parameters from literature, showing its sequential metabolism. The second aim was to validate this model by comparing the results obtained in NONMEM simulations with published experimental data at a dose of 1000 mg. The validated model was used to simulate bioequivalence trials at 3 dose schemes (100, 1000 and 3000 mg) and with 6 test formulations with decreasing in vivo dissolution rate constants versus the reference formulation (kD 8-0.25 h (-1)). Finally, the third aim was to determine which analyte (parent drug, first generation or second generation metabolite) was more sensitive to changes in formulation performance. The validation results showed that the concentration-time curves obtained with the simulations reproduced closely the published experimental data, confirming model performance. The parent drug (ASA) was the analyte that showed to be more sensitive to the decrease in pharmaceutical quality, with the highest decrease in Cmax and AUC ratio between test and reference formulations. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Interim analyses in 2 x 2 crossover trials.

PubMed

Cook, R J

1995-09-01

A method is presented for performing interim analyses in long term 2 x 2 crossover trials with serial patient entry. The analyses are based on a linear statistic that combines data from individuals observed for one treatment period with data from individuals observed for both periods. The coefficients in this linear combination can be chosen quite arbitrarily, but we focus on variance-based weights to maximize power for tests regarding direct treatment effects. The type I error rate of this procedure is controlled by utilizing the joint distribution of the linear statistics over analysis stages. Methods for performing power and sample size calculations are indicated. A two-stage sequential design involving simultaneous patient entry and a single between-period interim analysis is considered in detail. The power and average number of measurements required for this design are compared to those of the usual crossover trial. The results indicate that, while there is minimal loss in power relative to the usual crossover design in the absence of differential carry-over effects, the proposed design can have substantially greater power when differential carry-over effects are present. The two-stage crossover design can also lead to more economical studies in terms of the expected number of measurements required, due to the potential for early stopping. Attention is directed toward normally distributed responses.

Clonazepam quantification in human plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography coupled with electrospray tandem mass spectrometry in a bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Cavedal, Luiz E; Mendes, Fabiana D; Domingues, Claudia C; Patni, Anil K; Monif, Tausif; Reyar, Simrit; Pereira, Alberto Dos S; Mendes, Gustavo D; De Nucci, Gilberto

2007-01-01

A rapid, sensitive and specific method for quantifying clonazepam in human plasma using diazepam as the internal standard (IS) is described. The analyte and the IS were extracted from plasma by liquid-liquid extraction using a hexane/diethylether (20 : 80, v/v) solution. The extracts were analysed by high-performance liquid chromatography coupled with electrospray tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS-MS). Chromatography was performed on a Jones Genesis C8 4 microm analytical column (100 x 2.1 mm i.d.). The method had a chromatographic run time of 3.0 min and a linear calibration curve over the range 0.5-50 ng/ml (r2 > 0.9965). The limit of quantification was 0.5 ng/ml. This HPLC/MS/MS procedure was used to assess the bioequivalence of two clonazepam 2 mg tablet formulations (clonazepam test formulation from Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd and Rivotril from Roche Laboratórios Ltda as standard reference formulation). Copyright 2006 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Quantification of metronidazole in human plasma using a highly sensitive and rugged LC-MS/MS method for a bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Vanol, Pravin G; Sanyal, Mallika; Shah, Priyanka A; Shrivastav, Pranav S

2018-03-23

A highly sensitive, selective and rugged method has been described for the quantification of metronidazole (MTZ) in human plasma by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry using metronidazole-d4 as the internal standard (IS). The analyte and the IS were extracted from 100 μL plasma by liquid-liquid extraction. The clear samples obtained were chromatographed on an ACE C 18 (100 × 4.6 mm, 5 μm) column using acetonitrile and 10.0 mm ammonium formate in water, pH 4.00 (80:20, v/v) as the mobile phase. A triple quadrupole mass spectrometer system equipped with turbo ion spray source and operated in multiple reaction monitoring mode was used for the detection and quantification of MTZ. The calibration range was established from 0.01 to 10.0 μg/mL. The results of validation testing for precision and accuracy, selectivity, matrix effects, recovery and stability complied with current bioanalytical guidelines. A run time of 3.0 min permitted analysis of more than 300 samples in a day. The method was applied to a bioequivalence study with 250 mg MTZ tablet formulation in 24 healthy Indian males. Copyright © 2018 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Chiral crossover transition in a finite volume

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shi, Chao; Jia, Wenbao; Sun, An; Zhang, Liping; Zong, Hongshi

2018-02-01

Finite volume effects on the chiral crossover transition of strong interactions at finite temperature are studied by solving the quark gap equation within a cubic volume of finite size L. With the anti-periodic boundary condition, our calculation shows the chiral quark condensate, which characterizes the strength of dynamical chiral symmetry breaking, decreases as L decreases below 2.5 fm. We further study the finite volume effects on the pseudo-transition temperature {T}{{c}} of the crossover, showing a significant decrease in {T}{{c}} as L decreases below 3 fm. Supported by National Natural Science Foundation of China (11475085, 11535005, 11690030, 51405027), the Fundamental Research Funds for the Central Universities (020414380074), China Postdoctoral Science Foundation (2016M591808) and Open Research Foundation of State Key Lab. of Digital Manufacturing Equipment & Technology in Huazhong University of Science & Technology (DMETKF2015015)

Determination of itopride hydrochloride in human plasma by RP-HPLC with fluorescence detection and its use in bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Ma, Jing; Yuan, Li-Hua; Ding, Mei-Juan; Zhang, Jun; Zhang, Qing; Xu, Qun-Wei; Zhou, Xue-Min

2009-03-01

A sensitive, selective and simple method using a precipitation of protein with 10% perchloric acid, followed by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with fluorescence detection was developed for the determination of itopride hydrochloride in human plasma, using levofloxacin as the internal standard (IS). Chromatographic separation was obtained within 7.0 min using a reverse phase Hypersil BDS C(18) (250 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 microm) column and an isocratic mobile phase, constituting of a mixture of 0.1 mol/l ammonium acetate-methanol (30:70, v/v) flowing at 1.1 ml/min. The excitation and emission wavelengths were set at 304 and 344 nm, respectively. The method was validated over the concentration range of 5 ng/ml to 1000.0 ng/ml. The lower limit of quantitation (LLOQ) was 5 ng/ml. The extractive recovery of itopride hydrochloride from the biological matrix was more than 80.77%. The intra-day accuracy of the drug containing serum samples was more than 82.94% with a precision of 2.81-4.37%. The inter-day accuracy was 82.91% or more, with a precision of 6.89-9.54%. The limit we have used (70-143%) is based on the local regulatory authority (SFDA). The developed method was validated and successfully applied to bioequivalence studies of itopride hydrochloride in healthy male volunteers.

Dynamical Crossovers in Prethermal Critical States.

PubMed

Chiocchetta, Alessio; Gambassi, Andrea; Diehl, Sebastian; Marino, Jamir

2017-03-31

We study the prethermal dynamics of an interacting quantum field theory with an N-component order parameter and O(N) symmetry, suddenly quenched in the vicinity of a dynamical critical point. Depending on the initial conditions, the evolution of the order parameter, and of the response and correlation functions, can exhibit a temporal crossover between universal dynamical scaling regimes governed, respectively, by a quantum and a classical prethermal fixed point, as well as a crossover from a Gaussian to a non-Gaussian prethermal dynamical scaling. Together with a recent experiment, this suggests that quenches may be used in order to explore the rich variety of dynamical critical points occurring in the nonequilibrium dynamics of a quantum many-body system. We illustrate this fact by using a combination of renormalization group techniques and a nonperturbative large-N limit.

Control of Meiotic Crossovers: From Double-Strand Break Formation to Designation

PubMed Central

Gray, Stephen

2017-01-01

Meiosis, the mechanism of creating haploid gametes, is a complex cellular process observed across sexually reproducing organisms. Fundamental to meiosis is the process of homologous recombination, whereby DNA double-strand breaks are introduced into the genome and are subsequently repaired to generate either noncrossovers or crossovers. Although homologous recombination is essential for chromosome pairing during prophase I, the resulting crossovers are critical for maintaining homolog interactions and enabling accurate segregation at the first meiotic division. Thus, the placement, timing, and frequency of crossover formation must be exquisitely controlled. In this review, we discuss the proteins involved in crossover formation, the process of their formation and designation, and the rules governing crossovers, all within the context of the important landmarks of prophase I. We draw together crossover designation data across organisms, analyze their evolutionary divergence, and propose a universal model for crossover regulation. PMID:27648641

Distinct age and self-rated health crossover mortality effects for African Americans: Evidence from a national cohort study.

PubMed

Roth, David L; Skarupski, Kimberly A; Crews, Deidra C; Howard, Virginia J; Locher, Julie L

2016-05-01

The predictive effects of age and self-rated health (SRH) on all-cause mortality are known to differ across race and ethnic groups. African American adults have higher mortality rates than Whites at younger ages, but this mortality disparity diminishes with advancing age and may "crossover" at about 75-80 years of age, when African Americans may show lower mortality rates. This pattern of findings reflects a lower overall association between age and mortality for African Americans than for Whites, and health-related mechanisms are typically cited as the reason for this age-based crossover mortality effect. However, a lower association between poor SRH and mortality has also been found for African Americans than for Whites, and it is not known if the reduced age and SRH associations with mortality for African Americans reflect independent or overlapping mechanisms. This study examined these two mortality predictors simultaneously in a large epidemiological study of 12,181 African Americans and 17,436 Whites. Participants were 45 or more years of age when they enrolled in the national REasons for Geographic and Racial Differences in Stroke (REGARDS) study between 2003 and 2007. Consistent with previous studies, African Americans had poorer SRH than Whites even after adjusting for demographic and health history covariates. Survival analysis models indicated statistically significant and independent race*age, race*SRH, and age*SRH interaction effects on all-cause mortality over an average 9-year follow-up period. Advanced age and poorer SRH were both weaker mortality risk factors for African Americans than for Whites. These two effects were distinct and presumably tapped different causal mechanisms. This calls into question the health-related explanation for the age-based mortality crossover effect and suggests that other mechanisms, including behavioral, social, and cultural factors, should be considered in efforts to better understand the age-based mortality

Hadron-quark crossover and hot neutron stars at birth

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Masuda, Kota; Hatsuda, Tetsuo; Takatsuka, Tatsuyuki

2016-02-01

We construct a new isentropic equation of state (EOS) at finite temperature, "CRover," on the basis of the hadron-quark crossover at high density. By using the new EOS, we study the structure of hot neutron stars at birth with typical lepton fraction (Y_l=0.3-0.4) and typical entropy per baryon (hat {S}=1{-}2). Due to the gradual appearance of quark degrees of freedom at high density, the temperature T and the baryon density ρ at the center of hot neutron stars with hadron-quark crossover are found to be smaller than those without the crossover by a factor of two or more. Typical energy release due to the contraction of a hot neutron star to a cold neutron star with mass M=1.4 M_{⊙} is shown to be about 0.04 M_{⊙}, with a spin-up rate of about 14%.

Spillover and Crossover of Exhaustion and Life Satisfaction among Dual-Earner Parents

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Demerouti, Evangelia; Bakker, Arnold B.; Schaufeli, Wilmar B.

2005-01-01

This study integrates spillover research of stress transferring from work to home and crossover research of strains transferring from one spouse to another. A spillover and crossover model was tested among 191 (couples of) dual-earner parents. For both males and females, it was hypothesized that (self-reported and partners' rating of)…

Case-crossover design and its implementation in R

PubMed Central

2016-01-01

Case-crossover design is a variation of case-control design that it employs persons’ history periods as controls. Case-crossover design can be viewed as the hybrid of case-control study and crossover design. Characteristic confounding that is constant within one person can be well controlled with this method. The relative risk and odds ratio, as well as their 95% confidence intervals (CIs), can be estimated using Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel method. R codes for the calculation are provided in the main text. Readers may adapt these codes to their own task. Conditional logistic regression model is another way to estimate odds ratio of the exposure. Furthermore, it allows for incorporation of other time-varying covariates that are not constant within subjects. The model fitting per se is not technically difficult because there is well developed statistical package. However, it is challenging to convert original dataset obtained from case report form to that suitable to be passed to clogit() function. R code for this task is provided and explained in the text. PMID:27761445

Extended precedence preservative crossover for job shop scheduling problems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ong, Chung Sin; Moin, Noor Hasnah; Omar, Mohd

2013-04-01

Job shop scheduling problems (JSSP) is one of difficult combinatorial scheduling problems. A wide range of genetic algorithms based on the two parents crossover have been applied to solve the problem but multi parents (more than two parents) crossover in solving the JSSP is still lacking. This paper proposes the extended precedence preservative crossover (EPPX) which uses multi parents for recombination in the genetic algorithms. EPPX is a variation of the precedence preservative crossover (PPX) which is one of the crossovers that perform well to find the solutions for the JSSP. EPPX is based on a vector to determine the gene selected in recombination for the next generation. Legalization of children (offspring) can be eliminated due to the JSSP representation encoded by using permutation with repetition that guarantees the feasibility of chromosomes. The simulations are performed on a set of benchmarks from the literatures and the results are compared to ensure the sustainability of multi parents recombination in solving the JSSP.

Pharmacokinetics and bioavailability of single dose ibuprofen and pseudoephedrine alone or in combination: a randomized three-period, cross-over trial in healthy Indian volunteers

PubMed Central

Kale, Prashant

2014-01-01

Objective: To compare the bioavailability of single dose ibuprofen 200 mg and pseudoephedrine hydrochloride 30 mg administered alone or in combination as an oral suspension. Methods: This was a single-center, randomized, single-dose, open-label, 3-period, crossover study. After an overnight fast (≥10 h), 18 healthy male subjects received either ibuprofen 200 mg (reference-A), pseudoephedrine 30 mg (reference-B) or the combination (test-C) as a suspension, on 3 separate visits, with blood sampling up to 36-h post-dose. The primary pharmacokinetic parameters, maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) and area under the plasma concentration–time curve (AUC) from time zero to last measurable concentration (AUC0−t) and extrapolated to infinity (AUC0−∞) were compared by an analysis of variance using log-transformed data. Bioequivalence was concluded if the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) of the adjusted geometric mean (gMean) ratios for Cmax and AUC were within the predetermined range of 80–125%, in accordance with regulatory requirements. Results: For the test formulation, the ibuprofen gMean Cmax was 17.0 μg/mL (vs. 18.1 μg/mL for reference-A), AUC0−t was 57.1 (vs. 60.0 μg·h/mL), and AUC0−∞ was 59.9 μg·h/mL (vs. 63.1 μg·h/mL). The 90% CIs for the ratio (test/reference-A) were 81.0–108.1% for Cmax, 91.5–98.4% for AUC0−t and 91.6–97.9% for AUC0−∞. For pseudoephedrine, the gMean Cmax for the test formulation was 97.2 ng/mL (vs. 98.5 ng/mL for reference-B), AUC0−t was 878.4 (vs. 842.8 ng·h/mL) and AUC0−∞ was 907.8 ng·h/mL (vs. 868.3 ng·h/mL). The 90% CIs for the ratio (test/reference-B) were 92.4–106.9% for Cmax, 97.7–111.0% for AUC0−t and 97.9–111.3% for AUC0−∞. All treatments were well tolerated. Conclusion: This oral suspension containing ibuprofen and pseudoephedrine combined in a new formulation met the regulatory criterion for bioequivalence compared with oral suspensions containing the individual components. PMID

Pharmacokinetic Comparison of a Single Oral Dose of Polymorph Form I versus Form V Capsules of the Antiorthopoxvirus Compound ST-246 in Human Volunteers

PubMed Central

Chinsangaram, Jarasvech; Honeychurch, Kady M.; Tyavanagimatt, Shanthakumar R.; Bolken, Tove' C.; Jordan, Robert; Jones, Kevin F.; Marbury, Thomas; Lichtenstein, Israel; Pickens, Margaret; Corrado, Michael; Landis, Patrick; Clarke, Jean M.; Frimm, Annie M.

2012-01-01

ST-246, a novel compound that inhibits egress of orthopoxvirus from mammalian cells, is being tested as a treatment for pathogenic orthopoxvirus infections in humans. This phase I, double-blind, randomized, crossover, exploratory study was conducted to compare the pharmacokinetics (PK) of a single daily 400-mg oral dose of ST-246 polymorph form I versus polymorph form V administered to fed, healthy human volunteers. Both forms appeared to be well tolerated, with no serious adverse events. The order of administration of the two forms had no effect on the results of the PK analyses. Form I and form V both exhibited comparable plasma concentration versus time profiles, but complete bioequivalence between the two forms was not found. Maximum drug concentration (Cmax) met the bioequivalence criteria, as the 90% confidence interval (CI) was 80.6 to 96.9%. However, the area under the concentration-time curve from time zero to time t (AUC0-t) and AUC0-∞ did not meet the bioequivalence criteria (CIs of 67.8 to 91.0% and 73.9 to 104.7%, respectively). The extent of absorption of form I, as defined by AUC0-∞, was 11.7% lower than that of form V. Since ST-246 form I is more thermostable than form V, form I was selected for further development and use in all future studies. PMID:22526314

Design, Analysis, and Reporting of Crossover Trials for Inclusion in a Meta-Analysis.

PubMed

Li, Tianjing; Yu, Tsung; Hawkins, Barbara S; Dickersin, Kay

2015-01-01

To evaluate the characteristics of the design, analysis, and reporting of crossover trials for inclusion in a meta-analysis of treatment for primary open-angle glaucoma and to provide empirical evidence to inform the development of tools to assess the validity of the results from crossover trials and reporting guidelines. We searched MEDLINE, EMBASE, and Cochrane's CENTRAL register for randomized crossover trials for a systematic review and network meta-analysis we are conducting. Two individuals independently screened the search results for eligibility and abstracted data from each included report. We identified 83 crossover trials eligible for inclusion. Issues affecting the risk of bias in crossover trials, such as carryover, period effects and missing data, were often ignored. Some trials failed to accommodate the within-individual differences in the analysis. For a large proportion of the trials, the authors tabulated the results as if they arose from a parallel design. Precision estimates properly accounting for the paired nature of the design were often unavailable from the study reports; consequently, to include trial findings in a meta-analysis would require further manipulation and assumptions. The high proportion of poorly reported analyses and results has the potential to affect whether crossover data should or can be included in a meta-analysis. There is pressing need for reporting guidelines for crossover trials.

Predictive Factors for Patients Undergoing ASD Device Occlusion Who "Crossover" to Surgery.

PubMed

Mulukutla, Venkatachalam; Qureshi, Athar M; Pignatelli, Ricardo; Ing, Frank F

2018-03-01

The aim of this study was to define characteristics of those patients who are referred for device closure of an Atrial septal defect (ASD), but identified to "crossover" surgery. All patients who underwent surgical and device (Amplatzer or Helex occluder) closures of secundum ASDs from 2001 to 2010 were reviewed and organized into three groups: surgical closure, device closure, and "crossover" group. 369 patients underwent ASD closure (265 device, 104 surgical). 42 of the 265 patients referred for device closure "crossed over" to the surgical group at various stages of the catheterization procedure. The device group had defect size measuring 14.2 mm (mean) and an ASD index (Defect Size (mm)/BSA) of 14.0 compared to the corresponding values in the surgical group (20.1 mm, ASD index 25.9) (P < 0.001) and in the "crossover" group (20.7 mm, 22.6 ASD index) (P < 0.001). 79 patients in the device group had a deficient rim, and 86% were located in the retroaortic region. 33 patients in the "crossover" group had deficient rims with 70% deficiency in the posterior/inferior rim. The device group with deficient rims had an ASD index of 14.7 compared with the crossover group ASD index of 23.8 (P < 0.001). Comparing the device and "crossover" groups, an ASD index greater than 23.7 had a 90% specificity in "crossing over" to surgery. The crossover and surgical groups had statistically larger ASD defect size indexes compared with the device group. Deficient rim in the posterior/inferior rim is associated with a large ASD size index which is a predictive factor for crossing over to surgery. Catheterization did not negatively impact surgical results in the "crossover" group.

Cannabis for dyskinesia in Parkinson disease: a randomized double-blind crossover study.

PubMed

Carroll, C B; Bain, P G; Teare, L; Liu, X; Joint, C; Wroath, C; Parkin, S G; Fox, P; Wright, D; Hobart, J; Zajicek, J P

2004-10-12

The long-term treatment of Parkinson disease (PD) may be complicated by the development of levodopa-induced dyskinesia. Clinical and animal model data support the view that modulation of cannabinoid function may exert an antidyskinetic effect. The authors conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover trial to examine the hypothesis that cannabis may have a beneficial effect on dyskinesia in PD. A 4-week dose escalation study was performed to assess the safety and tolerability of cannabis in six PD patients with levodopa-induced dyskinesia. Then a randomized placebo-controlled crossover study (RCT) was performed, in which 19 PD patients were randomized to receive oral cannabis extract followed by placebo or vice versa. Each treatment phase lasted for 4 weeks with an intervening 2-week washout phase. The primary outcome measure was a change in Unified Parkinson's Disease Rating Scale (UPDRS) (items 32 to 34) dyskinesia score. Secondary outcome measures included the Rush scale, Bain scale, tablet arm drawing task, and total UPDRS score following a levodopa challenge, as well as patient-completed measures of a dyskinesia activities of daily living (ADL) scale, the PDQ-39, on-off diaries, and a range of category rating scales. Seventeen patients completed the RCT. Cannabis was well tolerated, and had no pro- or antiparkinsonian action. There was no evidence for a treatment effect on levodopa-induced dyskinesia as assessed by the UPDRS, or any of the secondary outcome measures. Orally administered cannabis extract resulted in no objective or subjective improvement in dyskinesias or parkinsonism.

Unleashing meiotic crossovers in hybrid plants.

PubMed

Fernandes, Joiselle Blanche; Séguéla-Arnaud, Mathilde; Larchevêque, Cécile; Lloyd, Andrew H; Mercier, Raphael

2018-03-06

Meiotic crossovers shuffle parental genetic information, providing novel combinations of alleles on which natural or artificial selection can act. However, crossover events are relatively rare, typically one to three exchange points per chromosome pair. Recent work has identified three pathways limiting meiotic crossovers in Arabidopsis thaliana that rely on the activity of FANCM [Crismani W, et al. (2012) Science 336:1588-1590], RECQ4 [Séguéla-Arnaud M, et al. (2015) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 112:4713-4718], and FIGL1 [Girard C, et al. (2015) PLoS Genet 11:e1005369]. Here we analyzed recombination in plants in which one, two, or all three of these pathways were disrupted in both pure line and hybrid contexts. The greatest effect was observed when combining recq4 and figl1 mutations, which increased the hybrid genetic map length from 389 to 3,037 cM. This corresponds to an unprecedented 7.8-fold increase in crossover frequency. Disrupting the three pathways did not further increase recombination, suggesting that some upper limit had been reached. The increase in crossovers is not uniform along chromosomes and rises from centromere to telomere. Finally, although in wild type recombination is much higher in male meiosis than in female meiosis (490 cM vs. 290 cM), female recombination is higher than male recombination in recq4 figl1 (3,200 cM vs. 2,720 cM), suggesting that the factors that make wild-type female meiosis less recombinogenic than male wild-type meiosis do not apply in the mutant context. The massive increase in recombination observed in recq4 figl1 hybrids opens the possibility of manipulating recombination to enhance plant breeding efficiency.

Circuit Design Optimization Using Genetic Algorithm with Parameterized Uniform Crossover

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bao, Zhiguo; Watanabe, Takahiro

Evolvable hardware (EHW) is a new research field about the use of Evolutionary Algorithms (EAs) to construct electronic systems. EHW refers in a narrow sense to use evolutionary mechanisms as the algorithmic drivers for system design, while in a general sense to the capability of the hardware system to develop and to improve itself. Genetic Algorithm (GA) is one of typical EAs. We propose optimal circuit design by using GA with parameterized uniform crossover (GApuc) and with fitness function composed of circuit complexity, power, and signal delay. Parameterized uniform crossover is much more likely to distribute its disruptive trials in an unbiased manner over larger portions of the space, then it has more exploratory power than one and two-point crossover, so we have more chances of finding better solutions. Its effectiveness is shown by experiments. From the results, we can see that the best elite fitness, the average value of fitness of the correct circuits and the number of the correct circuits of GApuc are better than that of GA with one-point crossover or two-point crossover. The best case of optimal circuits generated by GApuc is 10.18% and 6.08% better in evaluating value than that by GA with one-point crossover and two-point crossover, respectively.

Relative bioavailability of tizanidine hydrochloride capsule formulation compared with capsule contents administered in applesauce: a single-dose, open-label, randomized, two-way, crossover study in fasted healthy adult subjects.

PubMed

Henney, Herbert R; Fitzpatrick, Anthony; Stewart, Johnston; Runyan, Jacob D

2008-12-01

The alpha2-adrenergic agonist tizanidine has been reported to have a narrow therapeutic index. A multiparticulate capsule formulation of tizanidine has been developed in an attempt to improve patient tolerability. This study assessed bioequivalence between a single, intact, 6-mg capsule of tizanidine and the capsule contents sprinkled in applesauce in fasted healthy subjects. Healthy male and female subjects aged 18 to 45 years completed 2 treatment periods: one with a tizanidine 6-mg capsule administered intact and the other with capsule contents sprinkled in applesauce. The 2 treatment periods had a 6-day washout period between administrations. Plasma tizanidine concentrations were determined for blood samples collected over 24 hours after administration. All treatment-emergent adverse events were recorded and graded by intensity and relationship to the study drug (not, improbable, possible, probable, definite) by the attending physician based on his or her clinical impression. A total of 19 men and 9 women (mean age, 26 years) completed the trial. Geometric mean natural logarithm-transformed AUC values (AUC(0-infinity) [AUC to infinity] and AUC(0-t) [AUC to the last measurable time point]) and C(max) ratios were significantly (P bioequivalence. A total of 31 adverse events were reported by 17 of the 28 subjects (61%), including 15 subjects (54%) with the intact capsule reporting 18 events and 11 subjects (39%) with the sprinkled contents reporting 13 events. No serious adverse events or deaths were reported, and no subjects were discontinued due to adverse events. The contents of the tizanidine capsule sprinkled in applesauce were not bioequivalent to the intact 6-mg capsule in these fasted healthy

The joy of six: how to control your crossovers.

PubMed

Globus, Samuel T; Keeney, Scott

2012-03-30

Meiotic cells tightly regulate the number and distribution of crossovers to promote accurate chromosome segregation. Yokoo and colleagues uncover a metazoan-specific, cyclin-like protein that is crucial for crossover formation. They utilize this protein's unique properties to explore a remarkable example of biological numerology, whereby nearly every meiotic cell in C. elegans makes precisely six crossovers, one for each of its six chromosome pairs. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

A crossover-crossback prospective study of dibutyl-phthalate exposure from mesalamine medications and serum reproductive hormones in men.

PubMed

Nassan, Feiby L; Coull, Brent A; Skakkebaek, Niels E; Andersson, Anna-Maria; Williams, Michelle A; Mínguez-Alarcón, Lidia; Krawetz, Stephen A; Hall, Janet E; Hait, Elizabeth J; Korzenik, Joshua R; Ford, Jennifer B; Moss, Alan C; Hauser, Russ

2018-01-01

Phthalates, such as dibutyl phthalate (DBP), are endocrine disruptors used in some medication coatings e.g., mesalamine to treat inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). Taking advantage of different mesalamine formulations with/without DBP, we assessed whether DBP from mesalamine (>1000x background) altered serum hormones. Men (N=73) with IBD participated in a crossover-crossback prospective study and provided up to 6 serum samples (2:baseline, 2:crossover, 2:crossback). Men on non-DBP mesalamine (background) at baseline crossed-over for 4 months to DBP-mesalamine (high) and then crossed-back for 4 months to non-DBP mesalamine (B 1 HB 2 -arm) and vice versa for men on DBP-mesalamine at baseline (H 1 BH 2 -arm). We divided H 1 BH 2 -arm at the median (H 1 <3yrs or H 1 ≥3yrs). We estimated crossover and crossback % changes in serum reproductive hormones using multivariable linear mixed effect models. When B 1 HB 2 -arm (26 men,134 samples) crossed-over, luteinizing hormone decreased 13.9% (95% confidence interval(CI): -23.6,-3.0) and testosterone, inhibin-B, and follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) marginally decreased; after crossback all increased 8-14%. H 1 BH 2 -arm, H 1 ≥3yrs (25 men,107samples) had no changes at crossover or crossback whereas in H 1 BH 2 -arm,H 1 <3yrs (22 men,100 samples) after crossover, inhibin-B increased 13.2% (CI: 4.2,22.9), FSH decreased 9.9% (CI: -17.9,-1.1) and after crossback, inhibin-B further increased 11.3%, and FSH marginally increased. High-DBP exposure may disrupt pituitary-gonadal hormones that largely reversed after exposure removal, but only in men with no or short previous high-exposure history. Paradoxically, men with longer duration of high-DBP exposure, exposure removal did not change hormone levels, suggesting that long-term high-DBP exposure may alter the pituitary-gonadal axis and make it insensitive to exposure changes. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Pharmacokinetic Profile and Palatability of Atomoxetine Oral Solution in Healthy Japanese Male Adults.

PubMed

Nakano, Masako; Witcher, Jennifer; Satoi, Yoichi; Goto, Taro

2016-11-01

There is a clinical need for a liquid formulation of atomoxetine. We assessed the safety and bioequivalence of an atomoxetine oral solution. This was an open-label, randomized, crossover study. Healthy adult male Japanese subjects (n = 42) with a cytochrome P450 2D6 extensive (including intermediate and ultrarapid) metabolizer genotype were administered atomoxetine 50 mg as oral solution and capsules once each, with a washout period >5 days between doses. Blood samples were used to analyze pharmacokinetic parameters, particularly maximum observed drug concentration (C max ) and area under the concentration vs. time curve from time zero to the last time point with a measurable concentration (AUC 0-last ). Bioequivalence was concluded if the 90 % confidence interval of the ratio of geometric means between formulations for both C max and AUC 0-last were within the interval of 0.8-1.25. Safety assessments included determination of adverse events. Taste was evaluated via a five-item questionnaire immediately and 10 min after taking atomoxetine oral solution. Forty subjects completed the study. Plasma concentration-time profiles of atomoxetine oral solution and capsules were similar, and the statistical analysis of systemic exposure showed that the two formulations were bioequivalent. Adverse events were mild and similar in type and frequency between the formulations. For taste acceptability, only 7.1 % of subjects responded that the oral solution would be difficult to take every day. Atomoxetine oral solution is bioequivalent to atomoxetine capsules and potentially fulfills the need for an oral solution atomoxetine formulation that will facilitate treatment of children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder.

The exposure-crossover design is a new method for studying sustained changes in recurrent events.

PubMed

Redelmeier, Donald A

2013-09-01

To introduce a new design that explores how an acute exposure might lead to a sustained change in the risk of a recurrent outcome. The exposure-crossover design uses self-matching to control within-person confounding due to genetics, personality, and all other stable patient characteristics. The design is demonstrated using population-based individual-level health data from Ontario, Canada, for three separate medical conditions (n > 100,000 for each) related to the risk of a motor vehicle crash (total outcomes, >2,000 for each). The exposure-crossover design yields numerical risk estimates during the baseline interval before an intervention, the induction interval immediately ahead of the intervention, and the subsequent interval after the intervention. Accompanying graphs summarize results, provide an intuitive display to readers, and show risk comparisons (absolute and relative). Self-matching increases statistical efficiency, reduces selection bias, and yields quantitative analyses. The design has potential limitations related to confounding, artifacts, pragmatics, survivor bias, statistical models, potential misunderstandings, and serendipity. The exposure-crossover design may help in exploring selected questions in epidemiology science. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Mechanistic Oral Absorption Modeling and Simulation for Formulation Development and Bioequivalence Evaluation: Report of an FDA Public Workshop

PubMed Central

Duan, J; Kesisoglou, F; Novakovic, J; Amidon, GL; Jamei, M; Lukacova, V; Eissing, T; Tsakalozou, E; Zhao, L; Lionberger, R

2017-01-01

On May 19, 2016, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) hosted a public workshop, entitled “Mechanistic Oral Absorption Modeling and Simulation for Formulation Development and Bioequivalence Evaluation.”1 The topic of mechanistic oral absorption modeling, which is one of the major applications of physiologically based pharmacokinetic (PBPK) modeling and simulation, focuses on predicting oral absorption by mechanistically integrating gastrointestinal transit, dissolution, and permeation processes, incorporating systems, active pharmaceutical ingredient (API), and the drug product information, into a systemic mathematical whole‐body framework.2 PMID:28571121

A six-month crossover chemoprevention clinical trial of tea in smokers and non-smokers: methodological issues in a feasibility study

PubMed Central

2012-01-01

Background Chemoprevention crossover trials of tea can be more efficient than parallel designs but the attrition and compliance rates with such trials are unknown. Methods Attrition (dropouts) and compliance with treatment were assessed in a 25-week randomized, placebo controlled, crossover, feasibility clinical trial of four tea treatments to investigate the effect of tea on oral cancer biomarkers. Each treatment lasted 4 weeks with 2 weeks of washout in between. Participants were 32 smokers and 33 non-smokers without any evidence of premalignant oral lesions. The interventions consisted of packets of green tea, black tea, caffeinated water, or placebo. Participants were assigned to each treatment for four weeks, and were instructed to drink five packets per day while on the treatment. Dropout from the trial and compliance (consumption of ≥ 85% of the prescribed treatment packets) are the main outcome measures reported. Results There was a high rate of dropout (51%) from the study, and the rates were significantly higher among smokers (64%) than non-smokers (36%). Among participants who completed the study the rate of compliance was 72%. The highest rates of dropouts occurred between the first and second treatment visits in both smokers (38% dropout) and non-smokers (18% dropout). Throughout the study smokers were more likely to dropout than non-smokers. Black tea treatment was associated with the highest rates of dropout among smokers (37%), but was associated with the lowest rate of dropout among non-smokers (4%). Conclusions In a study conducted to test the feasibility of a four-treatment crossover tea trial, a high rate of dropout among smokers and non-smokers was observed. Multi-arm crossover tea trials might pose a higher burden on participants and research is needed to improve adherence and treatment compliance in such trials. Trial registration number ISRCTN70410203 PMID:22800470

A Randomized Crossover Study of Web-Based Media Literacy to Prevent Smoking

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Shensa, Ariel; Phelps-Tschang, Jane; Miller, Elizabeth; Primack, Brian A.

2016-01-01

Feasibly implemented Web-based smoking media literacy (SML) programs have been associated with improving SML skills among adolescents. However, prior evaluations have generally had weak experimental designs. We aimed to examine program efficacy using a more rigorous crossover design. Seventy-two ninth grade students completed a Web-based SML…

Quantification of amlodipine and atorvastatin in human plasma by UPLC-MS/MS method and its application to a bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Rezk, Mamdouh R; Badr, Kamal A

2018-07-01

A robust, rapid and sensitive UPLC-MS/MS method has been developed, optimized and validated for the determination of amlodipine (AML) and atorvastatin (ATO) in human plasma using eplerenone as an internal standard (IS). Multiple-reaction monitoring in positive electrospray ionization mode was utilized in Xevo TQD LC-MS/MS. Double extraction was used in sample preparation using diethyl ether and ethyl acetate. The prepared samples were analyzed using an Acquity UPLC BEH C 18 (50 × 2.1 mm, 1.7 μm) column. Ammonium formate and acetonitrile, pumped isocraticaly at a flow rate of 0.25 mL/min, were used as a mobile phase. Method validation was done as per the US Food and Drug Administration guidelines. Linearity was achieved in the range of 0.1-10 ng/mL for AML and 0.05-50 ng/mL for ATO. Intra-day and inter-day accuracy and precision were calculated and found to be within the acceptable range. A short run time, of <1.5 min, permits analysis of a large number of plasma samples per batch. The developed and validated method was applied to estimate AML and ATO in a bioequivalence study in healthy human volunteers. Copyright © 2018 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Decomposing Multifractal Crossovers

PubMed Central

Nagy, Zoltan; Mukli, Peter; Herman, Peter; Eke, Andras

2017-01-01

Physiological processes—such as, the brain's resting-state electrical activity or hemodynamic fluctuations—exhibit scale-free temporal structuring. However, impacts common in biological systems such as, noise, multiple signal generators, or filtering by transport function, result in multimodal scaling that cannot be reliably assessed by standard analytical tools that assume unimodal scaling. Here, we present two methods to identify breakpoints or crossovers in multimodal multifractal scaling functions. These methods incorporate the robust iterative fitting approach of the focus-based multifractal formalism (FMF). The first approach (moment-wise scaling range adaptivity) allows for a breakpoint-based adaptive treatment that analyzes segregated scale-invariant ranges. The second method (scaling function decomposition method, SFD) is a crossover-based design aimed at decomposing signal constituents from multimodal scaling functions resulting from signal addition or co-sampling, such as, contamination by uncorrelated fractals. We demonstrated that these methods could handle multimodal, mono- or multifractal, and exact or empirical signals alike. Their precision was numerically characterized on ideal signals, and a robust performance was demonstrated on exemplary empirical signals capturing resting-state brain dynamics by near infrared spectroscopy (NIRS), electroencephalography (EEG), and blood oxygen level-dependent functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI-BOLD). The NIRS and fMRI-BOLD low-frequency fluctuations were dominated by a multifractal component over an underlying biologically relevant random noise, thus forming a bimodal signal. The crossover between the EEG signal components was found at the boundary between the δ and θ bands, suggesting an independent generator for the multifractal δ rhythm. The robust implementation of the SFD method should be regarded as essential in the seamless processing of large volumes of bimodal fMRI-BOLD imaging data for

Assessment of Relative Bioavailability of Moroctocog Alfa and Moroctocog Alfa (AF-CC) in Subjects With Severe Hemophilia A.

PubMed

Korth-Bradley, Joan; Rupon, Jeremy; Plotka, Anna; Charnigo, Robert; Rendo, Pablo

2018-05-01

An open-label, single-dose, randomized, two-period, crossover study comparing the pharmacokinetics of factor VIII activity in plasma (FVIII:C) after administration of an albumin-free presentation of moroctocog alfa (test) and moroctocog alfa manufactured using the previous technique (reference) was conducted in 30 (25 evaluable) male subjects who had severe hemophilia A (FVIII:C < 1 IU/dL). Blood samples were collected for 48 h after administration of each dose. C was assayed using a chromogenic substrate assay. The FVIII:C pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated using noncompartmental analysis. The presentations would be bioequivalent if the 90% confidence limits of the ratio of the geometric mean values of AUC inf and recovery fell within the interval of 80-125%. The bioequivalence criteria were met. A total of 10 treatment-related adverse events were observed in a total of nine subjects. All were mild and none was determined to be related to administration of study medication. © 2018 The Authors. Clinical and Translational Science published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of American Society for Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics.

Electromagnetic pump stator frame having power crossover struts

DOEpatents

Fanning, Alan W.; Olich, Eugene E.

1995-01-01

A stator frame for an electromagnetic pump includes a casing joined to a hub by a plurality of circumferentially spaced apart struts. At least one electrically insulated power crossover lead extends through the hub, through a crossover one of the struts, and through the casing for carrying electrical current therethrough.

SLI381 (Adderall XR), a two-component, extended-release formulation of mixed amphetamine salts: bioavailability of three test formulations and comparison of fasted, fed, and sprinkled administration.

PubMed

Tulloch, Simon J; Zhang, Yuxin; McLean, Angus; Wolf, Kathleen N

2002-11-01

To assess the bioavailability of three test formulations of a single dose of extended-release Adderall 20-mg capsules compared with two doses of immediate-release Adderall 10-mg tablets, and to assess the bioequivalence of a single 30-mg dose of the chosen extended-release Adderall formulation (designated as SLI381) administered in applesauce (sprinkled) and the same dose administered as an intact capsule with or without food. Randomized, open-label, crossover study. Clinical research unit. Forty-one healthy adults. Study A had four treatment sequences: three test formulations (A, B, and C) of a single dose of extended-release Adderall 20 mg, and two 10-mg doses of Adderall given 4 hours apart. Study B had three treatment sequences: a single dose of SLI381 30 mg as an intact capsule after overnight fast, an intact capsule after a high-fat breakfast, and the contents of a capsule sprinkled in 1 tablespoon of applesauce. The 20-mg test formulation A had comparable pharmacokinetic profiles and bioequivalence in rate and extent of drug absorption to Adderall 10 mg twice/day for both d- and l-amphetamine. Formulations B and C had statistically significant differences from the reference drug in some pharmacokinetic parameters. A 30-mg dose of SLI381 showed no significant differences in rate and extent of absorption of d- and l-amphetamine for fasted or sprinkled conditions compared with the high-fat meal condition. SLI381 20 mg/day is bioequivalent to Adderall 10 mg twice/day. SLI381 30 mg administered in applesauce is bioequivalent in terms of both rate and extent of absorption to the same dose administered as an intact capsule in both fasted and fed states.

The Crossover Time as an Evaluation of Ocean Models Against Persistence

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Phillipson, L. M.; Toumi, R.

2018-01-01

A new ocean evaluation metric, the crossover time, is defined as the time it takes for a numerical model to equal the performance of persistence. As an example, the average crossover time calculated using the Lagrangian separation distance (the distance between simulated trajectories and observed drifters) for the global MERCATOR ocean model analysis is found to be about 6 days. Conversely, the model forecast has an average crossover time longer than 6 days, suggesting limited skill in Lagrangian predictability by the current generation of global ocean models. The crossover time of the velocity error is less than 3 days, which is similar to the average decorrelation time of the observed drifters. The crossover time is a useful measure to quantify future ocean model improvements.

Bayesian analysis of time-series data under case-crossover designs: posterior equivalence and inference.

PubMed

Li, Shi; Mukherjee, Bhramar; Batterman, Stuart; Ghosh, Malay

2013-12-01

Case-crossover designs are widely used to study short-term exposure effects on the risk of acute adverse health events. While the frequentist literature on this topic is vast, there is no Bayesian work in this general area. The contribution of this paper is twofold. First, the paper establishes Bayesian equivalence results that require characterization of the set of priors under which the posterior distributions of the risk ratio parameters based on a case-crossover and time-series analysis are identical. Second, the paper studies inferential issues under case-crossover designs in a Bayesian framework. Traditionally, a conditional logistic regression is used for inference on risk-ratio parameters in case-crossover studies. We consider instead a more general full likelihood-based approach which makes less restrictive assumptions on the risk functions. Formulation of a full likelihood leads to growth in the number of parameters proportional to the sample size. We propose a semi-parametric Bayesian approach using a Dirichlet process prior to handle the random nuisance parameters that appear in a full likelihood formulation. We carry out a simulation study to compare the Bayesian methods based on full and conditional likelihood with the standard frequentist approaches for case-crossover and time-series analysis. The proposed methods are illustrated through the Detroit Asthma Morbidity, Air Quality and Traffic study, which examines the association between acute asthma risk and ambient air pollutant concentrations. © 2013, The International Biometric Society.

Interference-mediated synaptonemal complex formation with embedded crossover designation

PubMed Central

Zhang, Liangran; Espagne, Eric; de Muyt, Arnaud; Zickler, Denise; Kleckner, Nancy E.

2014-01-01

Biological systems exhibit complex patterns at length scales ranging from the molecular to the organismic. Along chromosomes, events often occur stochastically at different positions in different nuclei but nonetheless tend to be relatively evenly spaced. Examples include replication origin firings, formation of chromatin loops along chromosome axes and, during meiosis, localization of crossover recombination sites (“crossover interference”). We present evidence in the fungus Sordaria macrospora that crossover interference is part of a broader pattern that includes synaptonemal complex (SC) nucleation. This pattern comprises relatively evenly spaced SC nucleation sites, among which a subset are crossover sites that show a classical interference distribution. This pattern ensures that SC forms regularly along the entire length of the chromosome as required for the maintenance of homolog pairing while concomitantly having crossover interactions locally embedded within the SC structure as required for both DNA recombination and structural events of chiasma formation. This pattern can be explained by a threshold-based designation and spreading interference process. This model can be generalized to give diverse types of related and/or partially overlapping patterns, in two or more dimensions, for any type of object. PMID:25380597

Individual and crossover effects of stress on adjustment in medical student marriages.

PubMed

Katz, J; Monnier, J; Libet, J; Shaw, D; Beach, S R

2000-07-01

High-stress individuals may benefit from social support, although their support providers may be adversely affected via stress crossover effects. Individual and crossover effects of perceived stress within medical student marriages (n = 30) were investigated. Perceived spousal support was positively associated with individuals' own marital and emotional adjustment, attenuating stress effects. With regard to crossover effects, medical students' perceived stress was significantly associated with their spouses' emotional adjustment. Further, medical students' own emotional adjustment fully mediated this crossover effect. Results suggest that the contagion of negative affect may serve as a key mechanism through which stress crossover effects operate in marriage.

A crossover-crossback prospective study of dibutyl-phthalate exposure from mesalamine medications and semen quality in men with inflammatory bowel disease.

PubMed

Nassan, Feiby L; Coull, Brent A; Skakkebaek, Niels E; Williams, Michelle A; Dadd, Ramace; Mínguez-Alarcón, Lidia; Krawetz, Stephen A; Hait, Elizabeth J; Korzenik, Joshua R; Moss, Alan C; Ford, Jennifer B; Hauser, Russ

2016-10-01

Phthalates are widely used chemicals with ubiquitous exposure. Dibutyl-phthalate (DBP), a male reproductive toxicant in animals, is understudied in humans. Some mesalamine medications used to treat inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) have DBP in their coating, whereas other mesalamine formulations do not. Taking advantage of differences in mesalamine formulations, we investigated whether high-DBP exposure from mesalamine medications was associated with decreased semen parameters. 73 men with IBD taking mesalamine participated in a crossover-crossback prospective study. Men taking non-DBP containing mesalamine at baseline i.e., background exposure, crossed-over for four months to high-DBP mesalamine and then crossed-back for four months to their non-DBP mesalamine (B1HB2-arm;Background1-High-Background2) and vice versa for men taking high-DBP mesalamine at baseline (H1BH2-arm;High1-Background-High2). Men provided up to six semen samples (2: baseline, 2: crossover and 2: crossback). We estimated crossover, crossback and carryover effects using linear mixed models adjusted for abstinence time, age, season and duration on high-DBP mesalamine at baseline. Semen parameters in B1HB2-arm (26 men, 133 samples) decreased after high-DBP mesalamine exposure (crossover versus baseline), especially motility parameters, and continued to decrease further even after crossback to non-DBP mesalamine (crossback versus crossover). The cumulative carryover effect of high-DBP (crossback versus baseline) was a decrease of % total sperm motility by 7.61(CI:-13.1, -2.15), % progressive sperm motility by 4.23(CI:-8.05, -0.4) and motile sperm count by 26.0% (CI:-46.2%, 1.7%). However, H1BH2-arm (47 men, 199 samples) had no significant change during crossover or crossback. Men newly exposed to high-DBP mesalamine for four months had a cumulative reduction in several semen parameters, primarily sperm motility, that was more pronounced and statistically significant even after exposure ended for

Modafinil In Debilitating fatigue After Stroke (MIDAS): study protocol for a randomised, double-blinded, placebo-controlled, crossover trial.

PubMed

Lillicrap, Thomas; Krishnamurthy, Venkatesh; Attia, John; Nilsson, Michael; Levi, Christopher R; Parsons, Mark W; Bivard, Andrew

2016-08-17

Fatigue is a common symptom in stroke survivors for which there is currently no proven therapy. Modafinil is a wakefulness-promoting agent with established benefits in other disease models. We aim to test if modafinil will improve patient's self-reported fatigue scores when compared to placebo and if therapy results in increased quality of life. MIDAS is a phase II, single-centre, prospective, double-blinded, randomised, crossover trial of modafinil for the treatment of persistent fatigue in survivors of ischaemic stroke. The inclusion criteria will require an average score of 12 or more across all domains of the Multi-dimensional Fatigue Inventory (MFI-20) and the diagnosis of a stroke more than 6 months prior. Patients will be randomised 1:1 to receive either modafinil 200 mg daily or placebo for a period of 6 weeks, after which a crossover will occur where patients who are on modafinil will begin taking placebo and vice versa. The primary outcome will be improvement in fatigue as measured by the MFI-20. Secondary outcomes will include changes in the Fatigue Severity Scale, improved cognition measured using the Montreal Cognitive Assessment, improvement in mood as determined by the Depression, Anxiety and Stress Scale and improvement in each patient's stroke-specific quality of life score. All participants will also undergo magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) at baseline, crossover and study conclusion to measure cerebral blood flow on arterial spin labelling and brain activity on resting state functional MRI. This study will comply with the CONSORT guidelines. The projected sample size requirement is 36 participants in a crossover trial giving a power of 80 % and a type-1 error rate of 0.05. MIDAS seeks to enhance the quality of life in stroke survivors by assisting or resolving stroke-associated fatigue. ACTRN12615000350527 , registered on the 17 April 2015. Protocol version 3, approved 16 June 2015.

A case-crossover study on transient risk factors of work-related eye injuries.

PubMed

Chen, S-Y; Fong, P-C; Lin, S-F; Chang, C-H; Chan, C-C

2009-08-01

To investigate modifiable risk and preventive factors of work-related eye injuries. A case-crossover study conducted to explore the associations between transient risk factors and work-related eye injuries. Patients seen at seven medical centres in Taiwan with work-related eye injuries over a 4-year period were enrolled in the study. Clinical information was collected from medical charts and detailed information on exposure to eight potentially modifiable factors during the 60 minutes prior to the occurrence of each injury, as well as during the same time interval on the last work day prior to the injury, were obtained using questionnaire surveys. Matched-pair interval analysis was adopted to assess the odds ratios (ORs) for work-related eye injuries given exposure to the eight modifiable factors. A total of 283 subjects were interviewed. Most of these injured workers were young, male, and self-employed or small enterprise workers. The most common injury type was photokeratitis (33.2%), mainly caused by welding (30.4%). The OR for a work-related eye injury was increased with the performance of an unfamiliar task (57.0), operation of a faulty tool or piece of equipment (48.5), distractions (24.0), being rushed (13.0), or fatigued (10.0), and a poor work environment (4.3). Wearing eye protection devices was found to have a significant protective effect on workers who might otherwise have been exposed to eye injuries (OR = 0.4; 95% CI 0.2 to 0.7). Potential modifiable risk and preventive factors for work-related eye injuries were identified using a case-crossover study. This information should be helpful in the development of preventive strategies.

Digoxin: use pattern in Estonia and bioavailability of the local market leader.

PubMed

Pähkla, R; Irs, A; Oselin, K; Rootslane, L

1999-10-01

In comparison with neighbouring Scandinavian countries, the use of digoxin in Estonia is high. The present study was carried out to determine the use pattern of digoxin in Estonia and bioavailability of the local market leader preparation in comparison with Lanoxin. Drug use data were evaluated from the annual reports of wholesale companies. For the bioequivalence study, a single-blind cross-over randomised two-way single-dose comparative bioavailability study was performed using 14 healthy volunteers. Digoxin concentrations in serum samples and urine were measured by chemiluminescent competitive immunoassay. The use of digoxin in Estonia has increased by 35% during the period 1994-97. The steady market leader was the local generic drug. No statistically significant differences were found in any pharmacokinetic parameter between the generic preparation and Lanoxin. All parameters showed considerable variability. The total amount of drug excreted was the parameter with lowest inter- individual variation. The present study indicates that the generic digoxin preparation studied is bioequivalent to Lanoxin. The increasing use of digoxin in Estonia is not caused by low bioavailability of the local market leader but by therapeutic traditions.

JavaGenes: Evolving Graphs with Crossover

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Globus, Al; Atsatt, Sean; Lawton, John; Wipke, Todd

2000-01-01

Genetic algorithms usually use string or tree representations. We have developed a novel crossover operator for a directed and undirected graph representation, and used this operator to evolve molecules and circuits. Unlike strings or trees, a single point in the representation cannot divide every possible graph into two parts, because graphs may contain cycles. Thus, the crossover operator is non-trivial. A steady-state, tournament selection genetic algorithm code (JavaGenes) was written to implement and test the graph crossover operator. All runs were executed by cycle-scavagging on networked workstations using the Condor batch processing system. The JavaGenes code has evolved pharmaceutical drug molecules and simple digital circuits. Results to date suggest that JavaGenes can evolve moderate sized drug molecules and very small circuits in reasonable time. The algorithm has greater difficulty with somewhat larger circuits, suggesting that directed graphs (circuits) are more difficult to evolve than undirected graphs (molecules), although necessary differences in the crossover operator may also explain the results. In principle, JavaGenes should be able to evolve other graph-representable systems, such as transportation networks, metabolic pathways, and computer networks. However, large graphs evolve significantly slower than smaller graphs, presumably because the space-of-all-graphs explodes combinatorially with graph size. Since the representation strongly affects genetic algorithm performance, adding graphs to the evolutionary programmer's bag-of-tricks should be beneficial. Also, since graph evolution operates directly on the phenotype, the genotype-phenotype translation step, common in genetic algorithm work, is eliminated.

Advantages of automation in plasma sample preparation prior to HPLC/MS/MS quantification: application to the determination of cilazapril and cilazaprilat in a bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Kolocouri, Filomila; Dotsikas, Yannis; Apostolou, Constantinos; Kousoulos, Constantinos; Soumelas, Georgios-Stefanos; Loukas, Yannis L

2011-01-01

An HPLC/MS/MS method characterized by complete automation and high throughput was developed for the determination of cilazapril and its active metabolite cilazaprilat in human plasma. All sample preparation and analysis steps were performed by using 2.2 mL 96 deep-well plates, while robotic liquid handling workstations were utilized for all liquid transfer steps, including liquid-liquid extraction. The whole procedure was very fast compared to a manual procedure with vials and no automation. The method also had a very short chromatographic run time of 1.5 min. Sample analysis was performed by RP-HPLC/MS/MS with positive electrospray ionization using multiple reaction monitoring. The calibration curve was linear in the range of 0.500-300 and 0.250-150 ng/mL for cilazapril and cilazaprilat, respectively. The proposed method was fully validated and proved to be selective, accurate, precise, reproducible, and suitable for the determination of cilazapril and cilazaprilat in human plasma. Therefore, it was applied to a bioequivalence study after per os administration of 2.5 mg tablet formulations of cilazapril.

Spin crossover in ferropericlase and velocity heterogeneities in the lower mantle

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wu, Z.; Wentzcovitch, R. M.

2014-12-01

Ferropericlase (Fp) is believed to be the second most abundant phase in the lower mantle. Since the discovery of the high spin (HS) to low spin (LS) crossover in iron in Fp [1], this phenomenon has been investigated extensively experimentally and theoretically. This is a broad and smooth crossover that takes place throughout most of the lower mantle and does not produce an obvious signature in radial velocity or density profiles [2]. Therefore, the spin transition has been generally considered to be invisible to seismic waves. This study, however, shows that it can produce a peculiar effect on lateral velocity heterogeneities at certain depths[3]. Deciphering the origin of seismic velocity heterogeneities in the mantle is crucial to understanding internal structures and processes at work in the Earth. The spin crossover in iron introduces unfamiliar effects on seismic velocities. First principles calculations indicate that anti-correlation between shear velocity (VS) and bulk sound velocity (Vφ) in the mantle, usually interpreted as compositional heterogeneity, can also be produced in homogeneous aggregates containing Fp. The spin crossover also suppresses thermally induced heterogeneity in VP but not in VS. This effect is observed in tomographic models at conditions where the spin crossover in Fp is expected in the lower mantle. In addition, the one-of-a-kind signature of this spin crossover in the RS/P () heterogeneity ratio might be a useful "fingerprint" to detect the presence of Fp in the lower mantle. [1] Badro J, et al. (2003) Science 300(5620):789-791. [2] Wu Z, Justo J. F., and Wentzcovitch R. M., (2013). Phys. Rev. Lett. 110. 228501-5 [3]Wu Z., and Wentzcovitch R. M., (2014) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. www.pnas.org/cgi/doi/10.1073/pnas.1322427111

Fragile to strong crossover and Widom line in supercooled water: A comparative study

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

De Marzio, Margherita; Camisasca, Gaia; Rovere, Mauro; Gallo, Paola

2018-02-01

The aim of this paper is to discuss the relationship between the dynamics and thermodynamics of water in the supercooled region. Reviewed case studies comprehend bulk water simulated with the SPC/E, TIP4P and TIP4P/2005 potentials, water at protein interfaces, and water in solution with electrolytes. Upon supercooling, the fragile to strong crossover in the α-relaxation of water is found to occur when the Widom line emanating from the liquid-liquid critical point is crossed. This appears to be a general characteristic of supercooled water, not depending on the applied interaction potential and/or different local environments.

Pressure and Temperature Sensors Using Two Spin Crossover Materials.

PubMed

Jureschi, Catalin-Maricel; Linares, Jorge; Boulmaali, Ayoub; Dahoo, Pierre Richard; Rotaru, Aurelian; Garcia, Yann

2016-02-02

The possibility of a new design concept for dual spin crossover based sensors for concomitant detection of both temperature and pressure is presented. It is conjectured from numerical results obtained by mean field approximation applied to a Ising-like model that using two different spin crossover compounds containing switching molecules with weak elastic interactions it is possible to simultaneously measure P and T. When the interaction parameters are optimized, the spin transition is gradual and for each spin crossover compounds, both temperature and pressure values being identified from their optical densities. This concept offers great perspectives for smart sensing devices.

Bioavailability of two oral-tablet and two oral-suspension formulations of naproxen sodium/paracetamol (acetaminophen): single-dose, randomized, open-label, two-period crossover comparisons in healthy Mexican adult subjects.

PubMed

Palma-Aguirre, Jose Antonio; Villalpando-Hernández, Jorge; Novoa-Heckel, Germán; Oliva, Iván; Cariño, Lizbeth; López-Bojórquez, Ericka; Burke-Fraga, Victoria; Namur, Salvador; González-de la Parra, Mario

2009-02-01

Naproxen sodium/paracetamol (acetaminophen) is a combination for the treatment of symptomatic pain and fever marketed both as a prescription and an over-the-counter product in Mexico. The aim of these 2 studies was to compare the bioavailability and to determine the bioequivalence of 2 test formulations (an oral-tablet formulation containing the combination of naproxen sodium/paracetamol 275/300 mg and an oral-suspension formulation containing the combination of naproxen sodium/paracetamol 375/300 mg per 15 mL) with their corresponding listed reference-drug formulations in Mexico (a list issued by Mexican health authorities). Two separate, single-dose, randomized, open-label, 2-period crossover, postmarketing studies were conducted. For each study, a different set of eligible subjects was selected comprising healthy Mexican adults of either sex, and subjects were randomly assigned to receive 1 test formulation of the combination of naproxen sodium/paracetamol followed by the corresponding reference-drug formulation, or vice versa, with a 1-week washout period between doses. After a 12-hour overnight fast, subjects received a single dose of naproxen sodium/paracetamol 275/300-mg tablet or naproxen sodium/paracetamol 375/300 mg per 15 mL suspension, depending on the study. For the analysis of pharmacokinetic parameters, including C(max), AUC from time 0 (baseline) to 48 hours (AUC(0-48)), and AUC from baseline to infinity (AUC(0-infinity)), blood samples were drawn at baseline and at 0.16, 0.33, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24, and 48 hours after administration. The formulations were considered bioequivalent if the geometric mean ratios (test/reference) of the C(max) and AUC were within the predetermined range of 80% to 125%. Tolerability was determined by clinical assessment, monitoring vital signs, laboratory analysis results, and subject interviews regarding adverse events. A total of 26 subjects (15 men, 11 women; mean [SD] age, 29 [8] years

Evaluation of the Safety, Tolerability, and Pharmacokinetics of Gammaplex® 10% Versus Gammaplex® 5% in Subjects with Primary Immunodeficiency.

PubMed

Wasserman, Richard L; Melamed, Isaac R; Stein, Mark R; Jolles, Stephen; Norton, Miranda; Moy, James N

2017-04-01

This phase 3, multicenter, open-label, randomized, two-period, crossover bioequivalence trial evaluated the safety, tolerability, and pharmacokinetics of intravenous immunoglobulins (IVIGs) Gammaplex 5% and Gammaplex 10% in 33 adults and 15 children with primary immunodeficiency diseases (PIDs). Eligible adults received five Gammaplex 5% infusions followed by five Gammaplex 10% infusions, or vice versa, stratified by a 21- or 28-day dosing regimen. Pediatric subjects received five Gammaplex 10% infusions only. The primary objective, to demonstrate the bioequivalence of Gammaplex 10% and Gammaplex 5% at the 28-day dosing interval, was met based on the Gammaplex 10%/Gammaplex 5% ratio of area under the concentration versus time curve (AUC 0-28 ) values. Throughout the study, total immunoglobulin G trough levels were well maintained, with total values generally ≥600 mg/dL (minimum level for study inclusion). At the dosing schedules and infusion rates used in this study, safety and tolerability were comparable and acceptable in adult and pediatric PID subjects treated with Gammaplex 10% and 5%. In this study, the first direct comparison of 5% IVIG and 10% IVIG products in PID subjects, the pharmacokinetic analysis demonstrated bioequivalence of Gammaplex 10% and Gammaplex 5% at the 28-day dosing interval. The Gammaplex 10% formulation was safe and well tolerated in pediatric and adult PID subjects. Based on the results from this bridging study in PID subjects, Gammaplex 10% could be expected to have a therapeutic effect similar to the licensed Gammaplex 5%, which has demonstrated efficacy and tolerability in patients with PID and idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura.

Methods, strengths, weaknesses, and limitations of bioequivalence tests with special regard to immunosuppressive drugs.

PubMed

van Gelder, Teun; Gabardi, Steven

2013-08-01

Within the field of solid organ transplantation, the patents for a number of immunosuppressive drugs have expired in the last few years. Tacrolimus, cyclosporine, and mycophenolate mofetil are now available as generic drugs. In some countries, the market penetration of these generic formulations is as high as 70%, whereas in some other countries, this figure is below 10%. Several professional societies have published position papers on the risks and benefits of generic substitution of immunosuppressive drugs. It often appears that transplant professionals are not fully aware of the requirements for registration of generic drugs. This article describes the registration requirements with a focus on bioequivalence testing, the strengths and weaknesses in this process, and the differences between Europe and the US. © 2013 The Authors Transplant International © 2013 European Society for Organ Transplantation. Published by Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

Validated method for determination of bromopride in human plasma by liquid chromatography--electrospray tandem mass spectrometry: application to the bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Nazare, P; Massaroti, P; Duarte, L F; Campos, D R; Marchioretto, M A M; Bernasconi, G; Calafatti, S; Barros, F A P; Meurer, E C; Pedrazzoli, J; Moraes, L A B

2005-09-01

A simple, sensitive and specific liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method for the quantification of bromopride I in human plasma is presented. Sample preparation consisted of the addition of procainamide II as the internal standard, liquid-liquid extraction in alkaline conditions using hexane-ethyl acetate (1 : 1, v/v) as the extracting solvent, followed by centrifugation, evaporation of the solvent and sample reconstitution in acetonitrile. Both I and II (internal standard, IS) were analyzed using a C18 column and the mobile-phase acetonitrile-water (formic acid 0.1%). The eluted compounds were monitored using electrospray tandem mass spectrometry. The analyses were carried out by multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) using the parent-to-daughter combinations of m/z 344.20 > 271.00 and m/z 236.30 > 163.10. The areas of peaks from analyte and IS were used for quantification of I. The achieved limit of quantification was 1.0 ng/ml and the assay exhibited a linear dynamic range of 1-100.0 ng/ml and gave a correlation coefficient (r) of 0.995 or better. Validation results on linearity, specificity, accuracy, precision and stability, as well as application to the analysis of samples taken up to 24 h after oral administration of 10 mg of I in healthy volunteers demonstrated the applicability to bioequivalence studies.

Visualizing and quantifying the crossover from capillary fingering to viscous fingering in a rough fracture

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chen, Yi-Feng; Fang, Shu; Wu, Dong-Sheng; Hu, Ran

2017-09-01

Immiscible fluid-fluid displacement in permeable media is important in many subsurface processes, including enhanced oil recovery and geological CO2 sequestration. Controlled by capillary and viscous forces, displacement patterns of one fluid displacing another more viscous one exhibit capillary and viscous fingering, and crossover between the two. Although extensive studies investigated viscous and capillary fingering in porous media, a few studies focused on the crossover in rough fractures, and how viscous and capillary forces affect the crossover remains unclear. Using a transparent fracture-visualization system, we studied how the two forces impact the crossover in a horizontal rough fracture. Drainage experiments of water displacing oil were conducted at seven flow rates (capillary number log10Ca ranging from -7.07 to -3.07) and four viscosity ratios (M=1/1000,1/500,1/100 and 1/50). We consistently observed lower invading fluid saturations in the crossover zone. We also proposed a phase diagram for the displacement patterns in a rough fracture that is consistent with similar studies in porous media. Based on real-time imaging and statistical analysis of the invasion morphology, we showed that the competition between capillary and viscous forces is responsible for the saturation reduction in the crossover zone. In this zone, finger propagation toward the outlet (characteristic of viscous fingering) as well as void-filling in the transverse/backward directions (characteristic of capillary fingering), are both suppressed. Therefore, the invading fluid tends to occupy larger apertures with higher characteristic front velocity, promoting void-filling toward the outlet with thinner finger growth and resulting in a larger volume of defending fluid left behind.

A crossover study of rosuvastatin and pitavastatin in patients with type 2 diabetes.

PubMed

Yanagi, Kazunori; Monden, Tsuyoshi; Ikeda, Shiori; Matsumura, Mihoko; Kasai, Kikuo

2011-02-01

The effects of a low dose of rosuvastatin (ROS) and pitavastatin (PIT) on lipid profiles and inflammation markers were assessed in subjects with type 2 diabetes mellitus. A total of 90 Japanese type 2 diabetes patients with hyperlipidemia (low-density lipoprotein cholesterol [LDL-C] ≥140 mg/dL) were enrolled in this study. They were randomly assigned to four groups with open-label treatment with ROS (2.5 mg daily) or PIT (2 mg daily); two groups were sequentially treated with both drugs, with crossover of medication after 12 weeks, and the other two groups underwent treatment with either ROS or PIT for 24 weeks. The primary endpoints were the percentage changes in LDL-C, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) and triglyceride, and the LDL-C/HDL-C ratio. Both ROS and PIT lowered LDL-C and triglyceride, and increased HDL-C. In particular, significantly greater reduction in LDL-C was seen with ROS (-44.1%) than with PIT (-36.9%, P<0.01) in the crossover group from ROS to PIT, and the same result was detected in the crossover group from PIT (-34.8%) to ROS (-44.7%). The ratio of LDL-C/HDL-C was significantly reduced with ROS treatment (from 3.45 to 1.85) compared with that with PIT (from 3.45 to 2.22, P<0.01). Both ROS and PIT lowered plasma levels of high-sensitivity C-reactive protein (hsCRP), tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-alpha, and plasminogen activator inhibitor-1 (PAI-1). In addition, the hsCRP level with the administration of ROS was significantly improved compared with the administration of PIT. There was no significant correlation between changes in LDL-C and hsCRP, TNF-alpha, and PAI-1 levels. ROS and PIT did not have an adverse effect on glycemic control in type 2 diabetes patients. Therapy with both statins improved lipid profiles and reduced proinflammatory responses; however, 2.5 mg of ROS have a potent LDL-C-lowering and hsCRP-lowering effect compared with 2 mg of PIT in patients with diabetes.

Treatment Heterogeneity and Individual Qualitative Interaction

DTIC Science & Technology

2011-08-01

however, are not always practical to implement in many applications (cf., Brown 1980 ; Senn 2001). For instance, in applications like the data...t2 Experimental Units,” Biometrics, 24, 61– 73. Brown, B. W. ( 1980 ), “The Crossover Experiment for Clinical Trials,” Biometrics, 36, 69–79...W. W., Hyslop , T., Mei-Ling, C., Patnaik, R., and Williams, R. L. (2000), “Subject-by- Formulation Interaction in Bioequivalence: Conceptual and

Pharmacokinetic profiles of a biosimilar filgrastim and Amgen filgrastim: results from a randomized, phase I trial

PubMed Central

Bronchud, Miguel; Mair, Stuart; Challand, Rodeina

2010-01-01

Recombinant human granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (filgrastim) has multiple hematologic and oncologic indications as Neupogen® (Amgen filgrastim). Hospira has developed a biosimilar filgrastim (Nivestim™). Here, results are reported from a phase I trial, primarily designed to compare the pharmacokinetic profiles of Hospira filgrastim and Amgen filgrastim. A phase I, single-center, open-label, randomized trial was undertaken to demonstrate equivalence of the pharmacokinetic characteristics of Hospira filgrastim and Amgen filgrastim. Forty-eight healthy volunteers were randomized to receive intravenous (i.v.) or subcutaneous (s.c.) dosing and then further randomized to order of treatment. Volunteers in each of the two dosing groups received a single 10µg/kg dose of Hospira filgrastim or Amgen filgrastim, with subsequent crossover. Bioequivalence was evaluated by analysis of variance; if the estimated 90% confidence intervals (CIs) for the ratio of ‘test’ to ‘reference’ treatment means were within the conventional equivalence limits of 0.80–1.25, then bioequivalence was concluded. Forty-six volunteers completed the study. Geometric mean area under the curve from time 0 to the last time point (primary endpoint) was similar in volunteers given Hospira filgrastim or Amgen filgrastim following i.v. (ratio of means: 0.96; 90% CI: 0.90–1.02) or s.c. (ratio of means: 1.02; 90% CI: 0.95–1.09) dosing; 90% CIs were within the predefined range necessary to demonstrate bioequivalence. Hospira filgrastim was well tolerated with no additional safety concerns over Amgen filgrastim. Hospira filgrastim is bioequivalent with Amgen filgrastim in terms of its pharmacokinetic properties and may provide a clinically effective alternative. PMID:20428872

Benzathine penicillin G: a model for long-term pharmacokinetic comparison of parenteral long-acting formulations.

PubMed

Shahbazi, M A; Azimi, K; Hamidi, M

2013-04-01

  Long-acting intramuscular penicillin G injection is an important product for the management of some severe infections. However, testing the bioequivalence of such long-acting formulations is difficult. Our aim was to undertake such a test using a generic formulation containing 1 200 000 IU of benzathine penicillin G powder and an innovator's product (Retarpen(®) 1·2 million units; Sandoz, Switzerland).   In an open, double-blind, randomized, two-periods, two-group crossover study, 12 healthy male volunteers received both formulations of benzathine penicillin G on two different days with a 5-month washout period between the doses and a sampling period of over 500 h. A simple, sensitive and rapid high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)-UV method was developed and validated for determination of penicillin G plasma concentrations and other pharmacokinetic (PK) parameters.   The analytical method used produced linear responses within a wide analyte concentration range with average within-run and between-run variations of below 15% with acceptable recovery, accuracy and sensitivity. The primary PK parameters we used were maximum plasma concentration (Cmax ), time to reach the maximal concentration (Tmax ) and the area under the plasma concentration vs. time curve from time zero to the last sampling time (AUC0→t ) using a standard non-compartmental approach. Based on these parameters, the two formulations were bioequivalent.   We illustrate the bioequivalence testing of a very long-acting product. The data indicate that the generic test formulation and the branded reference formulation were bioequivalent in fasting healthy Iranian male volunteers. © 2013 Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

Effects of Subsensory Noise and Fatigue on Knee Landing and Cross-over Cutting Biomechanics in Male Athletes.

PubMed

Qu, Xingda; Jiang, Jianxin; Hu, Xinyao

2018-06-01

The objective of this study was to examine the effects of subsensory noise and fatigue on knee biomechanics during the athletic task of landing followed by cross-over cutting. A total of 32 healthy male athletes participated in the study. They were evenly divided into 2 groups: no fatigue group and fatigue group. Fatigue was induced to the lower extremity by a repetitive squatting exercise in the fatigue group. Subsensory noise was generated by linear miniature vibrators bilaterally placed around the knee joints. During data collection, the participants were instructed to perform landing followed by cross-over cutting in both the subsensory on and off conditions. Dependent variables were selected to assess knee biomechanics in the phases of landing and cross-over cutting, separately. Results showed that fatigue resulted in larger knee flexion during landing and larger knee internal rotation during cross-over cutting. Subsensory noise was found to reduce knee rotation impulse during cross-over cutting. These findings suggest that cross-over cutting is more dangerous than landing in the fatigue condition, and subsensory noise may lead to changes in knee biomechanics consistent with reduced risk of anterior cruciate ligament injuries, but the changes may be task-specific.

Regulation of spatial selectivity by crossover inhibition.

PubMed

Cafaro, Jon; Rieke, Fred

2013-04-10

Signals throughout the nervous system diverge into parallel excitatory and inhibitory pathways that later converge on downstream neurons to control their spike output. Converging excitatory and inhibitory synaptic inputs can exhibit a variety of temporal relationships. A common motif is feedforward inhibition, in which an increase (decrease) in excitatory input precedes a corresponding increase (decrease) in inhibitory input. The delay of inhibitory input relative to excitatory input originates from an extra synapse in the circuit shaping inhibitory input. Another common motif is push-pull or "crossover" inhibition, in which increases (decreases) in excitatory input occur together with decreases (increases) in inhibitory input. Primate On midget ganglion cells receive primarily feedforward inhibition and On parasol cells receive primarily crossover inhibition; this difference provides an opportunity to study how each motif shapes the light responses of cell types that play a key role in visual perception. For full-field stimuli, feedforward inhibition abbreviated and attenuated responses of On midget cells, while crossover inhibition, though plentiful, had surprisingly little impact on the responses of On parasol cells. Spatially structured stimuli, however, could cause excitatory and inhibitory inputs to On parasol cells to increase together, adopting a temporal relation very much like that for feedforward inhibition. In this case, inhibitory inputs substantially abbreviated a cell's spike output. Thus inhibitory input shapes the temporal stimulus selectivity of both midget and parasol ganglion cells, but its impact on responses of parasol cells depends strongly on the spatial structure of the light inputs.

How Crossover Speeds up Building Block Assembly in Genetic Algorithms.

PubMed

Sudholt, Dirk

2017-01-01

We reinvestigate a fundamental question: How effective is crossover in genetic algorithms in combining building blocks of good solutions? Although this has been discussed controversially for decades, we are still lacking a rigorous and intuitive answer. We provide such answers for royal road functions and OneMax, where every bit is a building block. For the latter, we show that using crossover makes every ([Formula: see text]+[Formula: see text]) genetic algorithm at least twice as fast as the fastest evolutionary algorithm using only standard bit mutation, up to small-order terms and for moderate [Formula: see text] and [Formula: see text]. Crossover is beneficial because it can capitalize on mutations that have both beneficial and disruptive effects on building blocks: crossover is able to repair the disruptive effects of mutation in later generations. Compared to mutation-based evolutionary algorithms, this makes multibit mutations more useful. Introducing crossover changes the optimal mutation rate on OneMax from [Formula: see text] to [Formula: see text]. This holds both for uniform crossover and k-point crossover. Experiments and statistical tests confirm that our findings apply to a broad class of building block functions.

Study of. lambda. parameters and crossover phenomena in SU(N) x SU(N) sigma models in two dimensions

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Shigemitsu, J; Kogut, J B

1981-01-01

The spin system analogues of recent studies of the string tension and ..lambda.. parameters of SU(N) gauge theories in 4 dimensions are carried out for the SU(N) x SU(N) and O(N) models in 2 dimensions. The relations between the ..lambda.. parameters of both the Euclidean and Hamiltonian formulation of the lattice models and the ..lambda.. parameter of the continuum models are obtained. The one loop finite renormalization of the speed of light in the lattice Hamiltonian formulations of the O(N) and SU(N) x SU(N) models is calculated. Strong coupling calculations of the mass gaps of these spin models are donemore » for all N and the constants of proportionality between the gap and the ..lambda.. parameter of the continuum models are obtained. These results are contrasted with similar calculations for the SU(N) gauge models in 3+1 dimensions. Identifying suitable coupling constants for discussing the N ..-->.. infinity limits, the numerical results suggest that the crossover from weak to strong coupling in the lattice O(N) models becomes less abrupt as N increases while the crossover for the SU(N) x SU(N) models becomes more abrupt. The crossover in SU(N) gauge theories also becomes more abrupt with increasing N, however, at an even greater rate than in the SU(N) x SU(N) spin models.« less

50 CFR 660.320 - Open access fishery-crossover provisions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 9 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Open access fishery-crossover provisions... West Coast Groundfish-Open Access Fisheries § 660.320 Open access fishery—crossover provisions. (a) Operating in both limited entry and open access fisheries. See provisions at § 660.60, subpart C. (b...

50 CFR 660.320 - Open access fishery-crossover provisions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 11 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Open access fishery-crossover provisions... West Coast Groundfish-Open Access Fisheries § 660.320 Open access fishery—crossover provisions. (a) Operating in both limited entry and open access fisheries. See provisions at § 660.60, subpart C. (b...

Survey of international regulatory bioequivalence recommendations for approval of generic topical dermatological drug products.

PubMed

Braddy, April C; Davit, Barbara M; Stier, Ethan M; Conner, Dale P

2015-01-01

The objective of this article is to discuss the similarities and differences in accepted bioequivalence (BE) approaches for generic topical dermatological drug products between international regulatory authorities and organizations. These drug products are locally applied and not intended for systemic absorption. Therefore, the BE approaches which serve as surrogates to establish safety and efficacy for topical dosage forms tend to differ from the traditional solid oral dosage forms. We focused on 15 different international jurisdictions and organizations that currently participate in the International Generic Drug Regulators Pilot Project. These are Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Chinese Taipei, the European Medicines Association (EMA), Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Singapore (a member of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations), South Africa, South Korea, Switzerland, the USA and the World Health Organization (WHO). Upon evaluation, we observed that currently only Canada, the EMA, Japan, and the USA have specific guidance documents for topical drug products. Across all jurisdictions and organizations, the three approaches consistently required are (1) BE studies with clinical endpoints for most topical drug products; (2) in vivo pharmacodynamic studies, in particular the vasoconstrictor assay for topical corticosteroids; and (3) waivers from BE study requirements for topical solutions. Japan, South Africa, the USA, and the WHO are also making strides to accept other BE approaches such as in vivo pharmacokinetic studies for BE assessment, in vivo dermatopharmacokinetic studies and/or BE studies with in vitro endpoints.

A Link between Meiotic Prophase Progression and CrossoverControl

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Carlton, Peter M.; Farruggio, Alfonso P.; Dernburg, Abby F.

2005-07-06

During meiosis, most organisms ensure that homologous chromosomes undergo at least one exchange of DNA, or crossover, to link chromosomes together and accomplish proper segregation. How each chromosome receives a minimum of one crossover is unknown. During early meiosis in Caenorhabditis elegans and many other species, chromosomes adopt a polarized organization within the nucleus, which normally disappears upon completion of homolog synapsis. Mutations that impair synapsis even between a single pair of chromosomes in C. elegans delay this nuclear reorganization. We quantified this delay by developing a classification scheme for discrete stages of meiosis. Immunofluorescence localization of RAD-51 protein revealedmore » that delayed meiotic cells also contained persistent recombination intermediates. Through genetic analysis, we found that this cytological delay in meiotic progression requires double-strand breaks and the function of the crossover-promoting heteroduplex HIM-14 (Msh4) and MSH-5. Failure of X chromosome synapsis also resulted in impaired crossover control on autosomes, which may result from greater numbers and persistence of recombination intermediates in the delayed nuclei. We conclude that maturation of recombination events on chromosomes promotes meiotic progression, and is coupled to the regulation of crossover number and placement. Our results have broad implications for the interpretation of meiotic mutants, as we have shown that asynapsis of a single chromosome pair can exert global effects on meiotic progression and recombination frequency.« less

Detection of crossover time scales in multifractal detrended fluctuation analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ge, Erjia; Leung, Yee

2013-04-01

Fractal is employed in this paper as a scale-based method for the identification of the scaling behavior of time series. Many spatial and temporal processes exhibiting complex multi(mono)-scaling behaviors are fractals. One of the important concepts in fractals is crossover time scale(s) that separates distinct regimes having different fractal scaling behaviors. A common method is multifractal detrended fluctuation analysis (MF-DFA). The detection of crossover time scale(s) is, however, relatively subjective since it has been made without rigorous statistical procedures and has generally been determined by eye balling or subjective observation. Crossover time scales such determined may be spurious and problematic. It may not reflect the genuine underlying scaling behavior of a time series. The purpose of this paper is to propose a statistical procedure to model complex fractal scaling behaviors and reliably identify the crossover time scales under MF-DFA. The scaling-identification regression model, grounded on a solid statistical foundation, is first proposed to describe multi-scaling behaviors of fractals. Through the regression analysis and statistical inference, we can (1) identify the crossover time scales that cannot be detected by eye-balling observation, (2) determine the number and locations of the genuine crossover time scales, (3) give confidence intervals for the crossover time scales, and (4) establish the statistically significant regression model depicting the underlying scaling behavior of a time series. To substantive our argument, the regression model is applied to analyze the multi-scaling behaviors of avian-influenza outbreaks, water consumption, daily mean temperature, and rainfall of Hong Kong. Through the proposed model, we can have a deeper understanding of fractals in general and a statistical approach to identify multi-scaling behavior under MF-DFA in particular.

Are Emotions Transmitted From Work to Family? A Crossover Model of Psychological Contract Breach.

PubMed

Liang, Huai-Liang

2018-01-01

Based on affective events theory and the crossover model, this study examines the effect of psychological contract breach on employee dysfunctional behavior and partner family undermining and explores the crossover effect of employee dysfunctional behavior on partner family undermining in work-family issues. This study collected 370 employee-partner dyads (277 male employees, 93 female employees, M age = 43.59 years) from a large manufacturing organization. The results of this study support the conception that employees' psychological contract breach results in frustration in the workplace. In addition, mediation analysis results reveal that psychological contract breach relates to employee dysfunctional behavior in the workplace. The findings show that partners' psychological strain mediates the relationship between employee dysfunctional behavior and partner family undermining. Furthermore, these findings provide investigations for the crossover model to display the value of psychological contract breach in family issues.

Analysis of Intra- and Intersubject Variability in Oral Drug Absorption in Human Bioequivalence Studies of 113 Generic Products.

PubMed

Sugihara, Masahisa; Takeuchi, Susumu; Sugita, Masaru; Higaki, Kazutaka; Kataoka, Makoto; Yamashita, Shinji

2015-12-07

In this study, the data of 113 human bioequivalence (BE) studies of immediate release (IR) formulations of 74 active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) conducted at Sawai Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., was analyzed to understand the factors affecting intra- and intersubject variabilities in oral drug absorption. The ANOVA CV (%) calculated from area under the time-concentration curve (AUC) in each BE study was used as an index of intrasubject variability (Vintra), and the relative standard deviation (%) in AUC was used as that of intersubject variability (Vinter). Although no significant correlation was observed between Vintra and Vinter of all drugs, Vintra of class 3 drugs was found to increase in association with a decrease in drug permeability (P(eff)). Since the absorption of class 3 drugs was rate-limited by the permeability, it was suggested that, for such drugs, the low P(eff) might be a risk factor to cause a large intrasubject variability. To consider the impact of poor water solubility on the variability in BE study, a parameter of P(eff)/Do (Do; dose number) was defined to discriminate the solubility-limited and dissolution-rate-limited absorption of class 2 drugs. It was found that the class 2 drugs with a solubility-limited absorption (P(eff)/Do < 0.149 × 10(-4) cm/s) showed high intrasubject variability. Furthermore, as a reason for high intra- or intersubject variability in AUC for class 1 drugs, effects of drug metabolizing enzymes were investigated. It was demonstrated that intrasubject variability was high for drugs metabolized by CYP3A4 while intersubject variability was high for drugs metabolized by CYP2D6. For CYP3A4 substrate drugs, the Km value showed the significant relation with Vintra, indicating that the affinity to the enzyme can be a parameter to predict the risk of high intrasubject variability. In conclusion, by analyzing the in house data of human BE study, low permeability, solubility-limited absorption, and high affinity to CYP3A4 are

Determination of lansoprazole in human plasma by rapid resolution liquid chromatography-electrospray tandem mass spectrometry: application to a bioequivalence study on Chinese volunteers.

PubMed

Wu, Guo-Lan; Zhou, Hui-Li; Shentu, Jian-Zhong; He, Qiao-Jun; Yang, Bo

2008-12-15

A simple, sensitive and rapid LC/MS/MS method was developed for the quantification of lansoprazole in human plasma. After a simple sample preparation procedure by one-step protein precipitation with acetonitrile, lansoprazole and the internal standard bicalutamide were chromatographed on a Zorbax SB-C(18) (3.0 mm x 150 mm, 3.5 microm, Agilent) column with the mobile phase consisted of methanol-water (70:30, v/v, containing 5 mM ammonium formate, pH was adjusted to 7.85 by 1% ammonia solution). Detection was performed on a triple quadrupole tandem mass spectrometry by multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) mode via negative eletrospray ionization source (ESI(-)). The lower limit of quantification was 5.5 ng/mL, and the assay exhibited a linear range of 5.5-2200.0 ng/mL. The validated method was successfully applied to investigate the bioequivalence between two kinds of preparation (test vs. reference product) in twenty-eight healthy male Chinese volunteers.

Mechanistic Oral Absorption Modeling and Simulation for Formulation Development and Bioequivalence Evaluation: Report of an FDA Public Workshop.

PubMed

Zhang, X; Duan, J; Kesisoglou, F; Novakovic, J; Amidon, G L; Jamei, M; Lukacova, V; Eissing, T; Tsakalozou, E; Zhao, L; Lionberger, R

2017-08-01

On May 19, 2016, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) hosted a public workshop, entitled "Mechanistic Oral Absorption Modeling and Simulation for Formulation Development and Bioequivalence Evaluation." The topic of mechanistic oral absorption modeling, which is one of the major applications of physiologically based pharmacokinetic (PBPK) modeling and simulation, focuses on predicting oral absorption by mechanistically integrating gastrointestinal transit, dissolution, and permeation processes, incorporating systems, active pharmaceutical ingredient (API), and the drug product information, into a systemic mathematical whole-body framework. © 2017 The Authors CPT: Pharmacometrics & Systems Pharmacology published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of American Society for Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics.

The spatial regulation of meiotic recombination hotspots: are all DSB hotspots crossover hotspots?

PubMed

Serrentino, Maria-Elisabetta; Borde, Valérie

2012-07-15

A key step for the success of meiosis is programmed homologous recombination, during which crossovers, or exchange of chromosome arms, take place. Crossovers increase genetic diversity but their main function is to ensure accurate chromosome segregation. Defects in crossover number and position produce aneuploidies that represent the main cause of miscarriages and chromosomal abnormalities such as Down's syndrome. Recombination is initiated by the formation of programmed double strand breaks (DSBs), which occur preferentially at places called DSB hotspots. Among all DSBs generated, only a small fraction is repaired by crossover, the other being repaired by other homologous recombination pathways. Crossover maps have been generated in a number of organisms, defining crossover hotspots. With the availability of genome-wide maps of DSBs as well as the ability to measure genetically the repair outcome at several hotspots, it is becoming more and more clear that not all DSB hotspots behave the same for crossover formation, suggesting that chromosomal features distinguish different types of hotspots. Copyright © 2012. Published by Elsevier Inc.

Comparison of parametric and bootstrap method in bioequivalence test.

PubMed

Ahn, Byung-Jin; Yim, Dong-Seok

2009-10-01

The estimation of 90% parametric confidence intervals (CIs) of mean AUC and Cmax ratios in bioequivalence (BE) tests are based upon the assumption that formulation effects in log-transformed data are normally distributed. To compare the parametric CIs with those obtained from nonparametric methods we performed repeated estimation of bootstrap-resampled datasets. The AUC and Cmax values from 3 archived datasets were used. BE tests on 1,000 resampled datasets from each archived dataset were performed using SAS (Enterprise Guide Ver.3). Bootstrap nonparametric 90% CIs of formulation effects were then compared with the parametric 90% CIs of the original datasets. The 90% CIs of formulation effects estimated from the 3 archived datasets were slightly different from nonparametric 90% CIs obtained from BE tests on resampled datasets. Histograms and density curves of formulation effects obtained from resampled datasets were similar to those of normal distribution. However, in 2 of 3 resampled log (AUC) datasets, the estimates of formulation effects did not follow the Gaussian distribution. Bias-corrected and accelerated (BCa) CIs, one of the nonparametric CIs of formulation effects, shifted outside the parametric 90% CIs of the archived datasets in these 2 non-normally distributed resampled log (AUC) datasets. Currently, the 80~125% rule based upon the parametric 90% CIs is widely accepted under the assumption of normally distributed formulation effects in log-transformed data. However, nonparametric CIs may be a better choice when data do not follow this assumption.

Comparison of Parametric and Bootstrap Method in Bioequivalence Test

PubMed Central

Ahn, Byung-Jin

2009-01-01

The estimation of 90% parametric confidence intervals (CIs) of mean AUC and Cmax ratios in bioequivalence (BE) tests are based upon the assumption that formulation effects in log-transformed data are normally distributed. To compare the parametric CIs with those obtained from nonparametric methods we performed repeated estimation of bootstrap-resampled datasets. The AUC and Cmax values from 3 archived datasets were used. BE tests on 1,000 resampled datasets from each archived dataset were performed using SAS (Enterprise Guide Ver.3). Bootstrap nonparametric 90% CIs of formulation effects were then compared with the parametric 90% CIs of the original datasets. The 90% CIs of formulation effects estimated from the 3 archived datasets were slightly different from nonparametric 90% CIs obtained from BE tests on resampled datasets. Histograms and density curves of formulation effects obtained from resampled datasets were similar to those of normal distribution. However, in 2 of 3 resampled log (AUC) datasets, the estimates of formulation effects did not follow the Gaussian distribution. Bias-corrected and accelerated (BCa) CIs, one of the nonparametric CIs of formulation effects, shifted outside the parametric 90% CIs of the archived datasets in these 2 non-normally distributed resampled log (AUC) datasets. Currently, the 80~125% rule based upon the parametric 90% CIs is widely accepted under the assumption of normally distributed formulation effects in log-transformed data. However, nonparametric CIs may be a better choice when data do not follow this assumption. PMID:19915699

Investigation of iron spin crossover pressure in Fe-bearing MgO using hybrid functional

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cheng, Ya; Wang, Xianlong; Zhang, Jie; Yang, Kaishuai; Zhang, Chuanguo; Zeng, Zhi; Lin, Haiqin

2018-04-01

Pressure-induced spin crossover behaviors of Fe-bearing MgO were widely investigated by using an LDA  +  U functional for describing the strongly correlated Fe–O bonding. Moreover, the simulated spin crossover pressures depend on the applied U values, which are sensitive to environments and parameters. In this work, the spin crossover pressures of (Mg1‑x ,Fe x )O are investigated by using the hybrid functional with a uniform parameter. Our results indicate that the spin crossover pressures increase with increasing iron concentration. For example, the spin crossover pressure of (Mg0.03125,Fe0.96875)O and FeO was 56 GPa and 127 GPa, respectively. The calculated crossover pressures agreed well with the experimental observations. Therefore, the hybrid functional should be an effective method for describing the pressure-induced spin crossover behaviors in transition metal oxides.

Bio-Inspired Genetic Algorithms with Formalized Crossover Operators for Robotic Applications.

PubMed

Zhang, Jie; Kang, Man; Li, Xiaojuan; Liu, Geng-Yang

2017-01-01

Genetic algorithms are widely adopted to solve optimization problems in robotic applications. In such safety-critical systems, it is vitally important to formally prove the correctness when genetic algorithms are applied. This paper focuses on formal modeling of crossover operations that are one of most important operations in genetic algorithms. Specially, we for the first time formalize crossover operations with higher-order logic based on HOL4 that is easy to be deployed with its user-friendly programing environment. With correctness-guaranteed formalized crossover operations, we can safely apply them in robotic applications. We implement our technique to solve a path planning problem using a genetic algorithm with our formalized crossover operations, and the results show the effectiveness of our technique.

Effect of Crossover in Oncology Clinical Trials on Evidence Levels in Early Benefit Assessment in Germany.

PubMed

Isbary, Georg; Staab, Thomas R; Amelung, Volker E; Dintsios, Charalabos-Markos; Iking-Konert, Christof; Nesurini, Sonja Mariotti; Walter, Miriam; Ruof, Jörg

2018-06-01

In oncology clinical trials, crossover is used frequently but may lead to uncertainties regarding treatment effects. To investigate the handling of evidence from crossover trials by the European Medicines Agency (EMA) and the German Federal Joint Committee (G-BA). For oncology medicines with early benefit assessments before January 2015, presence of crossover, clinical data, EMA requests for additional data, and G-BA benefit ratings/evidence levels were analyzed from manufacturers' dossiers, G-BA appraisals, European Public Assessment Reports, and original publications. Eleven of 21 benefit assessments included crossover trials. Significant intergroup differences (P < 0.05) in overall survival (OS) were noted in 7 of 11 trials with and 7 of 10 without crossover. For 6 of 11 medicines with crossover, these were demonstrated before crossover. Treatment effects generally worsened with increasing proportions of crossover. The EMA requested additional data more frequently if crossover was performed, particularly if no OS data were available before crossover. The G-BA granted a considerable benefit to 73% of medicines with crossover and 40% of those without. Evidence levels were intermediate for 50% and 75%, respectively. None of the medicines received the highest evidence level. In G-BA appraisals, oncology medicines with crossover received better additional benefit ratings, but were assigned lower evidence levels, than those without. The five medicines with crossover after progression were assigned lower evidence levels than the six medicines with crossover after demonstration of superior OS, indicating that the way in which crossover is implemented may be one factor influencing the assignment of evidence levels by the G-BA. Copyright © 2018 International Society for Pharmacoeconomics and Outcomes Research (ISPOR). Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Chest Compression With Personal Protective Equipment During Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation: A Randomized Crossover Simulation Study.

PubMed

Chen, Jie; Lu, Kai-Zhi; Yi, Bin; Chen, Yan

2016-04-01

Following a chemical, biological, radiation, and nuclear incident, prompt cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) procedure is essential for patients who suffer cardiac arrest. But CPR when wearing personal protection equipment (PPE) before decontamination becomes a challenge for healthcare workers (HCW). Although previous studies have assessed the impact of PPE on airway management, there is little research available regarding the quality of chest compression (CC) when wearing PPE.A present randomized cross-over simulation study was designed to evaluate the effect of PPE on CC performance using mannequins.The study was set in one university medical center in the China.Forty anesthesia residents participated in this randomized cross-over study.Each participant performed 2 min of CC on a manikin with and without PPE, respectively. Participants were randomized into 2 groups that either performed CC with PPE first, followed by a trial without PPE after a 180-min rest, or vice versa.CPR recording technology was used to objectively quantify the quality of CC. Additionally, participants' physiological parameters and subjective fatigue score values were recorded.With the use of PPE, a significant decrease of the percentage of effective compressions (41.3 ± 17.1% with PPE vs 67.5 ± 15.6% without PPE, P < 0.001) and the percentage of adequate compressions (67.7 ± 18.9% with PPE vs 80.7 ± 15.5% without PPE, P < 0.001) were observed. Furthermore, the increases in heart rate, mean arterial pressure, and subjective fatigue score values were more obvious with the use of PPE (all P < 0.01).We found significant deterioration of CC performance in HCW with the use of a level-C PPE, which may be a disadvantage for enhancing survival of cardiac arrest.

49 CFR 218.103 - Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches. 218.103 Section 218.103 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued... Equipment, Switches, and Fixed Derails § 218.103 Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches. (a)(1...

49 CFR 218.103 - Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches. 218.103 Section 218.103 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued... Equipment, Switches, and Fixed Derails § 218.103 Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches. (a)(1...

49 CFR 218.103 - Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches. 218.103 Section 218.103 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued... Equipment, Switches, and Fixed Derails § 218.103 Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches. (a)(1...

49 CFR 218.103 - Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches. 218.103 Section 218.103 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued... Equipment, Switches, and Fixed Derails § 218.103 Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches. (a)(1...

49 CFR 218.103 - Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches. 218.103 Section 218.103 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued... Equipment, Switches, and Fixed Derails § 218.103 Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches. (a)(1...

A case-crossover study of transient risk factors influence on occupational injuries: a study protocol based on a review of previous studies.

PubMed

Oesterlund, Anna H; Lander, Flemming; Lauritsen, Jens

2016-10-01

The occupational injury incident rate remains relatively high in the European Union. The case-crossover study gives a unique opportunity to study transient risk factors that normally would be very difficult to approach. Studies like this have been carried out in both America and Asia, but so far no relevant research has been conducted in Europe. Case-crossover studies of occupational injuries were collected from PubMed and Embase and read through. Previous experiences concerning method, exposure and outcome, time-related measurements and construction of the questionnaire were taken into account in the preparation of a pilot study. Consequently, experiences from the pilot study were used to design the study protocol. Approximately 2000 patients with an occupational injury will be recruited from the emergency departments in Herning and Odense, Denmark. A standardised questionnaire will be used to collect basic demographic data and information on eight transient risk factors. Based on previous studies and knowledge on occupational injuries the transient risk factors we chose to examine were: time pressure, performing a task with a different method/using unaccustomed technique, change in working surroundings, using a phone, disagreement, feeling ill, being distracted and using malfunctioning machinery/tools or work material. Exposure time 'just before the injury' will be compared with two control periods, 'previous day at the same time of the injury' (pair match) and the previous work week (usual frequency). This study protocol describes a unique opportunity to calculate the effect of transient risk factors on occupational injuries in a European setting. Published by the BMJ Publishing Group Limited. For permission to use (where not already granted under a licence) please go to http://www.bmj.com/company/products-services/rights-and-licensing/

Determination of ergocalciferol in human plasma after Diels-Alder derivatization by LC-MS/MS and its application to a bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Contractor, Pritesh; Gandhi, Abhishek; Solanki, Gajendra; Shah, Priyanka A; Shrivastav, Pranav S

2017-12-01

An accurate, sensitive and selective method is developed for determination of ergocalciferol (vitamin D 2 ) in human plasma using LC-MS/MS. After liquid-liquid extraction with n- hexane, ergocalciferol was derivatized by reacting with 4-phenyl-1,2,4-triazoline-3,5-dione (PTAD), a strong dienophile based on Diels-Alder reaction. Ergocalciferol and its deuterated internal standard, ergocalciferol-d6, were analyzed on X Select CSH C 18 (100 mm×4.6 mm, 2.5 µm) column using acetonitrile and 0.1% (v/v) formic acid in water containing 0.14% methylamine within 6.0 min under gradient elution mode. Tandem mass spectrometry in positive ionization mode was used to quantify ergocalciferol by multiple reaction monitoring (MRM). Entire data processing was done using Watson LIMS™ software which provided excellent data integrity and high throughput with improved operational efficiency. The major advantage of this method includes higher sensitivity (0.10 ng/mL), superior extraction efficiency (≥83%) and small sample volume (100 µL) for processing. The method was linear in the concentration range of 0.10-100 ng/mL for ergocalciferol. The intra-batch and inter-batch accuracy and precision (% CV) values varied from 97.3% to 109.0% and 1.01% to 5.16%, respectively. The method was successfully applied to support a bioequivalence study of 1.25 mg ergocalciferol capsules in 12 healthy subjects.

Within-Subject Mediation Analysis in AB/BA Crossover Designs.

PubMed

Josephy, Haeike; Vansteelandt, Stijn; Vanderhasselt, Marie-Anne; Loeys, Tom

2015-05-01

Crossover trials are widely used to assess the effect of a reversible exposure on an outcome of interest. To gain further insight into the underlying mechanisms of this effect, researchers may be interested in exploring whether or not it runs through a specific intermediate variable: the mediator. Mediation analysis in crossover designs has received scant attention so far and is mostly confined to the traditional Baron and Kenny approach. We aim to tackle mediation analysis within the counterfactual framework and elucidate the assumptions under which the direct and indirect effects can be identified in AB/BA crossover studies. Notably, we show that both effects are identifiable in certain statistical models, even in the presence of unmeasured time-independent (or upper-level) confounding of the mediator-outcome relation. Employing the mediation formula, we derive expressions for the direct and indirect effects in within-subject designs for continuous outcomes that lend themselves to linear modelling, under a large variety of settings. We discuss an estimation approach based on regressing differences in outcomes on differences in mediators and show how to allow for period effects as well as different types of moderation. The performance of this approach is compared to other existing methods through simulations and is illustrated with data from a neurobehavioural study. Lastly, we demonstrate how a sensitivity analysis can be performed that is able to assess the robustness of both the direct and indirect effect against violation of the "no unmeasured lower-level mediator-outcome confounding" assumption.

24 CFR 3285.701 - Electrical crossovers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... URBAN DEVELOPMENT MODEL MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION STANDARDS Electrical Systems and Equipment § 3285.701 Electrical crossovers. Multi-section homes with electrical wiring in more than one section require... installation instructions. ...

Crossover of exhaustion between dentists and dental nurses.

PubMed

Hakanen, Jari J; Perhoniemi, Riku; Bakker, Arnold B

2014-04-01

The aim of this study was to investigate the conditions under which job-related exhaustion may transmit (cross over) from dentists to dental nurses and vice versa. We conducted a cross-sectional survey study among 470 Finnish dentist-dental nurse dyads and used moderated structural equation modelling analyses. We found no support for the direct crossover of exhaustion from one work partner to the other. Instead, we found that exhaustion transferred from dentists to dental nurses only when collaboration was frequent and dental nurses perceived the collaboration as friendly or consisting of mutual feedback. In contrast, dentists were not affected by dental nurses' exhaustion. These results indicate that exhaustion can be contagious in work dyads and may be fuelled by positive and frequent interpersonal relationships when the partner who is higher in the hierarchy has high (versus low) levels of exhaustion. Thus, interpersonal and hierarchical relationships among work partners may play an important role in the crossover process. Limitations and implications are mentioned. © 2013 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Six different roles for crossover inhibition in the retina: correcting the nonlinearities of synaptic transmission.

PubMed

Werblin, Frank S

2010-03-01

Early retinal studies categorized ganglion cell behavior as either linear or nonlinear and rectifying as represented by the familiar X- and Y-type ganglion cells in cat. Nonlinear behavior is in large part a consequence of the rectifying nonlinearities inherent in synaptic transmission. These nonlinear signals underlie many special functions in retinal processing, including motion detection, motion in motion, and local edge detection. But linear behavior is also required for some visual processing tasks. For these tasks, the inherently nonlinear signals are "linearized" by "crossover inhibition." Linearization utilizes a circuitry whereby nonlinear ON inhibition adds with nonlinear OFF excitation or ON excitation adds with OFF inhibition to generate a more linear postsynaptic voltage response. Crossover inhibition has now been measured in most bipolar, amacrine, and ganglion cells. Functionally crossover inhibition enhances edge detection, allows ganglion cells to recognize luminance-neutral patterns with their receptive fields, permits ganglion cells to distinguish contrast from luminance, and maintains a more constant conductance during the light response. In some cases, crossover extends the operating range of cone-driven OFF ganglion cells into the scotopic levels. Crossover inhibition is also found in neurons of the lateral geniculate nucleus and V1.

Crossover Control Study of the Effect of Personal Care Products Containing Triclosan on the Microbiome

PubMed Central

Poole, Angela C.; Pischel, Lauren; Ley, Catherine; Suh, Gina; Goodrich, Julia K.; Haggerty, Thomas D.; Ley, Ruth E.

2016-01-01

ABSTRACT Commonly prescribed antibiotics are known to alter human microbiota. We hypothesized that triclosan and triclocarban, components of many household and personal care products (HPCPs), may alter the oral and gut microbiota, with potential consequences for metabolic function and weight. In a double-blind, randomized, crossover study, participants were given triclosan- and triclocarban (TCS)-containing or non-triclosan/triclocarban (nTCS)-containing HPCPs for 4 months and then switched to the other products for an additional 4 months. Blood, stool, gingival plaque, and urine samples and weight data were obtained at baseline and at regular intervals throughout the study period. Blood samples were analyzed for metabolic and endocrine markers and urine samples for triclosan. The microbiome in stool and oral samples was then analyzed. Although there was a significant difference in the amount of triclosan in the urine between the TCS and nTCS phases, no differences were found in microbiome composition, metabolic or endocrine markers, or weight. Though this study was limited by the small sample size and imprecise administration of HPCPs, triclosan at physiologic levels from exposure to HPCPs does not appear to have a significant or important impact on human oral or gut microbiome structure or on a panel of metabolic markers. IMPORTANCE Triclosan and triclocarban are commonly used commercial microbicides found in toothpastes and soaps. It is unknown what effects these chemicals have on the human microbiome or on endocrine function. From this randomized crossover study, it appears that routine personal care use of triclosan and triclocarban neither exerts a major influence on microbial communities in the gut and mouth nor alters markers of endocrine function in humans. PMID:27303746

Distinct Age and Self-Rated Health Crossover Mortality Effects for African Americans: Evidence from a National Cohort Study

PubMed Central

Roth, David L.; Skarupski, Kimberly A.; Crews, Deidra C.; Howard, Virginia J.; Locher, Julie L.

2016-01-01

The predictive effects of age and self-rated health (SRH) on all-cause mortality are known to differ across race and ethnic groups. African American adults have higher mortality rates than Whites at younger ages, but this mortality disparity diminishes with advancing age and may “crossover” at about 75 to 80 years of age, when African Americans may show lower mortality rates. This pattern of findings reflects a lower overall association between age and mortality for African Americans than for Whites, and health-related mechanisms are typically cited as the reason for this age-based crossover mortality effect. However, a lower association between poor SRH and mortality has also been found for African Americans than for Whites, and it is not known if the reduced age and SRH associations with mortality for African Americans reflect independent or overlapping mechanisms. This study examined these two mortality predictors simultaneously in a large epidemiological study of 12,181 African Americans and 17,436 Whites. Participants were 45 or more years of age when they enrolled in the national REasons for Geographic and Racial Differences in Stroke (REGARDS) study between 2003 and 2007. Consistent with previous studies, African Americans had poorer SRH than Whites even after adjusting for demographic and health history covariates. Survival analysis models indicated statistically significant and independent race*age, race*SRH, and age*SRH interaction effects on all-cause mortality over an average 9-year follow-up period. Advanced age and poorer SRH were both weaker mortality risk factors for African Americans than for Whites. These two effects were distinct and presumably tapped different causal mechanisms. This calls into question the health-related explanation for the age-based mortality crossover effect and suggests that other mechanisms, including behavioral, social, and cultural factors, should be considered in efforts to better understand the age-based mortality

Improved simultaneous quantitation of candesartan and hydrochlorthiazide in human plasma by UPLC-MS/MS and its application in bioequivalence studies.

PubMed

Singh, Bhupinder; Lokhandae, Rama S; Dwivedi, Ashish; Sharma, Sandeep; Dubey, Naveen

2014-04-01

A validated ultra-performance liquid chromatography mass spectrometric method (UPLC-MS/MS) was used for the simultaneous quantitation of candesartan (CN) and hydrochlorothiazide (HCT) in human plasma. The analysis was performed on UPLC-MS/MS system using turbo ion spray interface. Negative ions were measured in multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) mode. The analytes were extracted using a liquid-liquid extraction (LLE) method by using 0.1 mL of plasma volume. The lower limit of quantitation for CN and HCT was 1.00 ng/mL whereas the upper limit of quantitation was 499.15 ng/mL and 601.61 ng/mL for CN and HCT respectively. CN d 4 and HCT- 13 Cd 2 were used as the internal standards for CN and HCT respectively. The chromatography was achieved within 2.0 min run time using a C18 Phenomenex, Gemini NX (100 mm×4.6 mm, 5 µm) column with organic mixture:buffer solution (80:20, v/v) at a flow rate of 0.800 mL/min. The method has been successfully applied to establish the bioequivalence of candesartan cilexetil (CNC) and HCT immediate release tablets with reference product in human subjects.

Orbital Transfer Vehicle Engine Technology High Velocity Ratio Diffusing Crossover

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lariviere, Brian W.

1992-01-01

High speed, high efficiency head rise multistage pumps require continuous passage diffusing crossovers to effectively convey the pumped fluid from the exit of one impeller to the inlet of the next impeller. On Rocketdyne's Orbital Transfer Vehicle (OTV), the MK49-F, a three stage high pressure liquid hydrogen turbopump, utilizes a 6.23 velocity ratio diffusing crossover. This velocity ratio approaches the diffusion limits for stable and efficient flow over the operating conditions required by the OTV system. The design of the high velocity ratio diffusing crossover was based on advanced analytical techniques anchored by previous tests of stationary two-dimensional diffusers with steady flow. To secure the design and the analytical techniques, tests were required with the unsteady whirling characteristics produced by an impeller. A tester was designed and fabricated using a 2.85 times scale model of the MK49-F turbopumps first stage, including the inducer, impeller, and the diffusing crossover. Water and air tests were completed to evaluate the large scale turbulence, non-uniform velocity, and non-steady velocity on the pump and crossover head and efficiency. Suction performance tests from 80 percent to 124 percent of design flow were completed in water to assess these pump characteristics. Pump and diffuser performance from the water and air tests were compared with the actual MK49-F test data in liquid hydrogen.

Experimental investigation of cross-over jets in a rib-roughened trailing-edge cooling channel

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xue, Fei

Increasing the rotor inlet temperature can dramatically increase the efficiency and power output of the gas turbine engine. However, the melting point of turbine blade material limits the realistic upper bound of the rotor inlet temperature. As a result, the development of high temperature turbine blade material and advanced turbine blade cooling technology determines the future of turbine blade engine. Adding impingement jet holes and rib turbulators in the inner cooling channel of the gas turbine blades are two effective ways to enhance the cooling effects. The purpose of this study is to figure out the influence of different combinations of jet holes and rib turbulators on the heat transfer efficiency. A tabletop scale test model is used in the study to simulate the cooling cavity of trailing edge and its feed channel in a real gas turbine blade. The Dimensional Analysis Theory is used in the study to eliminate the influence of scaling. Two different crossover slots are tested with 5 different rib arrangements, and each of the test geometries is tested for 6 jet Reynolds numbers ranging from 10,000 to 36,000. The two different crossover slots are the crossover slots with 0 and 5 degree tilt angles. The four different rib arrangements are ribs with 0 degree, 45 degree, 90 degree and 135 degree angles of attack with respect to the flow direction. Furthermore, a smooth test section (no ribs) was also tested. The steady state liquid crystal thermography is used to quantify the heat transfer performance of the target areas. The variation of Nusselt number versus Reynolds number is plotted for each of the 10 geometries. Also, the variation of Nusselt number versus Reynolds number are compared for different rib angles of attack with the same crossover slot tilt angle, and between different crossover slots tilt angles with the same rib angle. The results show that, the area-weighted average Nusselt number increases monotonically with the Reynolds number; the target

Tuning porosity and radial mechanical properties of DNA origami nanotubes via crossover design

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ma, Zhipeng; Kawai, Kentaro; Hirai, Yoshikazu; Tsuchiya, Toshiyuki; Tabata, Osamu

2017-06-01

DNA origami nanotubes are utilized as structural platforms for the fabrication of various micro/nanosystems for drug delivery, optical or biological sensing, and even nanoscale robots. Their radial structural and mechanical properties, which play a crucial role in the effective use of micro/nanosystems, have not been fully studied. In particular, the effects of crossovers, which are basic structures for rationally assembling double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) helices into a nanotube configuration, have not yet been characterized experimentally. To investigate the effects of crossovers on the porosity and the radial mechanical properties of DNA origami nanotubes, we fabricated a DNA origami nanotube with varied crossover designs along the nanotube axis. The radial geometry of the DNA origami nanotube is experimentally characterized by both atomic force microscopy (AFM) and electron cryomicroscopy (cryo-EM). Moreover, the radial mechanical properties of the DNA origami nanotube including the radial modulus are directly measured by force-distance-based AFM. These measurements reveal that the porosity and the radial modulus of DNA origami nanotubes can be tuned by adjusting the crossover design, which enables the optimal design and construction of DNA origami nanostructures for various applications.

Case-crossover study of Burkholderia cepacia complex bloodstream infection associated with contaminated intravenous bromopride.

PubMed

Martins, Ianick Souto; Pellegrino, Flávia Lúcia Piffano Costa; Freitas, Andrea d'Avila; Santos, Marisa da Silva; Ferraiuoli, Giovanna Ianini d'Alemeida; Vasques, Márcia Regina Guimarães; Amorim, Efigenia Lourdes Teixeira; Oliveira, Sandra; Nouér, Simone Aranha; Cardoso, Fernando Luiz Lopes; Mascarenhas, Luiz Affonso; Magalhães, Ana Cristina Gouveia; Cleinman, Isabella Barbosa; Figueiredo, Agnes Marie Sá; Moreira, Beatriz Meurer

2010-05-01

To investigate an outbreak of healthcare-associated Burkholderia cepacia complex (BCC) primary bloodstream infections (BCC-BSI). Case-crossover study in a public hospital, a university hospital and a private hospital in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, from March 2006 to May 2006. Twenty-five patients with BCC-BSI. After determining the date BCC-BSI symptoms started for each patient, 3 time intervals of data collection were defined, each one with a duration of 3 days: the case period, starting just before BCC-BSI symptoms onset; the control period, starting 6 days before BCC-BSI symptoms onset; and the washout period, comprising the 3 days between the case period and the control period. Exposures evaluated were intravascular solutions and invasive devices and procedures. Potential risk factors were identified by using the McNemar chi(2) adjusted test. Cultures of samples of potentially contaminated solutions were performed. BCC strain typing was performed by pulsed-field gel electrophoresis using SpeI. The statistical analysis revealed that the use of bromopride and dipyrone was associated with BCC-BSI. A total of 21 clinical isolates from 17 (68%) of the 25 patients and an isolate obtained from the bromopride vial were available for strain typing. Six pulsotypes were detected. A predominant pulsotype (A) accounted for 11 isolates obtained from 11 patients (65%) in the 3 study hospitals. Our investigation, using a case-crossover design, of an outbreak of BCC-BSI infections concluded it was polyclonal but likely caused by infusion of contaminated bromopride. The epidemiological finding was validated by microbiological analysis. After recall of contaminated bromopride vials by the manufacturer, the outbreak was controlled.

Comparative Evaluation of Neem Mouthwash on Plaque and Gingivitis: A Double-blind Crossover Study.

PubMed

Jalaluddin, Md; Rajasekaran, U B; Paul, Sam; Dhanya, R S; Sudeep, C B; Adarsh, V J

2017-07-01

The present study aimed at evaluating the impact of neem-containing mouthwash on plaque and gingivitis. This randomized, double-blinded, crossover clinical trial included 40 participants aged 18 to 35 years with washout period of 1 week between the crossover phases. A total of 20 participants, each randomly allocated into groups I and II, wherein in the first phase, group I was provided with 0.2% chlorhexidine gluconate and group II with 2% neem mouthwash. After the scores were recorded, 1-week time period was given to the participants to carry over the effects of the mouthwashes and then the second phase of the test was performed. The participants were instructed to use the other mouthwash through the second test phase. There was a slight reduction of plaque level in the first phase as well as in the second phase. When comparison was made between the groups, no statistically significant difference was seen. Both the groups showed reduction in the gingival index (GI) scores in the first phase, and there was a statistically significant difference in both groups at baseline and after intervention (0.005 and 0.01 respectively). In the second phase, GI scores were reduced in both groups, but there was a statistically significant difference between the groups only at baseline scores (0.01). In the present study, it has been concluded that neem mouthwash can be used as an alternative to chlorhexidine mouthwash based on the reduced scores in both the groups. Using neem mouthwash in maintaining oral hygiene might have a better impact in prevention as well as pervasiveness of oral diseases as it is cost-effective and easily available.

Crossover transition in the fluctuation of Internet

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Qian, Jiang-Hai

2018-06-01

The inconsistent fluctuation behavior of Internet predicted by preferential attachment(PA) and Gibrat's law requires empirical investigations on the actual system. By using the interval-tunable Gibrat's law statistics, we find the actual fluctuation, characterized by the conditional standard deviation of the degree growth rate, changes with the interval length and displays a crossover transition from PA type to Gibrat's law type, which has not yet been captured by any previous models. We characterize the transition dynamics quantitatively and determine the applicative range of PA and Gibrat's law. The correlation analysis indicates the crossover transition may be attributed to the accumulative correlation between the internal links.

49 CFR 236.203 - Hand operated crossover between main tracks; protection.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

...) Electric locking of the switches of the crossover. Signals governing movements over either switch shall... crossover is occupied by a train, locomotive or car in such a manner as to foul the main track. It shall not... electric locking releases. ...

49 CFR 236.203 - Hand operated crossover between main tracks; protection.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

...) Electric locking of the switches of the crossover. Signals governing movements over either switch shall... crossover is occupied by a train, locomotive or car in such a manner as to foul the main track. It shall not... electric locking releases. ...

49 CFR 236.203 - Hand operated crossover between main tracks; protection.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

...) Electric locking of the switches of the crossover. Signals governing movements over either switch shall... crossover is occupied by a train, locomotive or car in such a manner as to foul the main track. It shall not... electric locking releases. ...

49 CFR 236.203 - Hand operated crossover between main tracks; protection.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

...) Electric locking of the switches of the crossover. Signals governing movements over either switch shall... crossover is occupied by a train, locomotive or car in such a manner as to foul the main track. It shall not... electric locking releases. ...

49 CFR 236.203 - Hand operated crossover between main tracks; protection.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

...) Electric locking of the switches of the crossover. Signals governing movements over either switch shall... crossover is occupied by a train, locomotive or car in such a manner as to foul the main track. It shall not... electric locking releases. ...

Cross-over endocytosis of claudins is mediated by interactions via their extracellular loops.

PubMed

Gehne, Nora; Lamik, Agathe; Lehmann, Martin; Haseloff, Reiner F; Andjelkovic, Anuska V; Blasig, Ingolf E

2017-01-01

Claudins (Cldns) are transmembrane tight junction (TJ) proteins that paracellularly seal endo- and epithelial barriers by their interactions within the TJs. However, the mechanisms allowing TJ remodeling while maintaining barrier integrity are largely unknown. Cldns and occludin are heterophilically and homophilically cross-over endocytosed into neighboring cells in large, double membrane vesicles. Super-resolution microscopy confirmed the presence of Cldns in these vesicles and revealed a distinct separation of Cldns derived from opposing cells within cross-over endocytosed vesicles. Colocalization of cross-over endocytosed Cldn with the autophagosome markers as well as inhibition of autophagosome biogenesis verified involvement of the autophagosomal pathway. Accordingly, cross-over endocytosed Cldns underwent lysosomal degradation as indicated by lysosome markers. Cross-over endocytosis of Cldn5 depended on clathrin and caveolin pathways but not on dynamin. Cross-over endocytosis also depended on Cldn-Cldn-interactions. Amino acid substitutions in the second extracellular loop of Cldn5 (F147A, Q156E) caused impaired cis- and trans-interaction, as well as diminished cross-over endocytosis. Moreover, F147A exhibited an increased mobility in the membrane, while Q156E was not as mobile but enhanced the paracellular permeability. In conclusion, the endocytosis of TJ proteins depends on their ability to interact strongly with each other in cis and trans, and the mobility of Cldns in the membrane is not necessarily an indicator of barrier permeability. TJ-remodeling via cross-over endocytosis represents a general mechanism for the degradation of transmembrane proteins in cell-cell contacts and directly links junctional membrane turnover to autophagy.

Bethe lattice approach and relaxation dynamics study of spin-crossover materials

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Oke, Toussaint Djidjoho; Hontinfinde, Félix; Boukheddaden, Kamel

2015-07-01

Dynamical properties of Prussian blue analogs and spin-crossover materials are investigated in the framework of a Blume-Emery-Griffiths (BEG) spin-1 model, where states ±1 and 0 represent the high-spin (HS) state and the low-spin state, respectively. The quadrupolar interaction depends on the temperature in the form . Magnetic interactions are controlled by a factor such that for (), magnetic ordering is not expected. The model is exactly solved using the Bethe lattice approach for the equilibrium properties. The results are closer to those calculated by numerical simulations with suitable Arrhenius-type transition rates. The study of relaxation processes of non-equilibrium HS states revealed one-step nonlinear sigmoidal relaxation curves of the HS fraction at low temperatures. We found that increasing the magnetic interactions leads to the appearance of a plateau in the thermal hysteresis as well as in the relaxation curves of the HS fraction at low temperature.

Spin crossover in liquid (Mg,Fe)O at extreme conditions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Holmström, E.; Stixrude, L.

2016-05-01

We use first-principles free-energy calculations to predict a pressure-induced spin crossover in the liquid planetary material (Mg,Fe)O, whereby the magnetic moments of Fe ions vanish gradually over a range of hundreds of GPa. Because electronic entropy strongly favors the nonmagnetic low-spin state of Fe, the crossover has a negative effective Clapeyron slope, in stark contrast to the crystalline counterpart of this transition-metal oxide. Diffusivity of liquid (Mg,Fe)O is similar to that of MgO, displaying a weak dependence on element and spin state. Fe-O and Mg-O coordination increases from approximately 4 to 7 as pressure goes from 0 to 200 GPa. We find partitioning of Fe to induce a density inversion between the crystal and melt, implying separation of a basal magma ocean from a surficial one in the early Earth. The spin crossover induces an anomaly into the density contrast, and the oppositely signed Clapeyron slopes for the crossover in the liquid and crystalline phases imply that the solid-liquid transition induces a spin transition in (Mg,Fe)O.

SPE-UPLC-MS/MS assay for determination of letrozole in human plasma and its application to bioequivalence study in healthy postmenopausal Indian women.

PubMed

Vanol, Pravin G; Singhal, Puran; Shah, Priyanka A; Shah, Jaivik V; Shrivastav, Pranav S; Sanyal, Mallika

2016-08-01

A rapid and sensitive ultra performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (UPLC-MS/MS) method is described for determination of letrozole in human plasma. Following solid phase extraction (SPE) of letrozole and letrozole-d4 on Orochem DVB-LP cartridges, chromatography was performed on Acquity UPLC BEH C 18 (50 mm×2.1 mm, 1.7 µm) column using methanol-0.1% formic acid in water (85:15, v/v) as the mobile phase. Detection was carried out on a triple quadrupole mass spectrometer with an electrospray source, operated under positive ionization mode. Quantitation of letrozole and letrozole-d4 was done using multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) following the transitions at m/z 286.2→217.0 and m/z 290.2→221.0, respectively. The calibration plots were linear through the concentration range of 0.10-100 ng/mL ( r 2 ≥0.9990) using 100 µL human plasma. The extraction recovery of letrozole ranged from 94.3% to 96.2% and the intra-batch and inter-batch precision was ≤5.2%. The method was successfully applied to a bioequivalence study of letrozole after oral administration of 2.5 mg tablet formulation to 16 healthy postmenopausal Indian women. The assay reproducibility was also established through incurred sample reanalysis (ISR) of 74 subject samples.

Genetic Algorithm for Traveling Salesman Problem with Modified Cycle Crossover Operator

PubMed Central

Mohamd Shoukry, Alaa; Gani, Showkat

2017-01-01

Genetic algorithms are evolutionary techniques used for optimization purposes according to survival of the fittest idea. These methods do not ensure optimal solutions; however, they give good approximation usually in time. The genetic algorithms are useful for NP-hard problems, especially the traveling salesman problem. The genetic algorithm depends on selection criteria, crossover, and mutation operators. To tackle the traveling salesman problem using genetic algorithms, there are various representations such as binary, path, adjacency, ordinal, and matrix representations. In this article, we propose a new crossover operator for traveling salesman problem to minimize the total distance. This approach has been linked with path representation, which is the most natural way to represent a legal tour. Computational results are also reported with some traditional path representation methods like partially mapped and order crossovers along with new cycle crossover operator for some benchmark TSPLIB instances and found improvements. PMID:29209364

Genetic Algorithm for Traveling Salesman Problem with Modified Cycle Crossover Operator.

PubMed

Hussain, Abid; Muhammad, Yousaf Shad; Nauman Sajid, M; Hussain, Ijaz; Mohamd Shoukry, Alaa; Gani, Showkat

2017-01-01

Genetic algorithms are evolutionary techniques used for optimization purposes according to survival of the fittest idea. These methods do not ensure optimal solutions; however, they give good approximation usually in time. The genetic algorithms are useful for NP-hard problems, especially the traveling salesman problem. The genetic algorithm depends on selection criteria, crossover, and mutation operators. To tackle the traveling salesman problem using genetic algorithms, there are various representations such as binary, path, adjacency, ordinal, and matrix representations. In this article, we propose a new crossover operator for traveling salesman problem to minimize the total distance. This approach has been linked with path representation, which is the most natural way to represent a legal tour. Computational results are also reported with some traditional path representation methods like partially mapped and order crossovers along with new cycle crossover operator for some benchmark TSPLIB instances and found improvements.

Associations of daily pediatric asthma emergency department visits with air pollution in Newark, NJ: utilizing time-series and case-crossover study designs.

PubMed

Gleason, Jessie A; Fagliano, Jerald A

2015-10-01

Asthma is one of the most common chronic diseases affecting children. This study assesses the associations of ozone and fine particulate matter (PM2.5) with pediatric emergency department visits in the urban environment of Newark, NJ. Two study designs were utilized and evaluated for usability. We obtained daily emergency department visits among children aged 3-17 years with a primary diagnosis of asthma during April to September for 2004-2007. Both a time-stratified case-crossover study design with bi-directional control sampling and a time-series study design were utilized. Lagged effects (1-d through 5-d lag, 3-d average, and 5-d average) of ozone and PM2.5 were explored and a dose-response analysis comparing the bottom 5th percentile of 3-d average lag ozone with each 5 percentile increase was performed. Associations of interquartile range increase in same-day ozone were similar between the time-series and case-crossover study designs (RR = 1.08, 95% CI 1.04-1.12) and (OR = 1.10, 95% CI 1.06-1.14), respectively. Similar associations were seen for 1-day lag and 3-day average lag ozone levels. PM2.5 was not associated with the outcome in either study design. Dose-response assessment indicated a statistically significant and increasing association around 50-55 ppb consistent for both study designs. Ozone was statistically positively associated with pediatric asthma ED visits in Newark, NJ. Our results were generally comparable across the time-series and case-crossover study designs, indicating both are useful to assess local air pollution impacts.

Simultaneous determination of codeine, ephedrine, guaiphenesin and chlorpheniramine in beagle dog plasma using high performance liquid chromatography coupled with tandem mass spectrometric detection: application to a bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Hu, Ziyan; Zou, Qiaogen; Tian, Jixin; Sun, Lili; Zhang, Zunjian

2011-12-15

A rapid and sensitive method based on liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) for the simultaneous determination of codeine, ephedrine, guaiphenesin and chlorpheniramine in beagle dog plasma has been developed and validated. Following liquid-liquid extraction, the analytes were separated on a reversed-phase C(18) column (150 mm × 2.0 mm, 3 μm) using formic acid:10 mM ammonium acetate:methanol (0.2:62:38, v/v/v) as mobile phase at a flow rate of 0.2 mL/min and analyzed by a triple-quadrupole mass spectrometer in the selected reaction monitoring (SRM) mode. The method was linear for all analytes over the following concentration (ng/mL) ranges: codeine 0.08-16; ephedrine 0.8-160; guaiphenesin 80-16,000; chlorpheniramine 0.2-40. Acceptable precision and accuracy were obtained for concentrations over the standard curve range. It is the first time that the validated HPLC-MS/MS method was successfully applied to a bioequivalence study in 6 healthy beagle dogs. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Atmospheric Pressure and Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Rupture: Results From a Time Series Analysis and Case-Crossover Study.

PubMed

Penning de Vries, Bas B L; Kolkert, Joé L P; Meerwaldt, Robbert; Groenwold, Rolf H H

2017-10-01

Associations between atmospheric pressure and abdominal aortic aneurysm (AAA) rupture risk have been reported, but empirical evidence is inconclusive and largely derived from studies that did not account for possible nonlinearity, seasonality, and confounding by temperature. Associations between atmospheric pressure and AAA rupture risk were investigated using local meteorological data and a case series of 358 patients admitted to hospital for ruptured AAA during the study period, January 2002 to December 2012. Two analyses were performed-a time series analysis and a case-crossover study. Results from the 2 analyses were similar; neither the time series analysis nor the case-crossover study showed a significant association between atmospheric pressure ( P = .627 and P = .625, respectively, for mean daily atmospheric pressure) or atmospheric pressure variation ( P = .464 and P = .816, respectively, for 24-hour change in mean daily atmospheric pressure) and AAA rupture risk. This study failed to support claims that atmospheric pressure causally affects AAA rupture risk. In interpreting our results, one should be aware that the range of atmospheric pressure observed in this study is not representative of the atmospheric pressure to which patients with AAA may be exposed, for example, during air travel or travel to high altitudes in the mountains. Making firm claims regarding these conditions in relation to AAA rupture risk is difficult at best. Furthermore, despite the fact that we used one of the largest case series to date to investigate the effect of atmospheric pressure on AAA rupture risk, it is possible that this study is simply too small to demonstrate a causal link.

A systematic review identifies shortcomings in the reporting of crossover trials in chronic painful conditions.

PubMed

Straube, Sebastian; Werny, Benedikt; Friede, Tim

2015-12-01

To investigate the reporting of study features of interest in abstracts and full texts of journal publications of crossover trials in chronic painful conditions. Systematic review based on a MEDLINE (PubMed) search (January 1990-August 2014). Ninety-eight publications on crossover studies with 3,513 study participants were eligible for inclusion. Double-blind status and randomized allocation to treatment groups are commonly reported in both abstracts and full texts (90 of 98 publications and 82 of 98 publications, respectively). Adverse events are reported in both abstract and full text in 49 of 98 publications and in the full text only in 44 of 98. A breakdown of results by treatment period is provided only in 23 of 98 publications, and if so, is reported only in the full text, never in the abstract. There is a time trend for the reporting of randomization in abstracts; it is more likely to be reported in recent studies (P = 0.0094). No time trends are detected in the reporting of double-blind status (P = 0.1087) and adverse events (P = 0.6084). The reporting of adverse events in the abstract and the reporting of results specified by crossover period in the full texts of journal publications on crossover pain trials should be improved. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

An alternative approach for neural network evolution with a genetic algorithm: crossover by combinatorial optimization.

PubMed

García-Pedrajas, Nicolás; Ortiz-Boyer, Domingo; Hervás-Martínez, César

2006-05-01

In this work we present a new approach to crossover operator in the genetic evolution of neural networks. The most widely used evolutionary computation paradigm for neural network evolution is evolutionary programming. This paradigm is usually preferred due to the problems caused by the application of crossover to neural network evolution. However, crossover is the most innovative operator within the field of evolutionary computation. One of the most notorious problems with the application of crossover to neural networks is known as the permutation problem. This problem occurs due to the fact that the same network can be represented in a genetic coding by many different codifications. Our approach modifies the standard crossover operator taking into account the special features of the individuals to be mated. We present a new model for mating individuals that considers the structure of the hidden layer and redefines the crossover operator. As each hidden node represents a non-linear projection of the input variables, we approach the crossover as a problem on combinatorial optimization. We can formulate the problem as the extraction of a subset of near-optimal projections to create the hidden layer of the new network. This new approach is compared to a classical crossover in 25 real-world problems with an excellent performance. Moreover, the networks obtained are much smaller than those obtained with classical crossover operator.

Tuning across the BCS-BEC crossover in superconducting Fe1+ySexTe1-x : An angle-resolved photoemission study

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rinott, Shahar; Ribak, Amit; Chashka, Khanan; Randeria, Mohit; Kanigel, Amit

The crossover from Bardeen-Cooper-Schrieffer (BCS) superconductivity to Bose-Einstein condensation (BEC) was never realized in quantum materials. It is difficult to realize because, unlike in ultra cold atoms, one cannot tune the pairing interaction. We realize the BCS-BEC crossover in a nearly compensated semimetal Fe1+ySexTe1-x by tuning the Fermi energy ɛF via chemical doping, which permits us to systematically change Δ /ɛF from 0 . 16 to 0 . 50 , where Δ is the superconducting (SC) gap. We use angle-resolved photoemission spectroscopy to measure the Fermi energy, the SC gap and characteristic changes in the SC state electronic dispersion as the system evolves from a BCS to a BEC regime. Our results raise important questions about the crossover in multi-band superconductors which go beyond those addressed in the context of cold atoms.

Broadband Via-Less Microwave Crossover Using Microstrip-CPW Transitions

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Stevenson, Thomas; U-Yen, Kongpop; Wollack, Edward; Moseley, Samuel; Hsieh, Wen-Ting

2011-01-01

The front-to-back interface between microstrip and CPW (coplanar waveguide) typically requires complex fabrication or has high radiation loss. The microwave crossover typically requires a complex fabrication step. The prior art in microstrip-CPW transition requires a physical vias connection between the microstrip and CPW line on a separate layer. The via-less version of this transition was designed empirically and does not have a close form solution. The prior art of the micro wave crossover requires either additional substrate or wire bond as an air bridge to isolate two microwave lines at the crossing junction. The disadvantages are high radiation loss, no analytical solution to the problem, lengthy simulation time, and complex fabrication procedures to generate air bridges or via. The disadvantage of the prior crossover is a complex fabrication procedure, which also affects the device reliability and yield. This microstrip-CPW transition is visualized as two microstrip-slotline transitions combined in a way that the radiation from two slotlines cancels each other out. The invention is designed based on analytical methods; thus, it significantly reduces the development time. The crossover requires no extra layer to cross two microwave signals and has low radiation loss. The invention is simple to fabricate and design. It produces low radiation loss and can be designed with low insertion loss, with some tradeoff with signal isolation. The microstrip-CPW transition is used as an interface to connect between the device and the circuit outside the package. The via-less microwave crossover is used to allow two signals to cross without using an extra layer or fabrication processing step to enable this function. This design allows the solution to be determined entirely though analytical techniques. In addition, a planar via-less microwave crossover using this technique was proposed. The experimental results show that the proposed crossover at 5 GHz has a minimum

Local and sex-specific biases in crossover vs. noncrossover outcomes at meiotic recombination hot spots in mice

PubMed Central

de Boer, Esther; Jasin, Maria; Keeney, Scott

2015-01-01

Meiotic recombination initiated by programmed double-strand breaks (DSBs) yields two types of interhomolog recombination products, crossovers and noncrossovers, but what determines whether a DSB will yield a crossover or noncrossover is not understood. In this study, we analyzed the influence of sex and chromosomal location on mammalian recombination outcomes by constructing fine-scale recombination maps in both males and females at two mouse hot spots located in different regions of the same chromosome. These include the most comprehensive maps of recombination hot spots in oocytes to date. One hot spot, located centrally on chromosome 1, behaved similarly in male and female meiosis: Crossovers and noncrossovers formed at comparable levels and ratios in both sexes. In contrast, at a distal hot spot, crossovers were recovered only in males even though noncrossovers were obtained at similar frequencies in both sexes. These findings reveal an example of extreme sex-specific bias in recombination outcome. We further found that estimates of relative DSB levels are surprisingly poor predictors of relative crossover frequencies between hot spots in males. Our results demonstrate that the outcome of mammalian meiotic recombination can be biased, that this bias can vary depending on location and cellular context, and that DSB frequency is not the only determinant of crossover frequency. PMID:26251527

Quantitation of itopride in human serum by high-performance liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection and its application to a bioequivalence study.

PubMed

Singh, Sonu Sundd; Jain, Manish; Sharma, Kuldeep; Shah, Bhavin; Vyas, Meghna; Thakkar, Purav; Shah, Ruchy; Singh, Shriprakash; Lohray, Brajbhushan

2005-04-25

A new method was developed for determination of itopride in human serum by reversed phase high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with fluorescence detection (excitation at 291 nm and emission at 342 nm). The method employed one-step extraction of itopride from serum matrix with a mixture of tert-butyl methyl ether and dichloromethane (70:30, v/v) using etoricoxib as an internal standard. Chromatographic separation was obtained within 12.0 min using a reverse phase YMC-Pack AM ODS column (250 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 microm) and an isocratic mobile phase constituting of a mixture of 0.05% tri-fluoro acetic acid in water and acetonitrile (75:25, v/v) flowing at a flow rate of 1.0 ml/min. The method was linear in the range of 14.0 ng/ml to 1000.0 ng/ml. The lower limit of quantitation (LLOQ) was 14.0 ng/ml. Average recovery of itopride and the internal standard from the biological matrix was more than 66.04 and 64.57%, respectively. The inter-day accuracy of the drug containing serum samples was more than 97.81% with a precision of 2.31-3.68%. The intra-day accuracy was 96.91% or more with a precision of 5.17-9.50%. Serum samples containing itopride were stable for 180.0 days at -70+/-5 degrees C and for 24.0 h at ambient temperature (25+/-5 degrees C). The method was successfully applied to the bioequivalence study of itopride in healthy, male human subjects.

Cedarwood: cross-over pressure research

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

A series of experiments were conducted to determine the cross-over pressure for cedarwood oil in carbon dioxide. A closed stirrer reactor with an in-line loop connected to the injector of a GC was used to measure the concentration of cedarwood oil in the carbon dioxide. Both neat cedarwood oil as ...

Crossover phenomena in the critical range near magnetic ordering transition

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Köbler, U.

2018-05-01

Among the most important issues of Renormalization Group (RG) theory are crossover events and relevant (or non-relevant) interactions. These terms are unknown to atomistic theories but they will be decisive for future field theories of magnetism. In this experimental study the importance of these terms for the critical dynamics above and below magnetic ordering transition is demonstrated on account of new analyses of published data. When crossover events are overlooked and critical data are fitted by a single power function of temperature over a temperature range including a crossover event, imprecise critical exponents result. The rather unsystematic and floating critical exponents reported in literature seem largely to be due to this problem. It is shown that for appropriate data analyses critical exponents are obtained that are to a good approximation rational numbers. In fact, rational critical exponents can be expected when spin dynamics is controlled by the bosons of the continuous magnetic medium (Goldstone bosons). The bosons are essentially magnetic dipole radiation generated by the precessing spins. As a result of the here performed data analyses, critical exponents for the magnetic order parameter of β = 1/2, 1/3, 1/4 and 1/6 are obtained. For the critical paramagnetic susceptibility the exponents are γ = 1 and γ = 4/3.

Antiseptic Body Washes for Reducing the Transmission of Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus: A Cluster Crossover Study.

PubMed

Harris, Patrick N A; Le, Bich Diep; Tambyah, Paul; Hsu, Li Yang; Pada, Surinder; Archuleta, Sophia; Salmon, Sharon; Mukhopadhyay, Amartya; Dillon, Jasmine; Ware, Robert; Fisher, Dale A

2015-04-01

Background.  Limiting the spread of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) within healthcare facilities where the organism is highly endemic is a challenge. The use of topical antiseptic agents may help interrupt the transmission of MRSA and reduce the risk of clinical infection. Octenidine dihydrochloride is a topical antiseptic that exhibits in vitro efficacy against a wide variety of bacteria, including S aureus. Methods.  We conducted a prospective cluster crossover study to compare the use of daily octenidine body washes with soap and water in patients identified by active surveillance cultures to be MRSA-colonized, to prevent the acquisition of MRSA in patients with negative screening swabs. Five adult medical and surgical wards and 2 intensive care units were selected. The study involved an initial 6-month phase using octenidine or soap washes followed by a crossover in each ward to the alternative product. The primary and secondary outcomes were the rates of new MRSA acquisitions and MRSA clinical infections, respectively. Results.  A total of 10 936 patients admitted for ≥48 hours was included in the analysis. There was a small reduction in MRSA acquisition in the intervention group compared with controls (3.0% vs 3.3%), but this reduction was not significant (odds ratio, 0.89; 95% confidence interval, .72-1.11; P = .31). There were also no significant differences in clinical MRSA infection or incidence of MRSA bacteremia. Conclusions.  This study suggests that the targeted use of routine antiseptic washes may not in itself be adequate to reduce the transmission of MRSA in an endemic hospital setting.

Superconducting Vacuum-Gap Crossovers for High Performance Microwave Applications

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Denis, Kevin L.; Brown, Ari D.; Chang, Meng-Ping; Hu, Ron; U-Yen, Kongpop; Wollack, Edward J.

2016-01-01

The design and fabrication of low-loss wide-bandwidth superconducting vacuum-gap crossovers for high performance millimeter wave applications are described. In order to reduce ohmic and parasitic losses at millimeter wavelengths a vacuum gap is preferred relative to dielectric spacer. Here, vacuum-gap crossovers were realized by using a sacrificial polymer layer followed by niobium sputter deposition optimized for coating coverage over an underlying niobium signal layer. Both coplanar waveguide and microstrip crossover topologies have been explored in detail. The resulting fabrication process is compatible with a bulk micro-machining process for realizing waveguide coupled detectors, which includes sacrificial wax bonding, and wafer backside deep reactive ion etching for creation of leg isolated silicon membrane structures. Release of the vacuum gap structures along with the wax bonded wafer after DRIE is implemented in the same process step used to complete the detector fabrication. ?

Crossover and maximal fat-oxidation points in sedentary healthy subjects: methodological issues.

PubMed

Gmada, N; Marzouki, H; Haboubi, M; Tabka, Z; Shephard, R J; Bouhlel, E

2012-02-01

Our study aimed to assess the influence of protocol on the crossover point and maximal fat-oxidation (LIPOX(max)) values in sedentary, but otherwise healthy, young men. Maximal oxygen intake was assessed in 23 subjects, using a progressive maximal cycle ergometer test. Twelve sedentary males (aged 20.5±1.0 years) whose directly measured maximal aerobic power (MAP) values were lower than their theoretical maximal values (tMAP) were selected from this group. These individuals performed, in random sequence, three submaximal graded exercise tests, separated by three-day intervals; work rates were based on the tMAP in one test and on MAP in the remaining two. The third test was used to assess the reliability of data. Heart rate, respiratory parameters, blood lactate, the crossover point and LIPOX(max) values were measured during each of these tests. The crossover point and LIPOX(max) values were significantly lower when the testing protocol was based on tMAP rather than on MAP (P<0.001). Respiratory exchange ratios were significantly lower with MAP than with tMAP at 30, 40, 50 and 60% of maximal aerobic power (P<0.01). At the crossover point, lactate and 5-min postexercise oxygen consumption (EPOC(5 min)) values were significantly higher using tMAP rather than MAP (P<0.001). During the first 5 min of recovery, EPOC(5 min) and blood lactate were significantly correlated (r=0.89; P<0.001). Our data show that, to assess the crossover point and LIPOX(max) values for research purposes, the protocol must be based on the measured MAP rather than on a theoretical value. Such a determination should improve individualization of training for initially sedentary subjects. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.

Effect of Low- and High-Fat Meals on the Pharmacokinetics of Venetoclax, a Selective First-in-Class BCL-2 Inhibitor.

PubMed

Salem, Ahmed Hamed; Agarwal, Suresh K; Dunbar, Martin; Nuthalapati, Silpa; Chien, David; Freise, Kevin J; Wong, Shekman L

2016-11-01

Venetoclax is a selective, first-in-class, B-cell lymphoma-2 inhibitor that has demonstrated clinical efficacy in several hematological malignancies. Two studies evaluated the relative bioavailability of venetoclax in healthy subjects: (1) a bioequivalence study to compare the bioavailability of the film-coated tablet with that of an earlier uncoated tablet and (2) a food effect study to evaluate the effect of food on venetoclax pharmacokinetics. Both studies were open-label, single-dose, crossover studies. In the bioequivalence study, 15 subjects received a single dose of venetoclax 50 mg under nonfasting conditions, in each of 2 periods; one period used the uncoated tablet, and the other used the film-coated tablet. In the food effect study, 24 subjects received a single dose of venetoclax film-coated 100-mg tablet under fasting conditions, after a low-fat breakfast or after a high-fat breakfast in different periods. The venetoclax film-coated tablet was bioequivalent to the uncoated tablet, which indicates that the film coating does not affect bioavailability. The median T max of venetoclax was delayed by about 2 hours when administered with food. Compared with fasting conditions, C max and AUC increased by approximately 3.4-fold following a low-fat breakfast. High-fat meals increased C max and AUC by approximately 50% relative to low-fat meals. The mean terminal half-life was comparable between the high-fat meal and fasting conditions (19.1 versus 16.1 hours). Based on these results and the venetoclax exposure-response profile, venetoclax should be administered with food and without specific recommendations for fat content to ensure adequate and consistent bioavailability. © 2016, The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

Toward global standards for comparator pharmaceutical products: case studies of amoxicillin, metronidazole, and zidovudine in the Americas.

PubMed

Löbenberg, Raimar; Chacra, Nadia B; Stippler, Erika S; Shah, Vinod P; DeStefano, Anthony J; Hauck, Walter W; Williams, Roger L

2012-09-01

This study compared in vitro dissolution characteristics and other quality measures of different amoxicillin, metronidazole, and zidovudine products purchased in the Americas to a comparator pharmaceutical product (CPP). These three drugs are classified as Biopharmaceutics Classification System Class I drugs with the possibility that dissolution findings might be used to document bioequivalence. All investigated zidovudine products were found to be in vitro equivalent to the CPP. Only 3 of 12 tested amoxicillin products were found to be in vitro equivalent to the CPP. None of the tested metronidazole products were in vitro equivalent to the CPP. These findings suggest but do not confirm bioinequivalence where in vitro comparisons failed, given that an in vivo blood level study might have confirmed bioequivalence. At times, identifying a CPP in one of the selected markets proved difficult. The study demonstrates that products sold across national markets may not be bioequivalent. When coupled with the challenge of identifying a CPP in different countries, the results of this study suggest the value of an international CPP as well as increased use of BCS approaches as means of either documenting bioequivalence or signaling the need for further in vivo studies. Because of increased movement of medicines across national borders, practitioners and patients would benefit from these approaches.

Transient risk factors for acute traumatic hand injuries: a case‐crossover study in Hong Kong

PubMed Central

Chow, C Y; Lee, H; Lau, J; Yu, I T S

2007-01-01

Objectives To identify the remediable transient risk factors of occupational hand injuries in Hong Kong in order to guide the development of prevention strategies. Methods The case‐crossover study design was adopted. Study subjects were workers with acute hand injuries presenting to the government Occupational Medicine Unit for compensation claims within 90 days from the date of injury. Detailed information on exposures to specific transient factors during the 60 minutes prior to the occurrence of the injury, during the same time interval on the day prior to the injury, as well as the usual exposure during the past work‐month was obtained through telephone interviews. Both matched‐pair interval approach and usual frequency approach were adopted to assess the associations between transient exposures in the workplace and the short‐term risk of sustaining a hand injury. Results A total of 196 injured workers were interviewed. The results of the matched‐pair interval analysis matched well with the results obtained using the usual frequency analysis. Seven significant transient risk factors were identified: using malfunctioning equipment/materials, using a different work method, performing an unusual work task, working overtime, feeling ill, being distracted and rushing, with odds ratios ranging from 10.5 to 26.0 in the matched‐pair interval analysis and relative risks ranging between 8.0 and 28.3 with the usual frequency analysis. Wearing gloves was found to have an insignificant protective effect on the occurrence of hand injury in both analyses. Conclusions Using the case‐crossover study design for acute occupational hand injuries, seven transient risk factors that were mostly modifiable were identified. It is suggested that workers and their employers should increase their awareness of these risk factors, and efforts should be made to avoid exposures to these factors by means of engineering and administrative controls supplemented by safety

Crossover from equilibration to aging: Nonequilibrium theory versus simulations.

PubMed

Mendoza-Méndez, P; Lázaro-Lázaro, E; Sánchez-Díaz, L E; Ramírez-González, P E; Pérez-Ángel, G; Medina-Noyola, M

2017-08-01

Understanding glasses and the glass transition requires comprehending the nature of the crossover from the ergodic (or equilibrium) regime, in which the stationary properties of the system have no history dependence, to the mysterious glass transition region, where the measured properties are nonstationary and depend on the protocol of preparation. In this work we use nonequilibrium molecular dynamics simulations to test the main features of the crossover predicted by the molecular version of the recently developed multicomponent nonequilibrium self-consistent generalized Langevin equation theory. According to this theory, the glass transition involves the abrupt passage from the ordinary pattern of full equilibration to the aging scenario characteristic of glass-forming liquids. The same theory explains that this abrupt transition will always be observed as a blurred crossover due to the unavoidable finiteness of the time window of any experimental observation. We find that within their finite waiting-time window, the simulations confirm the general trends predicted by the theory.

Comparison of application of various crossovers in solving inhomogeneous minimax problem modified by Goldberg model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kobak, B. V.; Zhukovskiy, A. G.; Kuzin, A. P.

2018-05-01

This paper considers one of the classical NP complete problems - an inhomogeneous minimax problem. When solving such large-scale problem, there appear difficulties in obtaining an exact solution. Therefore, let us propose getting an optimum solution in an acceptable time. Among a wide range of genetic algorithm models, let us choose the modified Goldberg model, which earlier was successfully used by authors in solving NP complete problems. The classical Goldberg model uses a single-point crossover and a singlepoint mutation, which somewhat decreases the accuracy of the obtained results. In the article, let us propose using a full two-point crossover with various mutations previously researched. In addition, the work studied the necessary probability to apply it to the crossover in order to obtain results that are more accurate. Results of the computation experiment showed that the higher the probability of a crossover, the higher the quality of both the average results and the best solutions. In addition, it was found out that the higher the values of the number of individuals and the number of repetitions, the closer both the average results and the best solutions to the optimum. The paper shows how the use of a full two-point crossover increases the accuracy of solving an inhomogeneous minimax problem, while the time for getting the solution increases, but remains polynomial.

The free fractions of circulating docosahexaenoic acid and eicosapentenoic acid as optimal end-point of measure in bioavailability studies on n-3 fatty acids.

PubMed

Scarsi, Claudia; Levesque, Ann; Lisi, Lucia; Navarra, Pierluigi

2015-05-01

The high complexity of n-3 fatty acids absorption process, along with the huge amount of endogenous fraction, makes bioavailability studies with these agents very challenging and deserving special consideration. In this paper we report the results of a bioequivalence study between a new formulation of EPA+DHA ethyl esters developed by IBSA Institut Biochimique and reference medicinal product present on the Italian market. Bioequivalence was demonstrated according to the criteria established by the EMA Guideline on the Investigation of Bioequivalence. We found that the free fractions represent a better and more sensitive end-point for bioequivalence investigations on n-3 fatty acids, since: (i) the overall and intra-subject variability of PK parameters was markedly lower compared to the same variability calculated on the total DHA and EPA fractions; (ii) the absorption process was completed within 4h, and the whole PK profile could be drawn within 12-15 h from drug administration. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Local and sex-specific biases in crossover vs. noncrossover outcomes at meiotic recombination hot spots in mice.

PubMed

de Boer, Esther; Jasin, Maria; Keeney, Scott

2015-08-15

Meiotic recombination initiated by programmed double-strand breaks (DSBs) yields two types of interhomolog recombination products, crossovers and noncrossovers, but what determines whether a DSB will yield a crossover or noncrossover is not understood. In this study, we analyzed the influence of sex and chromosomal location on mammalian recombination outcomes by constructing fine-scale recombination maps in both males and females at two mouse hot spots located in different regions of the same chromosome. These include the most comprehensive maps of recombination hot spots in oocytes to date. One hot spot, located centrally on chromosome 1, behaved similarly in male and female meiosis: Crossovers and noncrossovers formed at comparable levels and ratios in both sexes. In contrast, at a distal hot spot, crossovers were recovered only in males even though noncrossovers were obtained at similar frequencies in both sexes. These findings reveal an example of extreme sex-specific bias in recombination outcome. We further found that estimates of relative DSB levels are surprisingly poor predictors of relative crossover frequencies between hot spots in males. Our results demonstrate that the outcome of mammalian meiotic recombination can be biased, that this bias can vary depending on location and cellular context, and that DSB frequency is not the only determinant of crossover frequency. © 2015 de Boer et al.; Published by Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.

Acute triggers of myocardial infarction: A case-crossover study.

PubMed

Ghiasmand, Maryam; Moghadamnia, Mohammad Taghi; Pourshaikhian, Majid; Kazemnejad Lili, Ehsan

2017-12-01

Acute myocardial infarction (AMI) is one of the most preventable non-communicable diseases in human. Identifying triggers of myocardial infarction (MI) and prevention ways of exposure-induced complications can reduce morbidity and mortality in people at risk. The aim of this study was to identify the emotional, environmental, physical and chemical dimensions of acute triggers in patients with AMI. This case-crossover study was conducted on 269 patients with AMI, hospitalized at two remedial centers in Rasht in 2015. The study samples were selected by convenient sampling method. Data were collected using researcher-made questionnaire through interviews. Hazard and control periods for each trigger and its effects on the development of MI were studied. The collected data were analyzed using descriptive and analytical statistical methods, Cochran test, and generalized estimating equation (GEE) model with logistics function default in SPSS version 21, and p  < 0.05 was considered statistically significant. The results showed that quarrel ( P  = 0.008, OR = 2.01) and hearing the sudden news ( P  = 0.001, OR = 2.19) were the most common emotional triggers. Respiratory infections ( P  = 0.0001, OR = 6.78) and exposure to hot or cold weather ( P  = 0.005, OR = 2.19) were the most frequent environmental triggers. Doing heavy activities ( P  = 0.005, OR = 1.66) and sexual activities ( P  = 0.003, OR = 2.36) were among the most common physical triggers. High-fat foods consumption and overeating ( P  = 0.0001, OR = 3.79) were the most frequent chemical triggers of AMI. It seems that given the importance of the triggers in the incidence of AMI, planning is necessary to train vulnerable individuals to reduce exposure to triggers.

DNA methylation epigenetically silences crossover hot spots and controls chromosomal domains of meiotic recombination in Arabidopsis.